Table of Contents

1933 Act File No. 333-175891

1940 Act File No. 811-22592

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2011

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

  THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933    x
  Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3    x
  Post-Effective Amendment No.    ¨
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT   
  UNDER   
  THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940    x
  Amendment No. 3    x

 

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(213) 633-8200

(Registrant’s Telephone Number)

Ronald R. Redell

c/o DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copy to:

Timothy W. Diggins   Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP   Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02199

 

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(617) 951-7389   (212) 455-2000

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box:  ¨

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

  x when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

  ¨ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registration statement.

 

  ¨ This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is                     .

 

 

Title of Securities

Being Registered

  Amount  Being
Registered (1)
 

Proposed

Maximum
Offering Price
Per  Unit (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate  Offering
Price (1)

 

Amount of
Registration

Fee (2)

Common Shares, par value $.00001

  40,000 shares   $25.00   $1,000,000   $116.10

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee, pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) A registration fee of $116.10 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing on July 29, 2011.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED DECEMBER 20, 2011

                 Shares

 

LOGO

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Common Shares

$25.00 per Share

 

 

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

Investment Objective .    The Fund’s investment objective is to seek high total investment return by providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies .    The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of investments selected for their potential to provide high current income, growth of capital, or both. The Fund may invest in debt securities and income-producing investments of any kind, including, without limitation, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, U.S. Government securities, corporate debt, international sovereign debt, and short-term investments. The Fund’s investment adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine ® ” or the “Adviser”), allocates the Fund’s assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what DoubleLine considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time.

(continued on following page)

No Prior History.     Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) have no history of public trading . Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. Because shares of closed-end funds typically trade initially at a discount from the price at which they are sold to the public in their initial offering, investors who sell their shares within a short period after completion of the initial public offering may lose money on their investments in the Fund even if there is no change in the net asset value of the Fund.

The Fund’s Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “DBL.”

 

 

Investment in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks. Before buying any of the Fund’s Common Shares, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in the Fund in “Principal Risk Factors” beginning on page 69 of this prospectus.

 

       Per Share      Total(1)

Public Offering Price

     $25.000      $

Sales Load(2)

     $  1.125      $

Estimated Offering Expenses(3)

     $  0.050      $

Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Fund

     $23.825      $

(notes continued on following page)

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the Common Shares to purchasers on or about             , 2012.

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities     UBS Investment Bank
  Barclays Capital  

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC

  Janney Montgomery Scott   Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Maxim Group LLC   Wedbush Securities Inc.   Wunderlich Securities

The date of this prospectus is             , 2012

 


Table of Contents

(notes continued from previous page)

 

(1) The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load within 45 days of the date of this prospectus, solely to cover overallotments, if any. If this option is exercised in full, the total Public Offering Price, Sales Load, Estimated Offering Expenses and Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Fund will be $            , $            , $             and $            , respectively. See “Underwriters.”
(2) The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC. The Adviser (and not the Fund) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee, or additional compensation in connection with the offering. See ‘‘Underwriters—Additional Compensation.”
(3) The Fund will pay offering costs (other than the sales load) up to an aggregate of $0.05 per Common Share sold in this offering. The Adviser, has agreed to pay (i) all organizational expenses of the Fund and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than the sales load) to the extent that they exceed $0.05 per Common Share.

(continued from previous page)

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its total assets in debt securities, convertible securities, loans and other securities or instruments that provide investment exposure to the credit of an issuer, obligor or counterparty, including through credit default swaps and other derivatives. The Fund normally expects to invest at least 50% of its total assets in mortgage-backed securities of any kind and will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Exposures to mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities through derivatives or other financial instruments may be considered investments in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities for purposes of these policies. The Fund may invest the remainder of its portfolio in, among other things, other debt securities or income-producing investments of any kind, based on the assessment by DoubleLine of the potential returns and risks of different sectors of the debt security markets and of particular securities. The Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, although DoubleLine does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 50% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Securities rated Caa or below and CCC or below are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Securities rated below Caa/CCC may include obligations already in default. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category will likely possess speculative characteristics.

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers, Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs (Re-REMICs), mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables. The Fund may purchase mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks.

The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid real estate investment trust (REIT) securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal


Table of Contents

securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises; payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; inflation- indexed bonds; structured notes and other hybrid instruments; catastrophe bonds and other event-linked bonds; credit-linked trust certificates; preferred securities; commercial paper, and cash and cash equivalents. The rate of interest on the debt and other income-producing investments that the Fund may purchase may be fixed, floating, or variable.

The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity, and the Fund’s average duration will vary from time to time, potentially significantly, depending on DoubleLine’s assessment of market conditions and other factors. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates.

The Fund may invest in securities of issuers domiciled or organized in jurisdictions other than the United States. However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 30% of its total assets in issuers domiciled or organized in emerging market countries.

The Fund may use various derivative strategies involving the purchase or sale of credit default swaps and other swap agreements, call and put options, futures and forward contracts, short sales and other derivative instruments as a substitute for cash investments, for leveraging purposes, or in an attempt to hedge against market, interest rate, currency, and other risks in the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund may hold common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including, among others, those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security.

The Fund may use repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements for any investment purpose, including to create investment leverage in the Fund’s portfolio.

Leverage.     The Fund does not intend to employ investment leverage initially. Subject to the Adviser’s determination that the then-current market conditions are favorable, the Fund intends, at a future date, to add leverage to its portfolio by using reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings, such as through loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund also may determine to issue preferred shares or commercial paper to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund will, however, limit its use of leverage from reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or any future issuance of preferred shares such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) at the time the leverage is incurred. It is possible that following the incurrence of such leverage, the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions such that this 33  1 / 3 % limit will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) will increase. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” The Fund also may enter into transactions other than reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or the issuance of preferred shares that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, inverse floaters and related securities, credit default swap contracts and other transactions. Other such transactions include loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions. These transactions may represent a form of economic leverage and will create special risks. The use of these forms of additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used.

The Fund intends to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or other forms of leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase, decrease, or eliminate its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, and other factors. By using leverage, the Fund


Table of Contents

will seek to obtain a higher return for Common Shareholders than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be used or that it will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.”

Please read this prospectus carefully before deciding whether to invest and retain it for future reference. It sets forth concisely the information about the Fund that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in the Fund. The Fund has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) a statement of additional information (“SAI”) dated                     , 2012, containing additional information about the Fund. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus, which means it is part of this prospectus for legal purposes. The Fund also will produce both annual and semi-annual reports that will contain important information about the Fund. Copies of the SAI and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports, when available, may be obtained upon request, without charge, by calling toll-free (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311) or by writing to the Fund at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. You also may call this toll-free telephone number to request other information about the Fund or to make shareholder inquiries. The SAI is, and the annual report and the semi-annual report will be, made available on the Fund’s website at www.doublelinefunds.com. Information on, or accessible through, the Fund’s website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus. The SEC maintains an internet website (www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI, material incorporated by reference, and other information regarding the Fund. The table of contents for the SAI appears on page 112 of this prospectus.

 

 

The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary .

     1   

Summary of Fund Expenses .

     45   

The Fund .

     47   

Use of Proceeds .

     47   

The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies .

     47   

Leverage .

     65   

Principal Risk Factors .

     69   

Management of the Fund .

     90   

Net Asset Value .

     94   

Distributions .

     95   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan .

     96   

Description of Shares .

     98   

Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust .

     99   

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund .

     100   

Tax Matters .

     101   

Underwriters .

     108   

Custodian and Transfer Agent .

     111   

Legal Matters .

     111   

Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information .

     112   

Appendix A — Description of Securities Ratings .

     114   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the statement of additional information. In particular, you should carefully read the principal risks of investing in the Fund’s common shares, as discussed under “Principal Risk Factors.”

 

The Fund

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. See “The Fund” on page 47.

 

The Offering

The Fund is offering          common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”) through a group of underwriters led by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares ($2,500) if you wish to participate in this offering. The Fund has granted the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) an option to purchase up to          additional Common Shares to cover overallotments. The initial public offering price is $25.00 per share. See “Underwriters.”

 

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek high total investment return by providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

 

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of investments selected for their potential to provide high current income, growth of capital, or both. The Fund may invest in debt securities and income-producing investments of any kind, including, without limitation, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, U.S. Government securities, corporate debt, international sovereign debt, and short-term investments. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its total assets in debt securities, convertible securities, loans and other securities or instruments that provide investment exposure to the credit of an issuer, obligor or counterparty, including through credit default swaps and other derivatives.

 

 

The Fund normally expects to invest at least 50% of its total assets in mortgage-backed securities of any kind and will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The Fund may invest the remainder of its portfolio in, among other things, other debt securities or income-producing investments of any kind, based on the assessment by DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine®” or the “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser, of the potential returns and risks of different sectors of the debt security markets and of particular securities. DoubleLine currently expects the portfolio will initially be 100% invested in mortgage-backed securities, some or all of which may be rated below investment grade or unrated

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

but judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality (although there can be no assurance whether or for how long the portfolio will be invested in that manner). Exposures to mortgage-backed securities through derivatives or other financial instruments may be considered investments in mortgage-backed securities for these purposes.

 

  The Fund may purchase mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks. See “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.” Exposures to mortgage- or asset-backed securities through derivatives or other financial instruments may be considered investments in mortgage- or asset-backed securities for purposes of the policies stated above.

 

 

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or private issuers, or by government agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs (“Re-REMICs”), mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables. Certain mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.

 

  The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid real estate investment trust (“REIT”) securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises; payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; inflation-indexed bonds; structured notes and other hybrid instruments; catastrophe bonds and other event-linked bonds; credit-linked trust certificates; preferred securities; commercial paper, and cash and cash equivalents. The rate of interest on the debt and other income-producing investments that the Fund may purchase may be fixed, floating, or variable.

 

  The Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, although DoubleLine does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 50% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality. In addition, DoubleLine does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 10% of its total assets in corporate debt securities (excluding mortgage-backed securities) or sovereign debt instruments rated Caa or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and CCC or below by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) (or unrated securities determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality). Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Securities rated Caa or below and CCC or below are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Securities rated below Caa/CCC may include obligations already in default. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category will likely possess speculative characteristics.

 

 

The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity, and the Fund’s average duration will vary from time to time, potentially significantly, depending on DoubleLine’s assessment of market conditions and other factors. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the value of a portfolio of debt securities with an average duration of four years would generally be expected to

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

decline by approximately 4% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. “Effective” duration is a measure of the Fund’s portfolio duration adjusted for the anticipated effect of interest rate changes on bond and mortgage prepayment rates. DoubleLine currently expects that the Fund’s dollar-weighted average effective duration will initially be between three (3) and seven (7) years. The duration and effective duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio may vary significantly from time to time.

 

  The Fund may hold common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including, among others, those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security. The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale, including securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and other securities issued in private placements. The Fund also may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small and medium market capitalizations.

 

  The Fund may invest in securities of issuers domiciled or organized in jurisdictions other than the United States (“foreign issuers”). However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 30% of its total assets in issuers domiciled or organized in emerging market countries.

 

  The Fund will normally not invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities (securities that the Adviser determines cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities).

 

  The Fund may use various derivative strategies involving the purchase or sale of credit default swaps and other swap agreements, call and put options, futures and forward contracts, short sales and other derivative instruments as a substitute for cash investments, for leveraging purposes, or in an attempt to hedge against market, interest rate, currency, and other risks in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

  The Fund may use repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements for any investment purpose, including to create investment leverage in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

 

DoubleLine allocates the Fund’s assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what DoubleLine considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time. Implementation of

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

portfolio asset allocation decisions is made by the Fund’s portfolio managers after consultation with DoubleLine’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee, a committee consisting of portfolio managers and analysts which contributes to fixed-income asset allocation decisions made on behalf of the Fund by DoubleLine. DoubleLine will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. In selecting individual securities for investment by the Fund, DoubleLine uses a bottom-up security selection process, reflecting in-depth research and analysis. DoubleLine will manage the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and DoubleLine’s risk management committee.

 

  Portfolio securities may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Adviser determines to take advantage of a better investment opportunity, because the Adviser believes the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, because the Adviser perceives a deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or because the Adviser believes it would be appropriate for other investment reasons, such as to adjust the duration or other characteristics of the Fund’s investment portfolio.

 

  The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board” or the “Trustees”) without prior notice to or approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

 

  Diversification. The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company, and so may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than investment companies that are “diversified.” See “Principal Risk Factors — Issuer Non-Diversification Risk.”

 

  Note regarding investment limitations.     Where this prospectus states that the Fund or the Adviser will not, or does not intend to, make investments in excess of a stated percentage of the Fund’s total assets, “total assets” includes amounts of leverage obtained through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or issuances of preferred shares. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. Except as otherwise noted, all percentages apply only at the time of investment.

 

Derivatives

The Fund may enter into derivatives transactions of any kind for hedging purposes or otherwise to gain, or reduce, long or short

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

exposure to one or more asset classes, issuers, or reference assets. The Fund also may enter into derivatives transactions with the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage. Although the Fund reserves the right to invest in derivatives of any kind, it currently expects that it may use the following types of derivatives: futures contracts and options on futures contracts, in order to gain efficient long or short investment exposures as an alternative to cash investments or to hedge against portfolio exposures; interest rate swaps, to gain indirect long or short exposures to interest rates, issuers, or currencies, or to hedge against portfolio exposures; and total return swaps and credit derivatives, put and call options, and exchange-traded and structured notes, to take indirect long or short positions on indexes, securities, currencies, commodities or other indicators of value. The Fund may, for hedging purposes or as a substitute for direct investments in debt securities, make use of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation. The Fund may engage in short sales, either to earn additional return or to hedge existing investments. Any use of derivatives strategies entails the risks of investing directly in the securities or instruments underlying the derivatives strategies, as well as the risks of using derivatives generally, and in some cases the risks of leverage, described in this prospectus and in the Fund's statement of additional information (“SAI”).

 

Leverage

The Fund does not intend to employ investment leverage initially. Subject to the Adviser’s determination that the then-current market conditions are favorable, the Fund intends, at a future date, to add leverage to its portfolio by using reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings, such as through loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund also may determine to issue preferred shares or commercial paper to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund will, however, limit its use of leverage from reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings and/or any future issuance of preferred shares such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) at the time the leverage is incurred. It is possible that following the incurrence of such leverage, the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions such that this 33  1 / 3 % limit will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) will increase. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  The Fund also may enter into transactions other than reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or the issuance of preferred shares that may give rise to a form of leverage or that have embedded leverage including, among others, inverse floaters and related securities, credit default swap contracts and other transactions. Other such transactions include loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions. These transactions may represent a form of economic leverage and will create special risks. The use of these forms of additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used. The Adviser does not currently intend to enter into such transactions with the intention of creating investment leverage in the Fund in excess of the percentage stated above, although it is possible that at any time the total leverage created by such transactions and by the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or issuances of preferred shares will exceed that percentage. (Investments made by the Adviser to hedge, manage or reduce risk or to equitize a cash position will not be considered to have been made for the purpose of creating investment leverage; the Adviser generally will determine whether an investment has the effect of creating investment leverage by evaluating the effect of the investment on the exposure and risk profile of the Fund as a whole.)

 

  The Fund intends to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or other forms of leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase, decrease, or eliminate its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, and other factors. By using leverage, the Fund will seek to obtain a higher return for Common Shareholders than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be used or that it will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.”

 

 

There is no assurance that the Fund will use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, issue preferred shares and/or use other forms of leverage. If used, there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” The net proceeds the Fund obtains from its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (as well as from any future issuance of preferred shares) will be invested

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs of such leverage to the Fund, the use of leverage should help the Fund to achieve an investment return greater than it would if it were not leveraged.

 

  Leveraging is, however, a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. The Fund cannot assure you that any use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, or other forms of leverage (such as a potential future issuance of preferred shares or the use of derivatives strategies) will result in a higher investment return on your Common Shares, and it may result in losses. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” In addition, fees and expenses of repurchase agreements and borrowings, any future issuance of preferred shares, and other forms of leverage borne by the Fund are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by preferred shareholders, if any) and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares.

 

  Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding), there is a financial incentive for the Adviser to cause the Fund to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

 

  Please see “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk” in the body of this prospectus for additional information regarding the Fund’s use of leverage and related risks.

 

Investment Adviser

DoubleLine serves as the investment adviser of the Fund. Subject to the oversight of the Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs. The Adviser will receive an annual fee, computed and paid monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions and/

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

or borrowings). For purposes of calculating "total managed assets," the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month.

 

  The Adviser is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. The Adviser was founded by Jeffrey E. Gundlach in December 2009. Prior to founding the Adviser, Mr. Gundlach was Chief Investment Officer of the TCW Group, Inc. The Adviser is recently formed and its success is highly dependent upon its founders. As of September 30, 2011, the Adviser had approximately $16.4 billion of assets under management.

 

Administrator

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS” or the “Administrator”) is the Fund’s administrator. Pursuant to a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) among the Fund, USBFS, and TS Capital, LLC (“TSC”), USBFS, with principal offices at 615 E. Michigan Street, 3rd Floor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as administrator. As administrator, USBFS provides certain services, including, among other things, assisting in maintaining the Fund’s office; furnishing the Fund with clerical and various other services required by the Fund’s operations; compiling data for and preparing notices to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); calculating the Fund’s daily net asset value (“NAV”) and certain other financial data; preparing reports that are required by the securities, investment, tax or other laws and regulations of the United States; coordinating federal and state tax returns; monitoring the Fund’s expense accruals; and generally assisting in the Fund’s operations. Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, the Fund has retained TSC to provide, upon request, certain other services to the Fund, including, among other things, preparing a variety of shareholder communications and press releases; communicating with the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the closed-end fund analyst community; generally assisting with the Fund’s communications with the investment community; and providing reports to the Board regarding certain strategic issues relating to closed-end funds. For these services, the Fund will pay USBFS an aggregate fee, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. For these purposes, the Fund’s average daily total managed assets will be calculated in

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

the same manner as they are for purposes of calculating the fee payable under the Investment Management Agreement. See “Management of the Fund — Investment Management Agreement.” In addition, the fee is subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000. USBFS (and not the Fund) will be responsible for compensating TSC from the fee paid to USBFS by the Fund. USBFS and TSC will also be reimbursed by the Fund for out-of-pocket expenses that are reasonably incurred by them in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement.

 

Distributions

The Fund intends to declare and pay distributions from its net investment income monthly. The Fund also expects to make a distribution during or with respect to each calendar year (which may be combined with a regular monthly distribution), which will generally include any net investment income and net realized capital gain for the year not otherwise distributed previously. If the total distributions made in any calendar year exceed the sum of: (i) investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) and net tax-exempt income, determined in each case without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) net capital gains (defined as net long-term gains in excess of net short-term losses, in each case taking into account any loss carryforwards), such excess distributed amount would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares. After such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, the distribution would constitute capital gain (assuming the shares are held as capital assets). In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation where a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of the Common Shareholder’s investment, rather than net income or capital gains generated from his or her investment during a particular period. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s Common Shares and therefore may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of Common Shares. See “Tax Matters.” The Fund’s distribution policy may, under certain circumstances, have certain adverse consequences to the Fund and its shareholders because it may result in a return of capital resulting in less of a shareholder’s assets being invested in the Fund and, over time, increase the Fund’s expense ratio. The distribution policy also may cause the Fund to sell a security at a time it would not otherwise do so in order to manage the distribution of income and gain.

 

 

The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 30 to 45 days after the completion of this offering and paid approximately 45 to 60 days after the completion of the offering, depending on market conditions. See “Distributions.” The initial distributions by the Fund may consist primarily of a

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

return of capital depending on the timing of the investment of the proceeds of this offering.

 

  Although the Fund does not presently intend to do so, the Fund may in the future apply for an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund to include realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year). There is no assurance that the SEC will grant the Fund’s request for such an exemptive order if such a request is made. If the Fund fails to receive the requested relief and the Fund is unable to include realized capital gains in regular distributions more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act, it is possible that the Fund’s distribution policy, as set forth above, will otherwise be adversely affected.

 

  If the Fund were to receive the exemptive order discussed above, the Fund may, but will not necessarily, seek to pay distributions generally at a rate based on a fixed percentage of the Common Shares’ net asset value at a particular time (a “managed distribution policy”). Any such managed distribution policy may be modified by the Board from time to time. If the Fund were to seek to make distributions under a managed distribution policy, it would typically be intended to result in the payment of approximately the same percentage of the Fund’s net asset value to Common Shareholders each month. Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19a-1 thereunder require the Fund to provide a written statement accompanying any such payment that adequately discloses its source or sources. Thus, if the source of the dividend or other distribution were the original capital contribution of the Common Shareholder, and the payment amounted to a return of capital, the Fund would be required to provide written disclosure to that effect. Nevertheless, persons who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should read any written disclosure provided pursuant to Section 19(a) and Rule 19a-1 carefully, and should not assume that the source of any distribution from the Fund is net income or net profit. In addition, in cases where the Fund would return capital to Common Shareholders, such a distribution may bear on the Fund’s ability to maintain its asset coverage requirements and to pay the dividends on any preferred shares that the Fund may issue, if ever. See “Distributions” on page 95.

 

 

The Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund satisfies the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness or senior

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

securities that are stocks, if any, as prescribed by the 1940 Act. See “Leverage” on page 65 for more information.

 

Listing

The Fund’s Common Shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “DBL.”

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

U.S. Bank, National Association will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets and also will provide certain fund accounting, sub-administrative and compliance services to the Adviser on behalf of the Fund. U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC will serve as the Fund’s registrar, transfer agent and dividend disbursement agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

 

Principal Risk Factors

No Prior History.     The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations and is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business.

 

  Market Discount Risk.     As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s Common Shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell your Common Shares, the price received may be more or less than your original investment. The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a sales load and organizational and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future, and they may trade at a price lower than net asset value. In addition to the Fund’s net asset value, the Fund’s market price may be affected by factors related to the Fund such as dividend payments (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s leverage, amounts of interest payments made by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions, and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically.

 

  Issuer Risk.     The value of securities may decline for a number of reasons that directly relate to the issuer, such as its financial strength, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
  Investment and Market Risk.     An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities and other financial assets owned by the Fund. Securities held by the Fund are generally traded in over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities and financial assets, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than their original cost, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Further, the value of securities held by the Fund may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries.

 

  Issuer Non-Diversification Risk.     The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company and therefore may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than funds that are “diversified.” Accordingly, the Fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund might be. Some of the issuers in which the Fund invests also may present substantial credit or other risks. The Fund will be subject to similar risks to the extent that it enters into derivatives transactions with a limited number of counterparties.

 

  Credit Risk.     Credit risk is the risk that one or more of the Fund’s investments in debt securities or other instruments will decline in price, or fail to pay interest, liquidation value or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation or the issuer of a reference security experiences an actual or perceived decline in its financial status.

 

  Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.     Mortgage-backed securities include, among other things, participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders and involve, among others, the following risks:

 

 

Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities . Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail credit risks ( i.e. , the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks ( i.e. , the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline). Many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages. This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change. The value of all mortgage-backed securities also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

creditworthiness of the organization that issued or guarantees them. In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The Fund also may purchase securities that are not guaranteed or subject to any credit support.

 

  Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise. Floating rate mortgage-backed securities will generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will be affected.

 

  In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation. Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which an individual mortgage or that specific mortgage-backed security carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.

 

  Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to the market for mortgage-backed securities. Delinquencies and losses generally have been increasing with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and may continue to increase as a result of the weakening housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans. Many so-called “sub-prime” mortgage pools are currently distressed and in some cases may be trading at significant discounts to their face value.

 

 

Additionally, mortgage lenders recently have adjusted their loan programs and underwriting standards, which has reduced the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors. This has resulted in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans. The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors has resulted in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see “— Adjustable Rate Mortgages” below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks). These events, alone or in combination with each other and with deteriorating economic conditions in the general economy, may continue to contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on

 

 

14


Table of Contents
 

mortgage loans. The tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may have contributed to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally and this trend may continue. The values of mortgage-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying mortgage pools, and therefore are subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral.

 

  The United States Government conservatorship of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (“Fannie Mae”) in September 2008 may adversely affect the real estate market and the value of real estate assets generally. It is unclear as of the date of this prospectus what the ultimate resolution of the conservatorship arrangement will be and what impact that resolution will have on the financial markets.

 

  The Federal Housing Finance Agent (“FHFA”), as conservator or receiver of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. In the event the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac are repudiated, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.

 

  Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

 

 

Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities . Mortgage-backed securities may reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-backed securities. This is known as prepayment risk. Mortgage-backed securities also are subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate term into a long-term security. The values of long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities. In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If a mortgage-backed security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or “pay-off” the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

  Liquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities . The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Because mortgage-backed securities have the potential to be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market.

 

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations . There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate

 

 

16


Table of Contents
 

movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.

 

  Adjustable Rate Mortgages . Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”) contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is used to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.

 

  In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or “teaser” interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the “teaser” rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed security into which that loan has been bundled.

 

  Interest and Principal Only Securities Risk . One type of stripped mortgage-backed security pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
  Investments in mortgage-related securities may involve particularly high levels of risk under current market conditions. See “Principal Risk Factors—Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.”

 

  Inverse Floaters and Related Securities Risk .    Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments expose the Fund to the same risks as investments in debt securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with leverage and increased volatility. An investment in these securities typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Distributions on inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will typically bear an inverse relationship to short term interest rates and typically will be reduced or, potentially, eliminated as interest rates rise. Inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will underperform the market for fixed rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Some inverse floaters may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that their interest rates vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate). The leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments that have mortgage-backed securities underlying them will expose the Fund to the risks associated with those mortgage-backed securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying mortgage-backed securities.

 

  REIT Risk .    An investment in a REIT may be subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including losses from casualty or condemnation and environmental liabilities, and changes in local and general economic conditions, market value, supply and demand, interest rates, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes and operating expenses. In addition, an investment in a REIT is subject to additional risks, such as poor performance by the manager of the REIT, adverse changes to the tax laws, changes in the cost or availability of credit, or the failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and to the risk of general declines in stock prices. In addition, some REITs have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property. Also, the organizational documents of a REIT may contain provisions that make changes in control of the REIT difficult and time-consuming. As a shareholder in a REIT, the Fund, and indirectly the Fund’s shareholders, would bear its ratable share of the REIT’s expenses and would at the same time continue to pay its own fees and expenses.

 

 

18


Table of Contents
  High Yield Risk (“Junk Bonds”).     Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and to repay principal when due, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield securities involve a greater risk of default and their prices are generally more volatile and sensitive to actual or perceived negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics. The Fund may purchase distressed securities that are in default or whose issuers are in bankruptcy, which involves heightened risks. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Lower-rated securities are generally less liquid than higher-rated securities, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of a particular security. For example, under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and certain securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid or less liquid. As a result, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell these securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. See “Principal Risk Factors — Liquidity Risk.” To the extent the Fund invests in high yield securities, DoubleLine’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important, and there can be no assurance that DoubleLine will be successful in this regard. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies — Portfolio Contents — High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)” for additional information.

 

 

Interest Rate Risk.     Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations fall, and when market interest rates fall, the prices of debt obligations generally rise. Interest rate risk is the risk that debt obligations and other instruments in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund’s weighted average effective duration generally will fluctuate as interest rates change, the Common Share net asset value and market price per share may tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in short-term debt securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may extend due to lower than expected rates of prepayments, which could cause the securities’ durations to extend and expose the

 

 

19


Table of Contents
 

securities to more price volatility. This may lock in a below market yield and reduce the securities’ value. In addition to directly affecting debt securities, rising interest rates also may have an adverse effect on the value of any equity securities held by the Fund. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. DoubleLine may use certain strategies, including investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

Variable and floating rate debt securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. Inverse floating rate debt securities may decrease in value if interest rates increase. Inverse floating rate debt securities also may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate debt obligation with similar credit quality. When the Fund holds variable or floating rate securities, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Common Shares.

 

  Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.     The residential mortgage market in the United States recently has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

Asset-Backed Securities(“ABS”) Investment Risk .      Asset-backed investments tend to increase in value less than other debt

 

 

20


Table of Contents

securities when interest rates decline, but are subject to similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Certain assets underlying asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk, which may reduce the overall return to asset-backed security holders. In a period of declining interest rates, the Fund may be required to reinvest more frequent prepayments on asset-backed investments in lower-yielding investments. Asset-backed securities in which the Fund invests may have underlying assets that include motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from credit card agreements. There is a risk that borrowers may default on their obligations in respect of those underlying obligations. Holders also may experience delays in payment on the securities if the full amounts due on underlying sales contracts or receivables are not realized by an ABS trust because of unanticipated legal or administrative costs of enforcing the contracts or because of depreciation or damage to the collateral securing certain contracts, or other factors. The values of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools, and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of underlying assets. Certain asset-backed securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the related collateral as do mortgage-backed securities; nor are they provided government guarantees of repayment as is the case for some mortgage-backed securities. Credit card receivables generally are unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. In addition, some issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. The impairment of the value of collateral or other assets underlying an asset-backed security, such as a result of non-payment of loans or non-performance of other collateral or underlying assets, may result in a reduction in the value of such asset-backed securities and losses to the Fund. It is possible that many or all asset-backed securities will fall out of favor at any time or over time with investors, affecting adversely the values and liquidity of the securities.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Risk .    Investing in the municipal bond market involves the risks of investing in debt securities generally and certain other risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal bonds in the Fund’s portfolio is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s investment in municipal bonds may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser than its investments in taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell municipal bonds at attractive prices.

 

  The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns, by litigation, legislation or political events, or by the bankruptcy of the issuer. Laws, referenda, ordinances or regulations enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or the applicable governmental entity could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipal issuers to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities also might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses. Any income derived from the Fund’s ownership or operation of such assets may not be tax exempt.

 

  The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are typically issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Because the principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, there is no guarantee that the particular project will generate enough revenue to pay its obligations, in which case the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.

 

  Interest on municipal obligations, while generally exempt from federal income tax, may not be exempt from federal alternative minimum tax.

Reinvestment Risk.     Income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured,

 

 

22


Table of Contents

traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, an issuer of debt obligations may exercise an option to redeem securities prior to maturity, forcing the Fund to reinvest the proceeds in lower-yielding securities. A decline in income received by the Fund from its investments is likely to have a negative effect on the market price, net asset value and/or overall return of the Common Shares.

 

  Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.     The Fund’s investments in and exposure to foreign securities involve special risks. For example, the value of these investments may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. Foreign securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Issuers of foreign securities are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting, auditing, and custody standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. Also, nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, currency blockage, political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments in a foreign country. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in foreign securities. To the extent that the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a particular foreign country or a concentrated geographic area (such as Europe or Asia), the Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with foreign investments. Also, adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities of other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. The costs of investing in foreign countries frequently are higher than the costs of investing in the United States. Additionally, investments in securities of foreign issuers generally will be denominated in foreign currencies, subjecting the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign Currency Risk.” Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

Emerging Markets Risk.     Foreign investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers based or doing business in emerging market countries or invests in securities denominated in the currencies of

 

 

23


Table of Contents

emerging market countries. Investing in securities of issuers based or doing business in emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers noted above, but to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests and requirements that government approval be obtained prior to investment by foreign persons; (iv) certain national policies that may restrict the Fund’s repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities, including temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances; (v) the lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and/or standards that may be significantly different from the standards required in the United States; (vi) less publicly available financial and other information regarding issuers; (vii) potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; and (viii) higher rates of inflation, higher interest rates and other economic concerns. The Fund may invest to a significant extent in emerging market securities that are issued in local currencies, subjecting the Fund to a greater amount of foreign currency risk. See “Principal Risk Factors—Foreign Currency Risk.” Also, investing in emerging market countries may entail purchases of securities of issuers that are insolvent, bankrupt, in default or otherwise of questionable ability to satisfy their payment obligations as they become due, subjecting the Fund to a greater amount of credit risk and/or high yield risk. See “Principal Risk Factors — Credit Risk” and “Principal Risk Factors — High Yield Risk (‘Junk Bonds’).”

Foreign Currency Risk.     The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a significant portion of the Fund’s assets may be denominated in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies and income received by the Fund from many foreign debt obligations may be paid in foreign currencies. The Fund also may invest in or gain exposure to foreign currencies themselves for investment or hedging purposes. The Fund’s investments in or exposure to foreign currencies or in securities or instruments that trade, or receive revenues, in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions (if used), that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in

 

 

24


Table of Contents

interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad. These fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and/or the level of Fund distributions made to Common Shareholders. As noted above, the Fund may (but is not required to) attempt to hedge some of its exposure to foreign currencies in order to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. There is no assurance, however, that these hedging strategies will be available or will be used by the Fund or, if used, that they will be successful.

Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk.     Distressed and defaulted securities generally present the same risks as investment in below investment grade securities. However, in most cases, these risks are of a greater magnitude because of the uncertainties of investing in an issuer undergoing financial distress. An issuer of distressed securities may be in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring. Interest and/or principal payments on distressed securities may be in default. Distressed securities present a risk of loss of principal value, including potentially a total loss. Distressed securities may be highly illiquid and the prices at which distressed securities may be sold may represent a substantial discount to what the Adviser believes to be the ultimate value of such obligations.

Loan Participations and Assignments Risk.     The Fund’s investments in fixed and floating rate loans arranged through private negotiations between an issuer and one or more financial institutions may be in the form of participations in loans or assignments of all or a portion of loans from third parties. In connection with purchasing loan participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party. Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when necessary to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio and calculating its NAV.

Credit Default Swaps Risk.     Credit default swaps involve greater risks than investing in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller (if any), coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage described herein since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.

Although the Fund may seek to realize gains by writing credit default swaps that increase in value, to realize gains on writing credit default swaps, an active secondary market for such instruments must exist or the Fund must otherwise be able to close out these transactions at advantageous times. If no such secondary market exists or the Fund is otherwise unable to close out these transactions at advantageous times, writing credit default swaps may not be profitable for the Fund.

 

  The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile in recent years as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. As of the date of this prospectus, credit default swaps are not currently traded on any securities exchange, however certain credit default swaps may be cleared through swaps clearing houses. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses.

 

 

26


Table of Contents
  Hedging Strategy Risk.     Certain of the investment techniques that the Fund may employ for hedging will expose the Fund to additional or increased risks.

 

  There may be an imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and hedging positions entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, the Fund’s success in using hedge instruments is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, and there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, the use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if the Fund had not hedged its portfolio holdings.

 

  The Adviser is under no obligation to engage in any hedging strategies, and may, in its discretion, choose not to. Even if the Adviser desires to hedge some of the Fund’s risks, suitable hedging transactions may not be available or, if available, attractive. A failure to hedge may result in losses to the value of the Fund’s investments.

Short Sales Risk.     To the extent the Fund makes use of short sales for investment and/or risk management purposes, the Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with selling short. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells securities or other instruments that the Fund does not own. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in short sales when it does not own or have the right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost. The Fund’s loss on a short sale theoretically could be unlimited in a case in which the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. In addition, the Fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to benefit from increases in the markets. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

Government-Entity Risk.     Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), such as the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac,

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain GSEs, including the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, there is no assurance that GSE obligations will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the GSEs and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities. See “Investment Objective and Policies — Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the SAI.

 

  Sovereign Debt Obligations Risk.     Investments in countries’ government debt obligations involve special risks. Certain countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations.

 

 

Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments

 

 

28


Table of Contents
 

to lend funds to the government debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis. Holders of government debt, including the Fund, may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.

As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited (or no) legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

 

  Government obligors in emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

 

  Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the EMU has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

 

  Investments in a foreign country’s government debt securities involve currency risk. See “— Foreign Currency Risk.”

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Convertible Securities Risk.     Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than the convertible security’s “conversion price.” The conversion price is defined as the predetermined price at which the convertible security could be exchanged for the associated stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the yield of the convertible security. Thus, it may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. In the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company. Consequently, the issuer’s convertible securities generally entail less risk than its common stock but more risk than its debt obligations.

 

  The Fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e. , an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities also are subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “Principal Risk Factors — Derivatives Risk.” In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

 

 

Preferred Securities Risk.     In addition to equity securities risk (see “Principal Risk Factors — Equity Securities and Related Market Risk”), credit risk (see “Principal Risk Factors — Credit Risk”) and possibly high yield risk (see “Principal Risk Factors —High Yield Risk (‘Junk Bonds’)”), investment in preferred stocks involves certain other risks. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip

 

 

30


Table of Contents
 

or defer distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred stock that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes despite the fact that it is not receiving current income on this position. Preferred stocks often are subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred stocks are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred stocks may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. Government securities.

Management Risk.     The Fund’s ability to identify and invest in attractive opportunities is dependent upon the Adviser. If one or more key individuals leave the Adviser, it may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This could prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective. Although the Adviser is the adviser to several registered open-end funds, and the portfolio managers have previous experience managing closed-end funds, the Fund is the first closed-end fund to be managed by the Adviser. As with any managed fund, the Adviser may not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities, leverage strategy or investment techniques, and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds as a result.

 

  Debt Securities Risk.     In addition to the other risks described herein, debt securities also are subject to the following general risks:

 

   

Redemption Risk — Debt securities sometimes contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return.

 

   

Limited Voting Rights — Debt securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when interest payments have not been made and the issuer is in default. Even in such cases, such rights may be limited to the terms of the debenture or other agreements.

 

   

Liquidity — Certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities or common shares or other equity securities.

 

   

Spread Risk — Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of the debt security’s

 

 

31


Table of Contents
 

credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood or risk of default by the issuer.

 

  Corporate Debt Risks.     Like all debt securities, corporate debt securities generally represent an issuer’s obligation to repay to the investor (or lender) the amount borrowed plus interest over a specified time period. A typical corporate bond specifies a fixed date when the amount borrowed (principal) is due in full, known as the maturity date, and specifies dates when periodic interest (coupon) payments will be made over the life of the security.

 

  Corporate debt securities come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features (e.g., conversion rights). The Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things. The Fund may invest in convertible bonds, which are fixed income securities that are exercisable into other debt or equity securities, and “synthetic” convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”).

 

  Prices of corporate debt securities fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of the corporate debt securities in which the Fund may invest may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

 

 

Valuation Risk.     When market quotations are not readily available or are deemed to be unreliable, the Fund values its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. See “Net Asset Value.” Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other

 

 

32


Table of Contents
 

asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset.

Leverage Risk.     The Fund’s use of leverage (as described under “Leverage” in the body of this prospectus) creates the opportunity for increased Common Share net income and capital appreciation, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Fund to greater risk and increased costs. The net proceeds the Fund obtains from its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (as well as from any future issuance of preferred shares) will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this prospectus. The interest expense payable by the Fund with respect to its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (or dividends payable with respect to any outstanding preferred shares) may be based on shorter-term interest rates that periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio investments provide a higher rate of return (net of applicable Fund expenses) than the interest rates and other costs to the Fund of such leverage, the investment of the proceeds thereof should generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, the excess would be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. If, however, interest rates rise relative to the rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the interest and other costs to the Fund of leverage could exceed the rate of return on the debt obligations and other investments held by the Fund, thereby reducing return to Common Shareholders. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the investment return to Common Shareholders will likely be more volatile. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher investment return on the Common Shares, and it may result in losses. In addition, fees and expenses of any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by preferred shareholders, if any) and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares. In addition, any preferred shares issued by the Fund may pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk.

 

  Leverage creates several major types of risks for Common Shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

 

33


Table of Contents
   

the possibility either that Common Share dividends will fall if the interest and other costs of leverage rise, or that dividends paid on Common Share will fluctuate because such costs vary over time; and

 

   

the effects of leverage in a declining market or a rising interest rate environment, as leverage is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged and may result in a greater decline in the market value of the Common Shares.

 

  In addition, the counterparties to the Fund’s leveraging transactions and any preferred shareholders of the Fund will have priority of payment over the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements and similar transactions to obtain leverage also involves special risks. For instance, the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under a reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the repurchase price and the securities may not be returned to the Fund. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Policies — Portfolio Contents — Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.”

 

  In addition to reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (or a future issuance of preferred shares), the Fund’s use of other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage (including, among others, inverse floaters and related securities, credit default swap contracts and other transactions, loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales, and when issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions) give rise to associated leverage risks described above, and may adversely affect the Fund’s income, distributions, and total returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund also may seek to offset derivatives positions against one another or against other assets in an attempt to manage effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that any positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected by the Adviser, the Fund may perform as if it is leveraged through use of these derivative strategies. See “Leverage.”

 

  Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding), there is a financial incentive for the Adviser to cause the Fund to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

 

 

34


Table of Contents
  Focused Investment Risk.     The value of the Fund’s Common Shares may be especially vulnerable to the risks associated with investments in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage- and asset-backed securities. See “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk.” The Fund also will be subject to focused investment risks to the extent that it invests a substantial portion of its assets in a small number of issuers or in a particular country or geographic region. To the extent that the Fund focuses or concentrates its investments in a particular industry, the net asset value of the Common Shares will be more susceptible to events or factors affecting companies in that industry. These may include, but are not limited to, changes in governmental regulation, inflation, rising interest rates, competition from new entrants, and other economic, market, political or other developments specific to that industry. The Fund may have greater risk to the extent that it invests a substantial portion of its assets in companies in related sectors, which may share common characteristics, are often subject to similar business risks and regulatory burdens, and whose securities may react similarly to the types of events and factors described above. See “Principal Risk Factors — Issuer Non-Diversification Risk,” “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk,” “Principal Risk Factors — Emerging Markets Risk,” and “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign Currency Risk.”

 

  Derivatives Risk.     Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as liquidity risk, issuer risk, credit risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, counterparty risk, management risk and, if applicable, smaller company risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, the risk of unfavorable or ambiguous documentation, and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with an underlying asset, currency, interest rate or index. Suitable derivatives transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial.

 

  The use by the Fund of derivatives such as options, forwards or futures contracts, or short sales may subject the Fund to risks associated with short economic exposure. Taking a short economic position through derivatives exposes the Fund to the risk that it will be obligated to make payments to its counterparty if the underlying asset appreciates in value, resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund’s loss on a short position theoretically could be unlimited.

 

 

The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of certain portions of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and

 

 

35


Table of Contents

registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

 

  Counterparty Risk.     The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts (whether a clearing corporation in the case of exchange-traded instruments or another third party in the case of over-the-counter instruments) and other instruments entered into directly by the Fund or held by special purpose or structured vehicles in which the Fund invests. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations to the Fund due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant losses or delays in obtaining any recovery (including recovery of any collateral it has provided to the counterparty) in a dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up, bankruptcy, or other analogous proceeding. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to any underlying security or asset. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

 

  Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by recently enacted U.S. financial reform legislation. See “— Derivatives Risk” above for more information.

 

  Net Asset Value Discount Risk.     Frequently, shares of closed-end investment companies, such as the Fund, trade at a price below their NAV, commonly referred to as a “discount.”

 

 

The Fund cannot predict whether, or to what extent, its Common Shares will trade at a discount to their NAV. Immediately following this offering, the NAV of the Fund’s Common Shares will be reduced by offering costs paid by the Fund, and the public offering price you pay for the Common Shares includes the sales load, creating an increased risk that the Common Shares will trade at a discount to their offering price and NAV for a period following the offering. Therefore, there is an added risk to investors who may sell their shares shortly after the offering. Before making an investment decision, a prospective investor

 

 

36


Table of Contents
 

should consider the suitability of this investment with respect to the investor’s investment objectives and personal situation. See “Description of Shares.”

Structured Products Risk.     Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities. These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles. This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments. The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions.

 

  Structured notes are derivative securities for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.” These factors may include, but are not limited to, currency exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices. Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes. In some cases, the impact of the movements of these factors may increase or decrease through the use of multipliers or deflators.

 

  The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss. As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product. Holders of structured products indirectly bear risks associated with the underlying investments, index or reference obligation, and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund generally has the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer. While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.

 

 

37


Table of Contents
  Structured products are generally privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities. In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein, structured products carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from underlying investments will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the underlying investments may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the security may be subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

 

  Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity.

 

  Equity Securities and Related Market Risk.     The market price of common stocks and other equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “Principal Risk Factors — Issuer Risk.” The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They also may decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

 

 

Smaller Company Risk.     The general risks associated with debt instruments or equity securities are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with small market capitalizations. Small capitalization companies involve certain special risks. They are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or to depend on a

 

 

38


Table of Contents
 

small, inexperienced management group. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. They also may have limited liquidity. These securities may therefore be more vulnerable to adverse developments than securities of larger companies, and the Fund may have difficulty purchasing or selling securities positions in smaller companies at prevailing market prices. Also, there may be less publicly available information about smaller companies or less market interest in their securities as compared to larger companies. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.

 

  Confidential Information Access Risk.     In managing the Fund, DoubleLine may seek to avoid the receipt by portfolio managers and analysts of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information will restrict the Fund from trading in securities it holds or in which it expects to invest. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s loans. In circumstances when the Fund’s portfolio managers and analysts do not receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells a bank loan. Further, in situations when the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to bank loans, DoubleLine’s ability to assess the desirability of such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised. In such circumstances, DoubleLine may determine to receive such Confidential Information, but in so doing, may create information walls around persons (“walled-off personnel”) having access to the Confidential Information, which may limit the restrictions on others at DoubleLine but could also impair the ability of walled-off personnel to assist in managing the Fund. Also, certain issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments may not have any traded securities (“Private Issuers”) and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements. DoubleLine may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities if the Private Issuer later issues traded securities. If DoubleLine intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to sell certain investments held by the Fund.

 

 

39


Table of Contents
  Other Investment Companies Risk.     As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may use leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” The Fund may invest in other investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate serves as investment manager or with which the Adviser is otherwise affiliated. The relationship between the Adviser and any such other investment company could create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Fund.

 

  Rule 144A Securities Risk.     Rule 144A under the Securities Act permits certain qualified institutional buyers, such as the Fund, to trade in privately placed securities that have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act. Rule 144A securities may be deemed illiquid, although the Fund may determine that certain Rule 144A securities are liquid in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.

 

  Inflation/Deflation Risk.     Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

  Liquidity Risk.     The Fund will normally not invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities (i.e. , securities that the Adviser determines cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments, and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. Also, the Fund may not be able to dispose readily of illiquid securities when that would be beneficial at a favorable time or price or at prices approximating those at which the Fund currently values them. Further, the lack of an established secondary market for illiquid securities may make it more difficult to value such securities, which may negatively impact the price the Fund would receive upon disposition of such securities.

 

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.     The wars with Iraq and Afghanistan and similar conflicts and geopolitical developments, their aftermath and the occupations of Iraq and substantial military presence in Afghanistan are likely to have a

 

 

40


Table of Contents
 

substantial effect on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the wars and the potential costs of rebuilding infrastructure cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 closed some of the U.S. securities markets for a four-day period and similar future events cannot be ruled out. The wars and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events also could have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks also could adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the Fund’s investments and the market value and net asset value of the Common Shares.

 

  Regulation Risk .    In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio.

 

  United States Credit Rating Downgrade Risk .    The events surrounding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and the recent resulting agreement could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. to “AA+” from “AAA.” The downgrade by S&P could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and lower Treasury prices and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events and similar events in other areas of the world could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on issuers of securities held by the Fund and the Fund itself. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser may not timely anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments.

 

 

Portfolio Turnover Risk.     The techniques and strategies contemplated by the Fund might result in a high degree of

 

 

41


Table of Contents

portfolio turnover. Higher portfolio turnover rates result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions and other trading costs and generate short-term capital gains taxable at ordinary income rates.

 

  Litigation and Investigation Risk.     DoubleLine, certain key employees of DoubleLine, and DoubleLine Funds Trust (open-end funds currently managed by DoubleLine) are involved in on-going litigation with Trust Company of the West (“TCW”). In addition, certain employees of DoubleLine have been interviewed by representatives of the Special Inspector General of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, and by the office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York in connection with matters related to a fund managed by TCW under the U.S. Treasury’s Legacy Securities Public Private Investment Program (the “PPIP”) and some of the allegations made by TCW in its litigation against DoubleLine.

 

  Litigation and participation in any governmental inquiry or investigation can be expensive and time consuming, and their results can be unpredictable. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these matters. The litigation and any governmental inquiry or investigation could consume a material amount of the Adviser’s resources thereby potentially impairing the Adviser’s ability to attract or retain talented personnel or otherwise effectively manage the Fund. In the event of adverse developments or if expenses of the litigation and related matters are greater than anticipated, the Adviser’s ability to manage the Fund may be materially impaired, and shareholders, the market value of the Fund’s Common Shares, or the viability of the Fund, could be adversely affected.

 

  For additional information, please see “Management of the Fund — Regulatory and Litigation Matters” at page 93 of this prospectus.

 

  Legal and Regulatory Risk.     Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Fund and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements.

 

 

42


Table of Contents

The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Adviser have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and the Adviser will continue to be eligible for such exemptions. For example, the Fund has filed with the National Futures Association a notice claiming an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under Commission Regulation 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, with respect to the Fund’s operation. Recently, the CFTC has proposed a change to Regulation 4.5 and other regulations which, if adopted, could require the Fund to register with the CFTC. Such changes could potentially limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment strategy, and/or increase the costs of implementing its strategy.

 

  The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to agency rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

 

  The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts; those position limits may also apply to certain other derivatives positions the Fund may wish to take. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore it is possible that the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

 

 

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis

 

 

43


Table of Contents
 

threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the Fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the Adviser’s ability to implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a “short squeeze” in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements also may limit the Adviser’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Adviser seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make a Fund unable to execute its investment strategy. In addition, the SEC recently proposed additional restrictions on short sales. If the SEC were to adopt additional restrictions regarding short sales, they could restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances, and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result.

 

  The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies and may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to generate returns.

Federal legislation has been passed that requires the adoption of regulations that would require any creditor that makes a loan and any securitizer of a loan to retain at least 5% of the credit risk on any loan that is transferred, sold or conveyed by such creditor or securitizer. It is currently unclear how these requirements would apply to loan participations, syndicated loans, and loan assignments. If the Fund invests in loans, it could be adversely affected by the regulation. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Fund could be substantial and adverse.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.” These provisions in the Declaration could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.

 

 

44


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

The following table and the expenses shown assume the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions and/or borrowings in an amount equal to 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments), and show Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Footnote (4) to the table also shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares, but assumes that no leverage is used.

 

     Percentage of Offering Price  

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales Load Paid by Investors

     4.50%   

Offering Expenses(1),(2)

     0.20%   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees(3)

     None   
     Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares
(assuming  leverage is used)(4)
 

Annual Expenses

  

Management Fees

     1.50%   

Administration Fees(5)

     0.23%   

Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds(6)

     0.77%   

Other Expenses(7)

     0.24%   
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses(1)

     2.74%   

 

 

(1) The Adviser has agreed to pay the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.05 per share (0.20% of the offering price). The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. The offering costs to be paid or reimbursed by the Fund are not included in the Annual Expenses table above or in footnote (4) below. However, these expenses will be borne by Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares.

 

(2) The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC. The Adviser (and not the Fund) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee, or additional compensation in connection with the offering. See “Underwriters—Additional Compensation.”

 

(3) You will pay brokerage charges if you direct your broker or plan administrator to sell the Common Shares that you acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan. You may also pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

(4) The table presented below in this footnote (4) estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Fund does not use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings for purposes of adding leverage to the Fund’s portfolio. See “Leverage.” In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

 

     Percentage of Net
Assets Attributable to Common Shares

(assuming no use of leverage)
 

Annual Expenses

  

Management Fees

     1.00

Administration Fees(5)

     0.15

Other Expenses(7)

     0.23
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses(1)

     1.38

 

45


Table of Contents
(5) The Master Services Agreement between the Fund and the Administrator obligates the Fund to pay the Administrator and TSC a fee of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets, subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000, for providing administration, bookkeeping, pricing, and other services to the Fund. The Administrator and TSC will also be reimbursed by the Fund for out-of-pocket expenses that are reasonably incurred by them in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement.

 

(6)

Assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings representing 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund's total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) at an annual effective interest rate cost to the Fund of 1.55%, which is based on DoubleLine's assessment of current market conditions.

 

(7) “Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

The purpose of the tables above is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues approximately 10,000,000 Common Shares. If the Fund issues fewer Common Shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase. See “Management of the Fund” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and estimated offering expenses of this offering of approximately $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (a) the sales load and the offering expenses listed in the parenthetical above, (b) total annual expenses of 2.74% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in years 1 through 10 (assuming the Fund obtains leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions and/or borrowings in an amount equal to 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets) and (c) a 5% annual return(1):

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Total Expenses Incurred

   $ 73       $ 128       $ 185       $ 340   

 

 

(1) The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown . The example assumes that the estimated “Interest Expenses on Borrowed Funds” and “Other Expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, that the rates listed under “Total Annual Expenses” remain the same each year and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.

 

46


Table of Contents

THE FUND

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on July 22, 2011, pursuant to the Declaration, which is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, CA 90071, and its telephone number is (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311).

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment or reimbursement of the estimated offering costs. The Adviser has agreed to pay the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.05 per share. The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies as stated below. It is presently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in investments that meet its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in high grade, short-term securities and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments designed to give the Fund exposure to the securities and markets in which it intends to invest while DoubleLine selects specific investments. The initial distributions by the Fund may consist primarily of a return of capital depending on the timing of the investment of the proceeds of this offering.

THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek high total investment return by providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of investments selected for their potential to provide high current income, growth of capital, or both. The Fund may invest in debt securities and income-producing investments of any kind, including, without limitation, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, U.S. Government securities, corporate debt, international sovereign debt, and short-term investments. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its total assets in debt securities, convertible securities, loans and other securities or instruments that provide investment exposure to the credit of an issuer, obligor or counterparty, including through credit default swaps and other derivatives.

The Fund normally expects to invest at least 50% of its total assets in mortgage-backed securities of any kind and will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The Fund may invest the remainder of its portfolio in, among other things, other debt securities or income-producing investments of any kind, based on the assessment by DoubleLine of the potential returns and risks of different sectors of the debt security markets and of particular securities. DoubleLine currently expects the portfolio will initially be 100% invested in mortgage-backed securities, some or all of which may be rated below investment grade or unrated but judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality (although there can be no assurance whether or for how long the portfolio will be invested in that manner). Exposures to mortgage-backed securities through derivatives or other financial instruments may be considered investments in mortgage-backed securities for these purposes.

 

47


Table of Contents

The Fund may purchase mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks. See “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.” Exposures to mortgage- or asset-backed securities through derivatives or other financial instruments may be considered investments in mortgage- or asset-backed securities for purposes of the policies stated above.

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or private issuers, or by government agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including REMICs, which could include Re-REMICs, mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables. Certain mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.

The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid REIT securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises; payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; inflation-indexed bonds; structured notes and other hybrid instruments; catastrophe bonds and other event-linked bonds; credit-linked trust certificates; preferred securities; commercial paper, and cash and cash equivalents. The rate of interest on the debt and other income-producing investments that the Fund may purchase may be fixed, floating, or variable.

The Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, although DoubleLine does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 50% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality. In addition, DoubleLine does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 10% of its total assets in corporate debt securities (excluding mortgage-backed securities) or sovereign debt instruments rated Caa or below by Moody’s and CCC or below by S&P (or unrated securities determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality). Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Securities rated Caa or below and CCC or below are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Securities rated below Caa/CCC may include obligations already in default. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category will likely possess speculative characteristics.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity, and the Fund’s average duration will vary from time to time, potentially significantly, depending on DoubleLine’s assessment of market conditions and other factors. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the value of a portfolio of debt securities with an average duration of four years would generally be expected to decline by approximately 4% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. “Effective” duration is a measure of the Fund’s portfolio duration adjusted for the anticipated effect of interest rate changes on bond and mortgage prepayment rates. DoubleLine currently expects that the Fund’s dollar-weighted average effective duration will initially be between three (3) and seven (7) years. The duration and effective duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio may vary significantly from time to time.

The Fund may hold common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including, among others, those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security. The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale, including securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act and other securities issued in private placements. The Fund also may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small and medium market capitalizations.

The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers. However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 30% of its total assets in issuers domiciled or organized in emerging market countries.

The Fund will normally not invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities (securities that the Adviser determines cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities).

The Fund may use various derivative strategies involving the purchase or sale of credit default swaps and other swap agreements, call and put options, futures and forward contracts, short sales and other derivative instruments as a substitute for cash investments, for leveraging purposes, or in an attempt to hedge against market, interest rate, currency, and other risks in the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund may use repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements for any investment purpose, including to create investment leverage in the Fund’s portfolio.

DoubleLine allocates the Fund’s assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what DoubleLine considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time. Implementation of portfolio asset allocation decisions is made by the Fund’s portfolio managers after consultation with DoubleLine’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee, a committee consisting of portfolio managers and analysts which contributes to fixed-income asset allocation decisions made on behalf of the Fund by DoubleLine. DoubleLine will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. In selecting individual securities for investment by the Fund, DoubleLine uses a bottom-up security selection process, reflecting in-depth research and analysis. DoubleLine will manage the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and DoubleLine’s risk management committee.

Portfolio securities may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Adviser determines to take advantage of a better investment opportunity, because the Adviser believes the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, because the Adviser perceives a deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or because the Adviser believes it would be appropriate for other investment reasons, such as to adjust the duration or other characteristics of the Fund’s investment portfolio.

The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees without prior notice to or approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

 

49


Table of Contents

Diversification .    The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company, and so may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than investment companies that are “diversified.” See “Principal Risk Factors — Issuer Non-Diversification Risk.”

Note regarding investment limitations .    Where this prospectus states that the Fund or the Adviser will not, or does not intend to, make investments in excess of a stated percentage of the Fund’s total assets, “total assets” includes amounts of leverage obtained through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or issuances of preferred shares. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. Except as otherwise noted, all percentages apply only at the time of investment.

Derivatives

The Fund may enter into derivatives transactions of any kind for hedging purposes or otherwise to gain, or reduce, long or short exposure to one or more asset classes, issuers, or reference assets. The Fund also may enter into derivatives transactions with the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage. Although the Fund reserves the right to invest in derivatives of any kind, it currently expects that it may use the following types of derivatives: futures contracts and options on futures contracts, in order to gain efficient long or short investment exposures as an alternative to cash investments or to hedge against portfolio exposures; interest rate swaps, to gain indirect long or short exposures to interest rates, issuers, or currencies, or to hedge against portfolio exposures; and total return swaps and credit derivatives, put and call options, and exchange-traded and structured notes, to take indirect long or short positions on indexes, securities, currencies, commodities or other indicators of value. The Fund may, for hedging purposes or as a substitute for direct investments in debt securities, make use of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation. The Fund may engage in short sales, either to earn additional return or to hedge existing investments. Any use of derivatives strategies entails the risks of investing directly in the securities or instruments underlying the derivatives strategies, as well as the risks of using derivatives generally, and in some cases the risks of leverage, described in this prospectus and in the Fund’s SAI.

Portfolio Contents

Bonds

Bonds include bonds, debt securities and fixed income and income-producing instruments of any kind issued by governmental or private-sector entities. Most bonds consist of a security or instrument having one or more of the following characteristics: a fixed-income security, a security issued at a discount to its face value, a security that pays interest or a security with a stated principal amount that requires repayment of some or all of that principal amount to the holder of the security. The Adviser interprets the term bond broadly as an instrument or security evidencing what is commonly referred to as an IOU rather than evidencing the corporate ownership of equity unless that equity represents an indirect or derivative interest in one or more debt securities. The Fund may invest in a wide variety of bonds of varying maturities issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and other business entities, governments and municipalities and other issuers. Bonds may include, among other things, fixed or variable/floating-rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations as well as governments and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Some bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

 

50


Table of Contents

High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)

Investments in high yield securities, or “junk bonds,” involve a greater degree of risk (in particular, a greater risk of default) than, and special risks in addition to the risks associated with, investments in investment grade debt obligations. While offering a greater potential opportunity for capital appreciation and higher yields, high yield securities typically entail greater potential price volatility and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities. High yield securities may be regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make timely principal and interest payments. They also may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher-rated securities. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics.

The market values of high yield securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher-quality securities, which tend to react mainly to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. In addition, lower-quality debt securities tend to be more sensitive to general economic conditions. Certain “emerging” market governments that issue high yield securities in which the Fund may invest are among the largest debtors to commercial banks, foreign governments and supranational organizations, such as the World Bank, and may not be able or willing to make principal and/or interest payments as they come due.

Credit Ratings and Unrated Securities.      Rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. Appendix A to this prospectus describes the various ratings assigned to debt obligations by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”). As noted in Appendix A, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch may modify their ratings of securities to show relative standing within a rating category, with the addition of numerical modifiers (1, 2 or 3) in the case of Moody’s, and with the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign in the case of S&P and Fitch. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. The Fund need not sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. DoubleLine does not rely solely on credit ratings, and develops its own analysis of issuer credit quality. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, debt instruments held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held.

When an investment is rated by more than one rating agency, DoubleLine will use the highest rating for that security for purposes of applying any investment policies that incorporate credit ratings (e.g., a policy to invest a certain percentage of the Fund’s assets in securities rated investment grade).

The Fund may purchase unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) if DoubleLine determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that DoubleLine may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality debt obligations. The Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on DoubleLine’s credit analysis to the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade quality and unrated securities.

Distressed and Defaulted Securities

The Fund may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted

 

51


Table of Contents

obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative. In addition to pre-existing outstanding debt obligations of issuers undergoing financial distress, the Fund also may invest in “debtor-in-possession” loans (“DIP Loans”) newly issued in connection with “special situation” restructuring and refinancing transactions. DIP Loans are loans to a debtor-in-possession in a proceeding under the U.S. bankruptcy code that have been approved by the bankruptcy court. DIP Loans are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). DIP Loans are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding.

Yankee Dollar Obligations, Eurobonds, Global Bonds

Certain debt securities purchased by the Fund may take the forms of Yankee dollar obligations, eurobonds or global bonds. Yankee dollar obligations are dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign issuers, such as corporations and banks. A eurobond is a bond issued in a currency other than the currency of the country or market in which it is issued. Global bonds are bonds that can be offered within multiple markets simultaneously. Unlike eurobonds, global bonds can be issued in the local currency of the country of issuance.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investments

The Fund may invest a substantial portion of it assets in debt obligations of corporate and other foreign issuers, including those of issuers economically tied to “emerging” market countries. See “— Emerging Market Securities.” The Fund may invest in sovereign debt issued by foreign developed and emerging market governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities. Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. As a holder of sovereign debt, the Fund may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In addition, there are generally no bankruptcy proceedings similar to those in the United States by which defaulted sovereign debt may be collected. Investing in foreign securities involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. securities. See “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.”

The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds, which are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with a debt restructuring. Investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative. Brady Bonds acquired by the Fund may be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to realize a loss of interest or principal on any of its portfolio holdings.

The foreign securities in which the Fund may invest include Eurodollar obligations and “Yankee Dollar” obligations. Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt issues, notably credit risk, interest rate risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of U.S. dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

 

52


Table of Contents

Sovereign Debt Obligations

Sovereign debt obligations are obligations of governmental issuers in foreign developed and emerging market countries (“Sovereign Debt Obligations”). Sovereign Debt Obligations include, but are not limited to,

 

   

debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, government agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions,

 

   

debt securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities and supranational government entities,

 

   

interests in entities organized and operated for the purposes of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers, or

 

   

participation in loans between governments and financial institutions (see “ — Bank Loans”).

Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. As a holder of Sovereign Debt Obligations, the Fund may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In addition, there are generally no bankruptcy proceedings similar to those in the United States by which defaulted Sovereign Debt Obligations may be collected. Investing in foreign securities involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. securities. See “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.”

Emerging Market Securities

The Fund may invest in the securities of issuers domiciled in or economically tied to emerging market countries. A security is considered to be “economically tied” to an emerging market country if the issuer or guarantor of the security is organized under the laws of the country or if the currency of settlement of the security is a currency of the emerging market country. DoubleLine has broad discretion to identify countries that it considers to qualify as emerging securities markets. In making investments in emerging market securities, the Fund emphasizes countries with relatively low gross national product per capita and with the potential for rapid economic growth. Emerging market countries are generally located in Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Latin America and Eastern Europe. DoubleLine will select emerging market country and currency composition based on its evaluation of relative interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, monetary and fiscal policies, trade and current account balances and any other specific factors it believes to be relevant.

Investments in emerging market securities involve a greater degree of risk than, and special risks in addition to the risks associated with, investments in domestic securities or in securities of foreign, developed countries. See “Principal Risk Factors — Emerging Markets Risk.”

Foreign Currencies and Related Transactions

The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, it is expected that a significant portion of the Fund’s assets may be denominated in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies and that income received by the Fund from many foreign debt obligations will be paid in foreign currencies. The Fund also may invest in or gain exposure to foreign currencies themselves for investment or hedging purposes. The Fund’s investments in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies will be subject to currency risk, which is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect any investment. See “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign Currency Risk.” The Fund may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to foreign currencies through the use of derivative strategies. For instance, the Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, and may buy and sell foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency

 

53


Table of Contents

futures. A forward foreign currency exchange contract, which involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract, may reduce the Fund’s exposure to changes in the value of the currency it will deliver and increase its exposure to changes in the value of the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. The effect on the value of the Fund is similar to selling securities denominated in one currency and purchasing securities denominated in another currency. Contracts to sell foreign currency would limit any potential gain which might be realized by the Fund if the value of the hedged currency increases. The Fund may enter into these contracts to hedge against foreign exchange risk arising from the Fund’s investment or anticipated investment in securities denominated in foreign currencies. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although DoubleLine has the flexibility to engage in such transactions for the Fund, it may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. Also, these transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

The Fund also may use derivatives contracts for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another. To the extent that it does so, the Fund will be subject to the additional risk that the relative value of currencies will be different than anticipated by DoubleLine.

Please see “Investment Objective and Policies — Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities,” “Investment Objective and Policies — Foreign Currency Transactions” and “Investment Objective and Policies—Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities” in the SAI for a more detailed description of the types of foreign investments and foreign currency transactions in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest without limit in mortgage-related or other asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage-backed securities also include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including REMICs, which could include Re-REMICs, mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables, and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property and receivables from credit card agreements. The cash flow generated by the underlying assets is applied to make required payments on the securities and to pay related administrative expenses. Mortgage- and asset-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages or other assets, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages or other assets. The value of some mortgage-related or asset-backed securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. Early repayment of principal on some mortgage-related securities may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. When interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed income securities. The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may shorten or extend the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of purchase. If unanticipated rates of

 

54


Table of Contents

prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective maturity of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of the security can be expected to increase. The value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. One type of stripped mortgage-backed security has one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class receives all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in mortgage-related securities may be backed by sub-prime mortgages which are subject to certain special risks. See “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.”

The Fund may invest in other types of asset-backed securities that are offered in the marketplace, including Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETCs”). Although any entity may issue EETCs, to date, U.S. airlines are the primary issuers. An airline EETC is an obligation secured directly by aircraft or aircraft engines as collateral. EETCs tend to be less liquid than bonds. Other asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The value of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence of, or defalcation by, their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that use the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets. The Fund may invest in other types of asset-backed securities that have been or will be offered to investors.

Please see “Investment Objective and Policies — Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the SAI and “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the types of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

Bank Loans

Loan interests may take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and also may take the form of assignments of, novations of or participations in a bank loan acquired in secondary markets.

As noted, the Fund may purchase “assignments” of bank loans from lenders. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

The Fund also may invest in “participations” in bank loans. Participations by the Fund in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other lenders through set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender selling the participation.

 

55


Table of Contents

Among the types of bank loan investments that the Fund may make are interests in senior floating rate loans made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations ("Senior Loans"). Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates that are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the LIBOR Rate) plus a premium. Although Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality ( i.e. , high yield securities), they tend to have more favorable recovery rates than other types of below investment grade quality debt obligations. Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Lenders. A financial institution’s employment as an Agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement would likely remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or government agency) similar risks may arise.

Purchasers of Senior Loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the net asset value, market price and/or yield of the Common Shares could be adversely affected. Senior Loans that are fully secured may offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral from a secured Senior Loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated. Also, the Fund may invest in Senior Loans that are unsecured.

Senior Loans may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what DoubleLine believes to be a fair price.

Senior Loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. The effect of prepayments on the Fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees and the Fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other Senior Loans that have similar or identical yields.

Preferred Securities

Preferred securities represent an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the company. Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks usually do not have voting rights. Preferred stocks in some instances are convertible into common stock. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in the company. Some

 

56


Table of Contents

preferred stocks offer a fixed rate of return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, these preferred stocks may act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Other preferred stocks have a variable dividend, generally determined on a quarterly or other periodic basis, either according to a formula based upon a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities or based on an auction process, involving bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks. Although they are equity securities, preferred securities have certain characteristics of both debt securities and common stock. They are like debt securities in that their stated income is generally contractually fixed. They are like common stocks in that they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Furthermore, preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. Because preferred securities represent an equity ownership interest in a company, their value usually will react more strongly than bonds and other debt instruments to actual or perceived changes in a company’s financial condition or prospects, or to fluctuations in the equity markets.

In order to be payable, dividends on preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. In addition, distributions on preferred securities may be subject to deferral and thus may not be automatically payable. Income payments on some preferred securities are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if they are not declared by the board of directors of the issuer or otherwise made payable. Other preferred securities are non-cumulative, meaning that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.

Preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals their original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market values of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting the issuers’ industries or sectors. They also may be affected by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in the tax status of the security and by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in tax laws, such as changes in corporate and individual income tax rates or the characterization of dividends as tax-advantaged. Many of the preferred securities in which the Fund may invest will not pay tax-advantaged dividends. See “Tax Matters.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred securities may become disproportionately large when interest rates fall below the rate payable on the securities or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem preferred securities, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the security is not redeemable. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher dividend-paying preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities

The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which are debt securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt securities and equity securities. DoubleLine will generally evaluate these instruments based primarily on their debt characteristics. Although to a lesser extent than with debt obligations, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities.

Convertible securities are investments that provide for a stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. There can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities, however, generally offer

 

57


Table of Contents

lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for equity-related capital appreciation. A convertible security, in addition to providing current income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock.

The Fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e. , an income-producing security and the right to acquire an equity security. The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities also are subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “Principal Risk Factors — Derivatives Risk.” In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund would sell securities to a bank or broker dealer and agree to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed future date and price. A dollar roll is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement except that the counterparty with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund but only securities that are “substantially identical.” Generally, the effect of a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction is that the Fund can recover and reinvest all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the agreement and still be entitled to the returns associated with those portfolio securities — thereby resulting in a transaction similar to a borrowing and giving rise to leverage for the Fund. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

Real Estate Securities

The Fund may gain exposure to the real estate sector by investing in real estate-linked derivatives, REITs, and common, preferred, convertible, and debt securities of issuers in real estate-related industries. Each of these types of investments are subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including loss to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, zoning law amendments, changes in interest rates, overbuilding and increased competition, variations in market value, and possible environmental liabilities.

REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate or real estate-related assets. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and, to the extent the Fund invests in REITs, it will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations.

There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.

Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related securities, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk factors. These include poor performance by the REIT’s manager, changes to

 

58


Table of Contents

the tax laws, and failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free distribution of income or exemption under the 1940 Act. Furthermore, REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow.

U.S. Government Securities

The Fund may invest in U.S. Government securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. Government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. See “Principal Risk Factors — Government-Entity Risk.” While some U.S. Government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest, their market value is not guaranteed. Like other debt securities, U.S. Government securities are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. Concerns regarding the U.S. Government’s ability to borrow money or otherwise finance its obligations, including as a result of legislatively-imposed limits on the amount of money it may borrow, could cause the values of U.S. Government securities, including those of the U.S. Government’s agencies and instrumentalities and other government-sponsored enterprises, to decline.

Municipal Bonds

The Fund may invest in municipal bonds, which are generally issued by states and local governments and their agencies, authorities and other instrumentalities. Municipal bonds are subject to, among other things, interest rate, credit and market risk. The ability of an issuer to make payments could be affected by litigation, legislation or other political events or the bankruptcy of the issuer. Lower rated municipal bonds are subject to greater credit and market risk than higher quality municipal bonds. The types of municipal bonds in which the Funds may invest include, without limitation, municipal lease obligations. The Fund also may invest in industrial development bonds, which are municipal bonds issued by a government agency on behalf of a private sector company and, in most cases, are not backed by the credit of the issuing municipality and may therefore involve more risk. The Funds also may invest in securities issued by entities whose underlying assets are municipal bonds.

Inverse Floaters

An inverse floater is a type of instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond. The Fund may invest without limitation in inverse floaters, which brokers typically create by depositing an income-producing instrument, which may be a mortgage-backed security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee. The market prices of inverse floaters may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change.

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities

Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate

 

59


Table of Contents

prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

Inflation-indexed bonds are typically fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation indexed bonds will typically be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is typically reflected in the semi-annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity. See “Tax Matters.”

Event-Linked Instruments

The Fund may obtain event-linked exposure by investing in “event-linked bonds” or “event-linked swaps” or by implementing “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains or losses that typically are contingent, or formulaically related to defined trigger events. Examples of trigger events include hurricanes, earthquakes, weather-related phenomena or statistics relating to such events. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” If a trigger event occurs, the Fund may lose a portion or its entire principal invested in the bond or notional amount on a swap. Event-linked exposure often provides for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. Event-linked exposure also may expose the Fund to certain unanticipated risks including credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked exposures also may be subject to liquidity risk.

Private Placements and Restricted Securities

The Fund may invest in securities which are subject to restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act, or which are otherwise not readily marketable. These securities are generally referred to as private placements or restricted securities. Limitations on the resale of these securities may have an adverse effect on their marketability, and may prevent the Fund from disposing of them promptly at reasonable prices. The Fund may have to bear the expense of registering the securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays in effecting the registration.

Rule 144A permits the Fund to sell certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers without limitation. However, investing in Rule 144A securities could have the effect of increasing the level

 

60


Table of Contents

of Fund illiquidity to the extent the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing such securities.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The Fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. While floaters provide a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, the Fund will participate in any decline in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, where the value of the investment position is determined by changes in the difference between such prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Derivatives

The Fund may, but is not required to, use a variety of derivative instruments for both investment and risk management purposes. The Fund also may use various derivatives transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. See “Leverage.” Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to, among others, individual debt instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, and related indexes. Examples of derivative instruments that the Fund may use include options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swap agreements. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investment directly in securities and other more traditional investments. See “Principal Risk Factors—Derivatives Risk.” Certain types of derivative instruments that the Fund may use with some frequency are described elsewhere in this section, including those described under “— Certain Interest Rate Transactions,” “— Credit Default Swaps” and “— Structured Notes and Related Instruments.” Please see “Investment Objective and Strategies — Derivatives” for additional information about these and other derivative instruments that the Fund may use. There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that DoubleLine will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful. In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of derivative strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any preferred shares issued by the Fund.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

The Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) for purposes of gaining exposure to the currency of an emerging market country or other foreign country or as a hedge against fluctuations in future foreign currency exchange rates. A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large, commercial and investment banks) and their customers. A non-deliverable currency forward contract is a short-term forward contract on a foreign currency where the profit and loss is the difference between a specified exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement.

At times, the Fund may enter into “cross-currency” hedging transactions involving currencies other than those in which securities are held or proposed to be purchased are denominated.

By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars or other currency, of the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction, the Fund may be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the currency which is being used for the security transaction. Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to actually convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. It will, however, do so with respect to a portion of the Fund’s assets from time to time, and investors

 

61


Table of Contents

should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign currency exchange dealers typically do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the spread between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

The Fund may be limited in its ability to enter into hedging transactions involving forward contracts by the Code’s requirements relating to qualification as a regulated investment company.

Forward contracts may limit gains on portfolio securities that could otherwise be realized had they not been used and could result in losses. The contracts also may increase the Fund’s volatility and may involve a significant amount of risk relative to the investment of cash.

Credit Default Swaps

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for both investment and risk management purposes, as well as to add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, the Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If the Fund sells credit protection through a credit default swap, although the Fund may not be required to pay the par (or other agreed upon) value of the referenced debt obligation absent a default on the referenced debt obligation, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial deterioration with respect to the Fund or the issuer of the reference obligation may cause the value of the credit default swap to decrease, causing a loss to the Fund, and may also require the Fund to deposit additional margin, possibly requiring it to sell other assets at disadvantageous times or prices.

Certain Interest Rate Transactions

Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with a counterparty of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments. These transactions generally involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate a variable rate payment obligation of the Fund (for example, a variable rate payment obligation on any preferred shares issued by the Fund). The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap. Other forms of interest rate swap agreements in which the Fund may invest include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The Fund may use interest rate swap transactions with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could pose for the performance of the Common Shares as a result of leverage, and also may use these instruments for other hedging or investment purposes. Any termination of an interest rate swap transaction could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are high quality short-term debt securities. Money market instruments in which the Fund may invest may include obligations of governments, government agencies, banks,

 

62


Table of Contents

corporations and special purpose entities including time deposits and certificates of deposit, and repurchase agreements relating to these obligations. Certain money market instruments may be denominated in foreign currencies.

Depositary Receipts

The Fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and similar securities that represent interests in a company’s securities that have been deposited with a bank or trust and that trade on an exchange or over-the-counter. For example, ADRs represent interests in a non-U.S. company but trade on a U.S. exchange or over-the-counter and are denominated in U.S. dollars. These securities represent the right to receive securities of the foreign issuer deposited with the bank or trust. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs can be sponsored by the issuing bank or trust company or the issuer of the underlying securities. Although the issuing bank or trust company may impose charges for the collection of dividends and the conversion of such securities into the underlying securities, there are generally no fees imposed on the purchase or sale of these securities, other than transaction fees ordinarily involved with trading stock. Such securities may be less liquid or may trade at a lower price than the underlying securities of the issuer. Additionally, receipt of corporate information about the underlying issuer and proxy disclosure may be untimely.

Portfolio Duration

The Fund may invest in securities of any maturity, and the Fund’s average duration will vary from time to time, potentially significantly, depending on DoubleLine’s assessment of market conditions and other factors. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the value of a portfolio of debt securities with an average duration of four years would generally be expected to decline by approximately 4% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. “Effective” duration is a measure of the Fund’s portfolio duration adjusted for the anticipated effect of interest rate changes on bond and mortgage prepayment rates. DoubleLine currently expects that the Fund’s dollar-weighted average effective duration will initially be between three (3) and seven (7) years. The duration and effective duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio may vary significantly from time to time.

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

The Fund may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations in which the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. Structured instruments frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

DoubleLine may use structured instruments for investment purposes and also for risk management purposes, such as to reduce the duration and interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, and for leveraging purposes. While structured instruments may offer the potential for a favorable rate of return from time to time, they also entail certain risks. Structured instruments may be less liquid than other debt

 

63


Table of Contents

securities, and the price of structured instruments may be more volatile. In some cases, depending on the terms of the embedded index, a structured instrument may provide that the principal and/or interest payments may be adjusted below zero. Structured instruments also may involve significant credit risk and risk of default by the counterparty. Structured instruments also may be illiquid. Like other sophisticated strategies, the Fund’s use of structured instruments may not work as intended. If the value of the embedded index changes in a manner other than that expected by DoubleLine, principal and/or interest payments received on the structured instrument may be substantially less than expected. Also, if DoubleLine uses structured instruments to reduce the duration of the Fund’s portfolio, this may limit the Fund’s return when having a longer duration would be beneficial (for instance, when interest rates decline).

Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs, to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, strategies and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. The Fund may invest in other investment companies to gain broad market or sector exposure, including during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash (such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares) or when DoubleLine believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. The Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Adviser or its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The securities of other investment companies may be leveraged, in which case the net asset value and/or market value of the investment company’s shares will be more volatile than unleveraged investments. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.”

Common Stocks and Other Equity Securities

The Fund may from time to time invest in or hold common stocks and other equity securities, including upon conversion of a convertible securities held by the Fund. Also, in connection with the restructuring of a debt instrument held by the Fund, either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities in exchange for all or a portion of a debt instrument. Depending upon, among other things, DoubleLine’s evaluation of the potential value of such securities in relation to the price that could be obtained by the Fund at any given time upon sale thereof, the Fund may determine to hold these equity securities in its portfolio.

Although common stocks and other equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than debt securities over the long term, they also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and in certain years have significantly underperformed relative to debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular equity security held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks and other equity securities are sensitive to general movements in the equity markets and a decline in those markets may depress the prices of the equity securities held by the Fund. The prices of equity securities fluctuate for many different reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market or when political or economic events affecting the issuer occur. In addition, prices of equity securities may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer and the bank or broker-dealer agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve transaction costs or delays in addition to a loss on the

 

64


Table of Contents

securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

When Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

The Fund may purchase securities which it is eligible to purchase on a when-issued basis, may purchase and sell such securities for delayed delivery and may make contracts to purchase such securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond normal settlement time (forward commitments). When-issued transactions, delayed delivery purchases and forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. The risk is in addition to the risk that the Fund’s other assets will decline in value. Therefore, these transactions may result in a form of leverage and increase the Fund’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities the Fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has segregated to cover these positions.

Short Sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells an instrument that it does not own in anticipation that the market price will decline. The Fund may use short sales for investment purposes or for hedging and risk management purposes. When the Fund engages in a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities. The Fund’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the lender, which is usually a broker-dealer, and/or with the Fund’s custodian. The Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in so-called “naked” short sales where it does not own or have the immediate right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost, in which case the Fund’s losses theoretically could be unlimited. The Fund also may take short positions with respect to the performance of securities, indexes, interest rates, currencies and other assets or markets through the use of derivative instruments. See “— Derivatives.”

Lending of Portfolio Securities

For the purpose of achieving income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. See “Investment Objective and Policies — Securities Loans” in the SAI for details. When the Fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned although amounts received from the borrower will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income” eligible for favorable tax treatment. See “Tax Matters.” The Fund also will receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent, or the risk of loss due to the investment performance of the collateral. The Fund may pay lending fees to the party arranging the loan.

Please see “Investment Objective and Strategies” in the SAI for additional information regarding the investments of the Fund and their related risks.

LEVERAGE

The Fund does not intend to employ investment leverage initially. Subject to the Adviser’s determination that the then-current market conditions are favorable, the Fund intends, at a future date, to add leverage to its portfolio by using reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings, such as through loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund also may determine to issue preferred

 

65


Table of Contents

shares or commercial paper to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund will, however, limit its use of leverage from reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings and/or any future issuance of preferred shares such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) at the time the leverage is incurred. It is possible that following the incurrence of such leverage, the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions such that this 33  1 / 3 % limit will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to Common Shareholders will increase. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.”

The Fund also may enter into transactions other than reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or the issuance of preferred shares that may give rise to a form of leverage or that have embedded leverage including, among others, inverse floaters and related securities, credit default swap contracts and other transactions. Other such transactions include loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions. These transactions may represent a form of economic leverage and will create special risks. The use of these forms of additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used. The Adviser does not currently intend to enter into such transactions with the intention of creating investment leverage in the Fund in excess of the percentage stated above, although it is possible that at any time the total leverage created by such transactions and by the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or issuances of preferred shares will exceed that percentage. (Investments made by the Adviser to hedge, manage or reduce risk or to equitize a cash position will not be considered to have been made for the purpose of creating investment leverage; the Adviser generally will determine whether an investment has the effect of creating investment leverage by evaluating the effect of the investment on the exposure and risk profile of the Fund as a whole.)

The Fund intends to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or other forms of leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase, decrease, or eliminate its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, and other factors. By using leverage, the Fund will seek to obtain a higher return for Common Shareholders than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be used or that it will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.”

There is no assurance that the Fund will use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, issue preferred shares and/or use other forms of leverage. If used, there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” The net proceeds the Fund obtains from its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (as well as from any future issuance of preferred shares) will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs of such leverage to the Fund, the use of leverage should help the Fund to achieve an investment return greater than it would if it were not leveraged.

Leveraging is, however, a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. The Fund cannot assure you that any use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, or other forms of leverage (such as a potential future issuance of preferred shares or the use of derivatives strategies) will result in a higher investment return on your Common Shares, and it may result in losses. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” In addition, fees and expenses of repurchase agreements and borrowings, any future issuance of preferred shares, and other forms of leverage borne by the Fund are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by preferred shareholders, if any) and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares.

 

66


Table of Contents

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding), there is a financial incentive for the Adviser to cause the Fund to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

The Fund also may borrow money in order to, among other things, repurchase its shares or as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including for the payment of dividends or the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of portfolio securities held by the Fund.

Effects of Leverage

Assuming the Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings representing 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments), at an annual effective interest expense rate of 1.55% payable by the Fund on such instruments (based on market interest rates as of the date of this prospectus), the annual return that the Fund’s portfolio must experience (net of expenses) in order to cover such costs of the reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings would be 0.52%. Of course, these figures are merely estimates based on current market conditions, used for illustration purposes only. Actual expenses associated with reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings used by the Fund may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate used for the example above.

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effects of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (consisting of income and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns expected to be experienced by the Fund. Your actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing below.

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return

     (10.00)%         (5.00)%         0.00%         5.00%         10.00%   

Common Share Total Return

     (15.77)%         (8.27)%         (0.77)%         6.73%         14.23%   

Common Share total return is composed of two elements — the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying interest expenses on the Fund's leveraging transactions as described above and dividend payments on any preferred shares issued by the Fund) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. This table reflects hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market forces and other factors.

Any benefits of leverage used by the Fund cannot be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been received by the Fund and invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The Fund’s willingness to use leverage, and the extent to which leverage is used at any time, will depend on many factors, including DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors.

Possible Future Issuance of Preferred Shares

As noted above, although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may determine in the future to issue preferred shares to add leverage to its portfolio. Any such preferred shares would have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund would not be permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than any senior securities outstanding or the liquidation value of

 

67


Table of Contents

any outstanding preferred shares) was at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (as defined in the 1940 Act) held by the Fund as described above ( i.e. , such liquidation value plus the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than any senior securities outstanding or the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares)). In addition, if the Fund issues preferred shares, the 1940 Act prohibits the declaration of any dividend (except a dividend payable in common shares of the Fund) or distribution upon the Common Shares of the Fund, or purchase of any such Common Shares, unless in every such case the preferred share class has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 200% (as described above) after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect two Trustees at all times, and, if dividends on preferred shares shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on such preferred shares, to elect a majority of the Trustees. The Fund might also be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act.

Credit Facility

In the event the Fund leverages through borrowings, the Fund may enter into definitive agreements with respect to a credit facility. The Fund may negotiate with commercial banks to arrange a credit facility pursuant to which the Fund would expect to be entitled to borrow an amount equal to approximately 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed). Any such borrowings would constitute financial leverage. Such a facility is not expected to be convertible into any other securities of the Fund. Outstanding amounts are expected to be prepayable by the Fund prior to final maturity without significant penalty and there are not expected to be any sinking fund or mandatory retirement provisions. Outstanding amounts would be payable at maturity or such earlier times as required by the agreement. The Fund may be required to prepay outstanding amounts under the facility or incur a penalty rate of interest in the event of the occurrence of certain events of default. The Fund would be expected to indemnify the lenders under the facility against liabilities they may incur in connection with the facility. The Fund may be required to pay commitment fees under the terms of any such facility.

In addition, the Fund expects that such a credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely will limit the Fund’s ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change its fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and may require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the 1940 Act. The Fund may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Fund expects that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that the Fund will enter into an agreement for a credit facility at all or on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, any such credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares or debt securities.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund would not be permitted to issue any senior security representing indebtedness unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities is at least 300% of the value of the outstanding amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (as defined in the 1940 Act). In addition, the Fund would not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets satisfies the above-referenced 300% coverage requirement after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution.

 

68


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

Investing in the Fund involves risks, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or that you may lose part or even all of your investment. Therefore, you should carefully consider the risks below and other information contained in this prospectus before you decide to participate in the offering. The section below does not describe all risks associated with an investment in the Fund. Additional risks and uncertainties also may adversely affect and impair the Fund.

No Prior History

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations and is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business.

Market Discount Risk

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s Common Shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell your Common Shares, the price received may be more or less than your original investment. The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a sales load and organizational and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future, and they may trade at a price lower than net asset value. In addition to the Fund’s net asset value, the Fund’s market price may be affected by factors related to the Fund such as dividend payments (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s leverage, amounts of interest payments made by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions, and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically.

Issuer Risk

The value of securities may decline for a number of reasons that directly relate to the issuer, such as its financial strength, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets.

Investment and Market Risk

An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities and other financial assets owned by the Fund. Securities held by the Fund are generally traded in over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities and financial assets, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than their original cost, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Further, the value of securities held by the Fund may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries.

Issuer Non-Diversification Risk

The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company and therefore may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than funds that are “diversified.”

 

69


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the Fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund might be. Some of the issuers in which the Fund invests also may present substantial credit or other risks. The Fund will be subject to similar risks to the extent that it enters into derivatives transactions with a limited number of counterparties.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that one or more of the Fund’s investments in debt securities or other instruments will decline in price, or fail to pay interest, liquidation value or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation or the issuer of a reference security experiences an actual or perceived decline in its financial status.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks

Mortgage-backed securities include, among other things, participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders and involve, among others, the following risks:

Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities . Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail credit risks (i.e., the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks (i.e., the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline). Many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages. This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change. The value of all mortgage-backed securities also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the organization that issued or guarantees them. In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The Fund also may purchase securities that are not guaranteed or subject to any credit support.

Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise. Floating rate mortgage-backed securities will generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will be affected.

In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation. Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which an individual mortgage or that specific mortgage-backed security carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.

Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to the market for mortgage-backed securities. Delinquencies and losses generally have been increasing with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and may continue to increase as a result of the weakening housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans. Many so-called “sub-prime” mortgage pools are currently distressed and in some cases may be trading at significant discounts to their face value.

Additionally, mortgage lenders recently have adjusted their loan programs and underwriting standards, which has reduced the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors. This has resulted in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans. The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors has resulted in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant

 

70


Table of Contents

increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see “— Adjustable Rate Mortgages” below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks). These events, alone or in combination with each other and with deteriorating economic conditions in the general economy, may continue to contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on mortgage loans. The tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may have contributed to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally and this trend may continue. The values of mortgage-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying mortgage pools, and therefore are subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral.

The United States Government conservatorship of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae in September 2008 may adversely affect the real estate market and the value of real estate assets generally. It is unclear as of the date of this prospectus what the ultimate resolution of the conservatorship arrangement will be and what impact that resolution will have on the financial markets.

The FHFA, as conservator or receiver of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. In the event the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac are repudiated, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.

Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities . Mortgage-backed securities may reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-backed securities. This is known as prepayment risk. Mortgage-backed securities also are subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate term into a long-term security. The values of long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities. In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If a mortgage-backed security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or “pay-off” the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Liquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities . The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Because mortgage-backed securities have the potential to be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may

 

71


Table of Contents

be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations . There are certain risks associated specifically with CMOs. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.

Adjustable Rate Mortgages . ARMs contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is used to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.

In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or “teaser” interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the “teaser” rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed security into which that loan has been bundled.

Interest and Principal Only Securities Risk . One type of stripped mortgage-backed security pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund's yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.

Investments in mortgage-related securities may involve particularly high levels of risk under current market conditions. See “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.”

Inverse Floaters and Related Securities Risk

Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments expose the Fund to the same risks as investments in debt securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with leverage and increased volatility. An investment in these securities

 

72


Table of Contents

typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Distributions on inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will typically bear an inverse relationship to short term interest rates and typically will be reduced or, potentially, eliminated as interest rates rise. Inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will underperform the market for fixed rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Some inverse floaters may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that their interest rates vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate). The leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments that have mortgage-backed securities underlying them will expose the Fund to the risks associated with those mortgage-backed securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying mortgage-backed securities.

REIT Risk

An investment in a REIT may be subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including losses from casualty or condemnation and environmental liabilities, and changes in local and general economic conditions, market value, supply and demand, interest rates, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes and operating expenses. In addition, an investment in a REIT is subject to additional risks, such as poor performance by the manager of the REIT, adverse changes to the tax laws, changes in the cost or availability of credit, or the failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and to the risk of general declines in stock prices. In addition, some REITs have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property. Also, the organizational documents of a REIT may contain provisions that make changes in control of the REIT difficult and time-consuming. As a shareholder in a REIT, the Fund, and indirectly the Fund's shareholders, would bear its ratable share of the REIT's expenses and would at the same time continue to pay its own fees and expenses.

High Yield Risk (“Junk Bonds”)

Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and to repay principal when due, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield securities involve a greater risk of default and their prices are generally more volatile and sensitive to actual or perceived negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics. The Fund may purchase distressed securities that are in default or whose issuers are in bankruptcy, which involves heightened risks. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Lower-rated securities are generally less liquid than higher-rated securities, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of a particular security. For example, under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and certain securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid or less liquid. As a result, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell these securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. See “Principal Risk Factors — Liquidity Risk.” To the extent the Fund invests in high yield securities, DoubleLine’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important, and there can be no assurance that DoubleLine will be successful in this regard. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies — Portfolio Contents — High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)” for additional information.

 

73


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations fall, and when market interest rates fall, the prices of debt obligations generally rise. Interest rate risk is the risk that debt obligations and other instruments in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund’s weighted average effective duration generally will fluctuate as interest rates change, the Common Share net asset value and market price per share may tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in short-term debt securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may extend due to lower than expected rates of prepayments, which could cause the securities’ durations to extend and expose the securities to more price volatility. This may lock in a below market yield and reduce the securities’ value. In addition to directly affecting debt securities, rising interest rates also may have an adverse effect on the value of any equity securities held by the Fund. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. DoubleLine may use certain strategies, including investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

Variable and floating rate debt securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. Inverse floating rate debt securities may decrease in value if interest rates increase. Inverse floating rate debt securities also may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate debt obligation with similar credit quality. When the Fund holds variable or floating rate securities, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Common Shares.

Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk

The residential mortgage market in the United States recently has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

Asset-Backed Securities Investment Risk

Asset-backed investments tend to increase in value less than other debt securities when interest rates decline, but are subject to similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Certain assets underlying asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk, which may reduce the overall return to asset-backed security holders. In a period of declining interest rates, the Fund may be required to reinvest more frequent prepayments on asset-backed investments in lower-yielding investments. Asset-backed securities in which the Fund invests may have underlying assets that include motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal

 

74


Table of Contents

property, and receivables from credit card agreements. There is a risk that borrowers may default on their obligations in respect of those underlying obligations. Holders also may experience delays in payment on the securities if the full amounts due on underlying sales contracts or receivables are not realized by an ABS trust because of unanticipated legal or administrative costs of enforcing the contracts or because of depreciation or damage to the collateral securing certain contracts, or other factors. The values of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools, and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of underlying assets. Certain asset-backed securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the related collateral as do mortgage-backed securities; nor are they provided government guarantees of repayment as is the case for some mortgage-backed securities. Credit card receivables generally are unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. In addition, some issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. The impairment of the value of collateral or other assets underlying an asset-backed security, such as a result of non-payment of loans or non-performance of other collateral or underlying assets, may result in a reduction in the value of such asset-backed securities and losses to the Fund. It is possible that many or all asset-backed securities will fall out of favor at any time or over time with investors, affecting adversely the values and liquidity of the securities.

Municipal Bond Risk

Investing in the municipal bond market involves the risks of investing in debt securities generally and certain other risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal bonds in the Fund's portfolio is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s investment in municipal bonds may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser than its investments in taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund's ability to sell municipal bonds at attractive prices.

The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns, by litigation, legislation or political events, or by the bankruptcy of the issuer. Laws, referenda, ordinances or regulations enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or the applicable governmental entity could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipal issuers to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities also might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer's obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund's operating expenses. Any income derived from the Fund's ownership or operation of such assets may not be tax exempt.

The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are typically issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Because the principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, there is no guarantee that the particular project will generate enough revenue to pay its obligations, in which case the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.

 

75


Table of Contents

Interest on municipal obligations, while generally exempt from federal income tax, may not be exempt from federal alternative minimum tax.

Reinvestment Risk

Income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, an issuer of debt obligations may exercise an option to redeem securities prior to maturity, forcing the Fund to reinvest the proceeds in lower-yielding securities. A decline in income received by the Fund from its investments is likely to have a negative effect on the market price, net asset value and/or overall return of the Common Shares.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk

The Fund’s investments in and exposure to foreign securities involve special risks. For example, the value of these investments may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. Foreign securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Issuers of foreign securities are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting, auditing, and custody standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. Also, nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, currency blockage, political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments in a foreign country. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in foreign securities. To the extent that the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a particular foreign country or a concentrated geographic area (such as Europe or Asia), the Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with foreign investments. Also, adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities of other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. The costs of investing in foreign countries frequently are higher than the costs of investing in the United States. Additionally, investments in securities of foreign issuers generally will be denominated in foreign currencies, subjecting the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign Currency Risk.” Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the EMU has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

Emerging Markets Risk

Foreign investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers based or doing business in emerging market countries or invests in securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries. Investing in securities of issuers based or doing business in emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers noted above, but to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests and requirements that government approval be obtained prior to investment by foreign persons; (iv) certain national policies that may restrict the Fund’s repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities, including temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances; (v) the lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and/or standards that may be significantly different from the standards required in the United States; (vi) less publicly available financial and other information regarding issuers; (vii) potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; and (viii) higher rates of inflation, higher interest rates and other economic concerns. The Fund may invest to a significant extent in emerging market securities that

 

76


Table of Contents

are issued in local currencies, subjecting the Fund to a greater amount of foreign currency risk. See ‘‘Principal Risk Factors — Foreign Currency Risk.’’ Also, investing in emerging market countries may entail purchases of securities of issuers that are insolvent, bankrupt, in default or otherwise of questionable ability to satisfy their payment obligations as they become due, subjecting the Fund to a greater amount of credit risk and/or high yield risk. See “Principal Risk Factors — Credit Risk” and “Principal Risk Factors — High Yield Risk (‘Junk Bonds’).”

Foreign Currency Risk

The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a significant portion of the Fund’s assets may be denominated in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies and income received by the Fund from many foreign debt obligations may be paid in foreign currencies. The Fund also may invest in or gain exposure to foreign currencies themselves for investment or hedging purposes. The Fund’s investments in or exposure to foreign currencies or in securities or instruments that trade, or receive revenues, in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions (if used), that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad. These fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and/or the level of Fund distributions made to Common Shareholders. As noted above, the Fund may (but is not required to) attempt to hedge some of its exposure to foreign currencies in order to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. There is no assurance, however, that these hedging strategies will be available or will be used by the Fund or, if used, that they will be successful.

Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk

Distressed and defaulted securities generally present the same risks as investment in below investment grade securities. However, in most cases, these risks are of a greater magnitude because of the uncertainties of investing in an issuer undergoing financial distress. An issuer of distressed securities may be in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring. Interest and/or principal payments on distressed securities may be in default. Distressed securities present a risk of loss of principal value, including potentially a total loss. Distressed securities may be highly illiquid and the prices at which distressed securities may be sold may represent a substantial discount to what the Adviser believes to be the ultimate value of such obligations.

Loan Participations and Assignments Risk

The Fund’s investments in fixed and floating rate loans arranged through private negotiations between an issuer and one or more financial institutions may be in the form of participations in loans or assignments of all or a portion of loans from third parties. In connection with purchasing loan participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.

 

77


Table of Contents

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party. Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when necessary to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio and calculating its NAV.

Credit Default Swaps Risk

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than investing in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller (if any), coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage described herein since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.

Although the Fund may seek to realize gains by writing credit default swaps that increase in value, to realize gains on writing credit default swaps, an active secondary market for such instruments must exist or the Fund must otherwise be able to close out these transactions at advantageous times. If no such secondary market exists or the Fund is otherwise unable to close out these transactions at advantageous times, writing credit default swaps may not be profitable for the Fund.

The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile in recent years as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. As of the date of this prospectus, credit default swaps are not currently traded on any securities exchange, however certain credit default swaps may be cleared through swaps clearing houses. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses.

Hedging Strategy Risk

Certain of the investment techniques that the Fund may employ for hedging will expose the Fund to additional or increased risks.

There may be an imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and hedging positions entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, the Fund’s success in using hedge instruments is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, and there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, the use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if the Fund had not hedged its portfolio holdings.

The Adviser is under no obligation to engage in any hedging strategies, and may, in its discretion, choose not to. Even if the Adviser desires to hedge some of the Fund’s risks, suitable hedging transactions may not be available or, if available, attractive. A failure to hedge may result in losses to the value of the Fund’s investments.

 

78


Table of Contents

Short Sales Risk

To the extent the Fund makes use of short sales for investment and/or risk management purposes, the Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with selling short. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells securities or other instruments that the Fund does not own. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in short sales when it does not own or have the right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost. The Fund’s loss on a short sale theoretically could be unlimited in a case in which the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. In addition, the Fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to benefit from increases in the markets. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

Government-Entity Risk

Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. GSEs, such as the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain GSEs, including the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, there is no assurance that GSE obligations will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the GSEs and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities. See “Investment Objective and Policies — Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the SAI.

Sovereign Debt Obligations Risk

Investments in countries’ government debt obligations involve special risks. Certain countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations.

Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the

 

79


Table of Contents

government debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis. Holders of government debt, including the Fund, may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.

As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited (or no) legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

Government obligors in emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the EMU has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

Investments in a foreign country’s government debt securities involve currency risk. See “— Foreign Currency Risk.”

Convertible Securities Risk

Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than the convertible security’s “conversion price.” The conversion price is defined as the predetermined price at which the convertible security could be exchanged for the associated stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the yield of the convertible security. Thus, it may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. In the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company. Consequently, the issuer’s convertible securities generally entail less risk than its common stock but more risk than its debt obligations.

The Fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security and the right to acquire an equity security. The income-producing component

 

80


Table of Contents

is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities also are subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “Principal Risk Factors — Derivatives Risk.” In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

Preferred Securities Risk

In addition to equity securities risk (see “Principal Risk Factors — Equity Securities and Related Market Risk”), credit risk (see “Principal Risk Factors — Credit Risk”) and possibly high yield risk (see “Principal Risk Factors — High Yield Risk (‘Junk Bonds’)”), investment in preferred stocks involves certain other risks. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred stock that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes despite the fact that it is not receiving current income on this position. Preferred stocks often are subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred stocks are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred stocks may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. Government securities.

Management Risk

The Fund’s ability to identify and invest in attractive opportunities is dependent upon the Adviser. If one or more key individuals leave the Adviser, it may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This could prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective. Although the Adviser is the adviser to several registered open-end funds, and the portfolio managers have previous experience managing closed-end funds, the Fund is the first closed-end fund to be managed by the Adviser. As with any managed fund, the Adviser may not be successful in selecting the best-performing securities, leverage strategy or investment techniques, and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds as a result.

Debt Securities Risk

In addition to the other risks described herein, debt securities also are subject to the following general risks:

 

   

Redemption Risk — Debt securities sometimes contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return.

 

   

Limited Voting Rights — Debt securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when interest payments have not been made and the issuer is in default. Even in such cases, such rights may be limited to the terms of the debenture or other agreements.

 

   

Liquidity — Certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities or common shares or other equity securities.

 

81


Table of Contents
   

Spread Risk — Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of the debt security’s credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood or risk of default by the issuer.

Corporate Debt Risks

Like all debt securities, corporate debt securities generally represent an issuer’s obligation to repay to the investor (or lender) the amount borrowed plus interest over a specified time period. A typical corporate bond specifies a fixed date when the amount borrowed (principal) is due in full, known as the maturity date, and specifies dates when periodic interest (coupon) payments will be made over the life of the security.

Corporate debt securities come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features (e.g., conversion rights). The Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things. The Fund may invest in convertible bonds, which are fixed income securities that are exercisable into other debt or equity securities, and “synthetic” convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security and the right to acquire an equity security.

Prices of corporate debt securities fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of the corporate debt securities in which the Fund may invest may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Valuation Risk

When market quotations are not readily available or are deemed to be unreliable, the Fund values its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. See “Net Asset Value.” Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset.

Leverage Risk

The Fund’s use of leverage (as described under “Leverage” in the body of this prospectus) creates the opportunity for increased Common Share net income and capital appreciation, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Fund to greater risk and increased costs. The net proceeds the Fund obtains from its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (as well as from any future issuance of preferred shares) will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this prospectus. The interest expense payable by the Fund with respect to its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (or dividends payable with respect to any outstanding preferred shares) may be based on shorter-term interest rates that periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio investments provide a higher rate of return (net of applicable Fund expenses) than the interest rates and other costs to the Fund of such leverage, the investment of the proceeds thereof should generate more

 

82


Table of Contents

income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, the excess would be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. If, however, interest rates rise relative to the rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the interest and other costs to the Fund of leverage could exceed the rate of return on the debt obligations and other investments held by the Fund, thereby reducing return to Common Shareholders. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the investment return to Common Shareholders will likely be more volatile. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher investment return on the Common Shares, and it may result in losses. In addition, fees and expenses of any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by preferred shareholders, if any) and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares. In addition, any preferred shares issued by the Fund may pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk.

Leverage creates several major types of risks for Common Shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

   

the possibility either that Common Share dividends will fall if the interest and other costs of leverage rise, or that dividends paid on Common Share will fluctuate because such costs vary over time; and

 

   

the effects of leverage in a declining market or a rising interest rate environment, as leverage is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged and may result in a greater decline in the market value of the Common Shares.

In addition, the counterparties to the Fund’s leveraging transactions and any preferred shareholders of the Fund will have priority of payment over the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements and similar transactions to obtain leverage also involves special risks. For instance, the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under a reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the repurchase price and the securities may not be returned to the Fund. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Policies — Portfolio Contents — Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.”

In addition to reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings (or a future issuance of preferred shares), the Fund’s use of other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage (including, among others, inverse floaters and related securities, credit default swap contracts and other transactions, loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales, and when issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions) give rise to associated leverage risks described above, and may adversely affect the Fund’s income, distributions, and total returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund also may seek to offset derivatives positions against one another or against other assets in an attempt to manage effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that any positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected by the Adviser, the Fund may perform as if it is leveraged through use of these derivative strategies. See “Leverage.”

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding), there is a financial incentive for the Adviser to cause the Fund to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

Focused Investment Risk

The value of the Fund’s Common Shares may be especially vulnerable to the risks associated with investments in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage- and asset-backed

 

83


Table of Contents

securities. See “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk.” The Fund also will be subject to focused investment risks to the extent that it invests a substantial portion of its assets in a small number of issuers or in a particular country or geographic region. To the extent that the Fund focuses or concentrates its investments in a particular industry, the net asset value of the Common Shares will be more susceptible to events or factors affecting companies in that industry. These may include, but are not limited to, changes in governmental regulation, inflation, rising interest rates, competition from new entrants, and other economic, market, political or other developments specific to that industry. The Fund may have greater risk to the extent that it invests a substantial portion of its assets in companies in related sectors, which may share common characteristics, are often subject to similar business risks and regulatory burdens, and whose securities may react similarly to the types of events and factors described above. See “Principal Risk Factors — Issuer Non-Diversification Risk,” “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk,” “Principal Risk Factors — Emerging Markets Risk,” and “Principal Risk Factors — Foreign Currency Risk.”

Derivatives Risk

Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as liquidity risk, issuer risk, credit risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, counterparty risk, management risk and, if applicable, smaller company risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, the risk of unfavorable or ambiguous documentation, and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with an underlying asset, currency, interest rate or index. Suitable derivatives transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial.

The use by the Fund of derivatives such as options, forwards or futures contracts, or short sales may subject the Fund to risks associated with short economic exposure. Taking a short economic position through derivatives exposes the Fund to the risk that it will be obligated to make payments to its counterparty if the underlying asset appreciates in value, resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund’s loss on a short position theoretically could be unlimited.

The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of certain portions of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

Counterparty Risk

The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts (whether a clearing corporation in the case of exchange-traded instruments or another third party in the case of over-the-counter instruments) and other instruments entered into directly by the Fund or held by special purpose or structured vehicles in which the Fund invests. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations to the Fund due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant losses or delays in obtaining any recovery (including recovery of any collateral it has provided to the counterparty) in a dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up, bankruptcy, or other analogous proceeding. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to any underlying security or asset. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

 

84


Table of Contents

Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by recently enacted U.S. financial reform legislation. See “— Derivatives Risk” above for more information.

Net Asset Value Discount Risk

Frequently, shares of closed-end investment companies, such as the Fund, trade at a price below their NAV, commonly referred to as a “discount.”

The Fund cannot predict whether, or to what extent, its Common Shares will trade at a discount to their NAV. Immediately following this offering, the NAV of the Fund’s Common Shares will be reduced by offering costs paid by the Fund, and the public offering price you pay for the Common Shares includes the sales load, creating an increased risk that the Common Shares will trade at a discount to their offering price and NAV for a period following the offering. Therefore, there is an added risk to investors who may sell their shares shortly after the offering. Before making an investment decision, a prospective investor should consider the suitability of this investment with respect to the investor’s investment objectives and personal situation. See “Description of Shares.”

Structured Products Risk

Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities. These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles. This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments. The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions.

Structured notes are derivative securities for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.” These factors may include, but are not limited to, currency exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices. Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes. In some cases, the impact of the movements of these factors may increase or decrease through the use of multipliers or deflators.

The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss. As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product. Holders of structured products indirectly bear risks associated with the underlying investments, index or reference obligation, and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund generally has the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer. While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.

Structured products are generally privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities. In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein, structured products carry additional risks including, but not

 

85


Table of Contents

limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from underlying investments will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the underlying investments may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the security may be subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity.

Equity Securities and Related Market Risk

The market price of common stocks and other equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “Principal Risk Factors — Issuer Risk.” The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They also may decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

Smaller Company Risk

The general risks associated with debt instruments or equity securities are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with small market capitalizations. Small capitalization companies involve certain special risks. They are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or to depend on a small, inexperienced management group. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. They also may have limited liquidity. These securities may therefore be more vulnerable to adverse developments than securities of larger companies, and the Fund may have difficulty purchasing or selling securities positions in smaller companies at prevailing market prices. Also, there may be less publicly available information about smaller companies or less market interest in their securities as compared to larger companies. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.

Confidential Information Access Risk

In managing the Fund, DoubleLine may seek to avoid the receipt by portfolio managers and analysts of Confidential Information about the issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information will restrict the Fund from trading in securities it holds or in which it expects to invest. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s loans. In circumstances when the Fund’s portfolio managers and analysts do not receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells a bank loan. Further, in situations when the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to bank loans, DoubleLine’s ability to assess the desirability of such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised. In such circumstances, DoubleLine may determine to receive such Confidential Information, but in so doing, may create information walls around persons (“walled-off

 

86


Table of Contents

personnel”) having access to the Confidential Information, which may limit the restrictions on others at DoubleLine but could also impair the ability of walled-off personnel to assist in managing the Fund. Also, certain issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments may not have any traded securities (“Private Issuers”) and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements. DoubleLine may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities if the Private Issuer later issues traded securities. If DoubleLine intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to sell certain investments held by the Fund.

Other Investment Companies Risk

As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may use leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage Risk.” The Fund may invest in other investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate serves as investment manager or with which the Adviser is otherwise affiliated. The relationship between the Adviser and any such other investment company could create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Fund.

Rule 144A Securities Risk

Rule 144A under the Securities Act permits certain qualified institutional buyers, such as the Fund, to trade in privately placed securities that have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act. Rule 144A securities may be deemed illiquid, although the Fund may determine that certain Rule 144A securities are liquid in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

Liquidity Risk

The Fund will normally not invest more than 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities (i.e. , securities that the Adviser determines cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments, and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. Also, the Fund may not be able to dispose readily of illiquid securities when that would be beneficial at a favorable time or price or at prices approximating those at which the Fund currently values them. Further, the lack of an established secondary market for illiquid securities may make it more difficult to value such securities, which may negatively impact the price the Fund would receive upon disposition of such securities.

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

The wars with Iraq and Afghanistan and similar conflicts and geopolitical developments, their aftermath and the occupations of Iraq and substantial military presence in Afghanistan are likely to have a substantial effect on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the wars and the potential costs of rebuilding infrastructure cannot be predicted with any certainty.

 

87


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 closed some of the U.S. securities markets for a four-day period and similar future events cannot be ruled out. The wars and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events also could have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks also could adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the Fund’s investments and the market value and net asset value of the Common Shares.

Regulation Risk

In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio.

United States Credit Rating Downgrade Risk

The events surrounding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and the recent resulting agreement could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. to “AA+” from “AAA.” The downgrade by S&P could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and lower Treasury prices and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events and similar events in other areas of the world could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on issuers of securities held by the Fund and the Fund itself. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser may not timely anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The techniques and strategies contemplated by the Fund might result in a high degree of portfolio turnover. Higher portfolio turnover rates result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions and other trading costs and generate short-term capital gains taxable at ordinary income rates.

Litigation and Investigation Risk

DoubleLine, certain key employees of DoubleLine, and DoubleLine Funds Trust (open-end funds currently managed by DoubleLine) are involved in on-going litigation with TCW. In addition, certain employees of DoubleLine have been interviewed by representatives of the Special Inspector General of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, and by the office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York in connection with matters related to a fund managed by TCW under the PPIP and some of the allegations made by TCW in its litigation against DoubleLine.

Litigation and participation in any governmental inquiry or investigation can be expensive and time consuming, and their results can be unpredictable. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these matters. The litigation and any governmental inquiry or investigation could consume a material amount of the Adviser’s resources thereby potentially impairing the Adviser’s ability to attract or retain talented personnel or otherwise effectively manage the Fund. In the event of adverse developments or if expenses of

 

88


Table of Contents

the litigation and related matters are greater than anticipated, the Adviser’s ability to manage the Fund may be materially impaired, and shareholders, the market value of the Fund’s Common Shares, or the viability of the Fund, could be adversely affected.

For additional information, please see “Management of the Fund — Regulatory and Litigation Matters” at page 93 of this prospectus.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Fund and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Adviser have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and the Adviser will continue to be eligible for such exemptions. For example, the Fund has filed with the National Futures Association a notice claiming an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator’’ under Commission Regulation 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, with respect to the Fund’s operation. Recently, the CFTC has proposed a change to Regulation 4.5 and other regulations which, if adopted, could require the Fund to register with the CFTC. Such changes could potentially limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment strategy, and/or increase the costs of implementing its strategy.

The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to agency rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts; those position limits may also apply to certain other derivatives positions the Fund may wish to take. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore it is possible that the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the Fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the

 

89


Table of Contents

Adviser’s ability to implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a “short squeeze” in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements also may limit the Adviser’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Adviser seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make a Fund unable to execute its investment strategy. In addition, the SEC recently proposed additional restrictions on short sales. If the SEC were to adopt additional restrictions regarding short sales, they could restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances, and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result.

The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies and may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to generate returns.

Federal legislation has been passed that requires the adoption of regulations that would require any creditor that makes a loan and any securitizer of a loan to retain at least 5% of the credit risk on any loan that is transferred, sold or conveyed by such creditor or securitizer. It is currently unclear how these requirements would apply to loan participations, syndicated loans, and loan assignments. If the Fund invests in loans, it could be adversely affected by the regulation. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Fund could be substantial and adverse.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.” These provisions in the Declaration could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees and Officers

The Board of Trustees is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund, including oversight of the duties performed by the Adviser. The role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Fund and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Fund’s investments, operations or activities. As is the case for most registered investment companies, the day-to-day management and operation of the Fund are performed by various service providers to the Fund, such as the Adviser, Administrator, custodian and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this prospectus or in the SAI. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

Investment Adviser

DoubleLine Capital LP serves as the investment adviser of the Fund. Subject to the oversight of the Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs. The Adviser is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071.

 

90


Table of Contents

The Adviser was founded by Jeffrey E. Gundlach in December 2009. Prior to founding the Adviser, Mr. Gundlach was Chief Investment Officer of the TCW Group, Inc. The Adviser is recently formed and its success is highly dependent upon its founders. As of September 30, 2011, the Adviser had approximately $16.4 billion of assets under management.

The following individuals at DoubleLine have primary responsibility for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund:

 

Name

      

Since

      

Recent Professional Experience

Jeffrey E. Gundlach      *      Mr. Jeffrey E. Gundlach is the founder and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of DoubleLine. Mr. Gundlach has been Chief Executive Officer of DoubleLine since its inception in December 2009. Mr. Gundlach’s business experience during the last five years prior to founding DoubleLine includes holding the following positions at TCW: Chief Investment Officer, Group Managing Director and President.
Philip A. Barach      *      Mr. Barach is co-founder and President of DoubleLine. Prior to DoubleLine, Mr. Barach was Co-Founder and Group Managing Director of TCW Mortgage Group where he spent over 23 years. He attended the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, where he received a BA in International Relations and an MBA in Finance. Mr. Barach assists Mr. Gundlach in overseeing the implementation of the Fund’s overall strategy.
Joel A. Damiani      *      Mr. Damiani is a Principal and founding member of DoubleLine. He also is a Portfolio Manager in the Mortgage Group. Prior to joining DoubleLine in 2009, Mr. Damiani was a Managing Director and MBS Portfolio Manager at TCW since 1999. Mr. Damiani holds both a BS in Molecular Biology and an MS in Finance from the University of Wisconsin. He is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Damiani assists in managing the mortgage-backed securities and other structured products portion of the Fund’s portfolio.
Joseph J. Galligan      *      Mr. Galligan is a Principal and founding member of DoubleLine. He is also a Portfolio Manager in the Mortgage Group. Prior to joining DoubleLine in 2009, Mr. Galligan had been a Managing Director and Portfolio Manager at TCW since 1991. Mr. Galligan holds a BS in Economics with a concentration in Finance from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania. He is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Galligan assists in managing the mortgage-backed securities and other structured products portion of the Fund’s portfolio.
Luz M. Padilla      *      Ms. Padilla has been a Portfolio Manager of DoubleLine since January 2010. As part of the Fund’s portfolio management team, Ms. Padilla manages the emerging markets fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio. For the five-year period prior to joining DoubleLine, Ms. Padilla was a Managing Director at TCW.

 

91


Table of Contents

Name

      

Since

      

Recent Professional Experience

Bonnie Baha      *      Ms. Baha has been a Portfolio Manager of DoubleLine since its inception in December 2009. As part of the Fund’s portfolio management team, Ms. Baha manages the global developed credit portion of the Fund’s portfolio. For the five-year period prior to joining DoubleLine, Ms. Baha was a Managing Director at TCW.

 

* As of the date of this prospectus, the Fund has not commenced operations.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

Investment Management Agreement

Pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Adviser and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a fee, computed and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets, for the services rendered, facilities provided, and expenses paid by the Adviser. Total managed assets means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month.

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Adviser has a financial incentive for the Fund to use reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll or similar transactions, and/or borrowings or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the holders of the Fund’s Common Shares, on the other hand.

A discussion regarding the considerations of the Fund’s Board of Trustees for approving the Investment Management Agreement will be included in the Fund’s first semiannual report to shareholders.

Administrator

Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement among the Fund, USBFS, and TSC, USBFS serves as administrator. As administrator, USBFS provides certain services, including, among other things, assisting in maintaining the Fund’s office; furnishing the Fund with clerical and various other services required by the Fund’s operations; compiling data for and preparing notices to the SEC; calculating the Fund’s daily NAV and certain other financial data; preparing reports that are required by the securities, investment, tax or other laws and regulations of the United States; coordinating federal and state tax returns; monitoring the Fund’s expense accruals; and generally assisting in the Fund’s operations. Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, the Fund has retained TSC to provide, upon request, certain other services to the Fund, including, among other things, preparing a variety of shareholder communications and press releases; communicating with the NYSE and the closed-end fund analyst community; generally assisting with the Fund’s communications with the investment community; and providing reports to the Board regarding certain strategic issues relating to closed-end funds.

 

92


Table of Contents

For these services, the Fund will pay USBFS an aggregate fee, payable monthly (the “Administration Fee”), at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. For these purposes, the Fund’s average daily total managed assets will be calculated in the same manner as they are for purposes of calculating the fee payable under the Investment Management Agreement. See “—Investment Management Agreement.” In addition, the Administration Fee is subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000. USBFS (and not the Fund) will be responsible for compensating TSC from the fee paid to USBFS by the Fund. The Administrator and TSC will also be reimbursed by the Fund for out-of-pocket expenses that are reasonably incurred by them in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement.

Expenses

The Adviser, the Administrator, and TSC are each obligated to pay expenses associated with providing the services contemplated by the agreements to which they are parties, including compensation of and office space for their respective officers and employees connected with investment and economic research, trading and investment management and administration of the Fund. DoubleLine will pay the fees of any Trustee of the Fund who is an officer or employee of DoubleLine. In addition to the fees of the Adviser, the Administrator, and TSC the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, among other things, compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodial expenses, shareholder servicing expenses, transfer agency, sub-transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

Offering expenses relating to the Fund’s Common Shares (other than the sales load) that do not exceed $0.05 per Common Share will be payable by the Fund upon completion of the offering of Common Shares, will be charged to capital upon the commencement of investment operations of the Fund, and will be attributable to the Common Shares. To the extent the Fund has not otherwise paid offering expenses that exceed $0.05 per Common Share, the Fund will pay up to 0.10% of the total public offering price (exclusive of the over-allotment option) to ABAX Brokerage Services LLC (“ABAX”), an affiliate of TSC, as payment for its distribution assistance, as well as reasonable out of pocket expenses related to the Fund’s road show. The reduction of capital described above is limited to $0.05 per Common Share (0.20% of the offering price). The Adviser will pay any offering fees and expenses, including the distribution assistance payment to ABAX that exceed $0.05 per Common Share. Certain of such fees and expenses constitute underwriting compensation and are a component of the total compensation to underwriters. See “Underwriters.”

The Investment Management Agreement authorizes DoubleLine to select brokers or dealers (including affiliates) to arrange for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, including principal transactions. Any commission, fee or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker or dealer is paid in compliance with the Fund’s procedures adopted in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

Regulatory and Litigation Matters

On January 7, 2010, TCW commenced litigation against DoubleLine in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, Central District (the “Court”). The suit alleged that DoubleLine and four employees of DoubleLine who are former employees of TCW or its affiliates, including Jeffrey Gundlach (such four employees, the “Individuals”), misappropriated TCW’s proprietary information and trade secrets in founding and operating DoubleLine and are using such information in competing for assets under management. The lawsuit also included claims against certain of the Individuals (including Mr. Gundlach), but not DoubleLine, for breach of fiduciary duty, breach of confidence, and intentional interference with contractual relations.

The Individuals, but not DoubleLine, subsequently filed with the Court a cross-complaint against TCW for claims in connection with TCW’s termination of their employment and failure to pay wages due.

On February 9, 2011, TCW asserted claims against DoubleLine Funds Trust (open-end funds currently managed by DoubleLine) setting out allegations substantially similar to the allegations contained

 

93


Table of Contents

in the litigation against DoubleLine and the Individuals. The Court has since issued an order staying any further proceedings against the Trust until TCW’s claims against DoubleLine and the Individuals have been resolved.

On July 6, 2011, the Court issued summary adjudication in favor of the Individuals on the breach of confidence claim.

On September 16, 2011, a jury found for the Individuals in respect of their claims for unpaid wages and awarded $66.7 million in monetary damages under the California Labor Code. The jury found that TCW trade secrets had been misappropriated. With respect to TCW’s claims for breach of fiduciary duties and intentional interference with contractual relations, the jury found the Individuals had breached their fiduciary duties and intentionally interfered with TCW’s contractual relations, but that TCW had not been damaged as a result.

Additional hearings are expected to be held in late 2011 during which the Court will be asked to award a penalty and attorney’s fees against TCW in respect of the Individuals’ claims for unpaid wages. The Court is also expected to rule on TCW’s claim of unfair competition and determine the amount of reasonable royalties, if any, to be paid to TCW in respect of the trade secret claim.

The trial is on-going and no appeals have been filed in the case, although it is possible that some or all of the parties will appeal the decisions in the case.

In 2010, certain employees and former employees of DoubleLine were interviewed by representatives of the Special Inspector General of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, and by the office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York. The interviews related to a fund managed by TCW under the PPIP and some of the allegations made by TCW in its litigation against DoubleLine. DoubleLine understands that the inquiry stems at least in part from a federal grand jury inquiry. DoubleLine has informed the Trust that it has cooperated with the inquiry and voluntarily produced documents.

Litigation and participation in any governmental inquiry or investigation can be expensive and time consuming, and their results can be unpredictable. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these matters or that amounts awarded to TCW, if any, will not be significant. The litigation and any governmental inquiry or investigation could consume a material amount of DoubleLine’s resources thereby potentially impairing DoubleLine’s ability to attract or retain talented personnel or otherwise effectively manage the Fund. In the event of adverse developments or if expenses of the litigation and related matters are greater than anticipated, DoubleLine’s ability to manage the Fund may be materially impaired, and shareholders, the market value of the Fund’s Common Shares, or the viability of the Fund, could be adversely affected.

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV of the Common Shares of the Fund is calculated as of the close of trading on the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) every day the exchange is open. It is determined by adding the value of the Fund's securities, cash and other assets of the Fund, subtracting all of the Fund's expenses and liabilities, and then dividing by the total number of Common Shares outstanding (assets-liabilities/# of Common Shares = NAV). The Fund's investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued based on market value. Market values for domestic and foreign fixed income securities are normally determined on the basis of valuations provided by independent pricing services. Prices obtained from independent pricing services use various observable inputs, including, but not limited to, information provided by broker-dealers, pricing formulas, such as dividend discount models, option valuation formulas, estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics and discounted cash flow models that might be applicable. If a market valuation for a security is unavailable or deemed to be an unreliable indicator of current market value, the Fund will seek to obtain a broker quote from an external data vendor or directly from broker-dealers. Certain fixed income securities purchased on a delayed delivery basis are marked to market daily until settlement at the forward settlement date. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost; however,

 

94


Table of Contents

securities with a demand feature exercisable within seven days are generally valued at par. Exchange traded options, futures and options on futures are valued at the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange. The Fund will generally value its investments in other investment companies and private funds, such as hedge funds, at their reported net asset values, to the extent available.

Investments initially valued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted to the U.S. dollar using exchange rates obtained from pricing services at the time the Fund calculates its NAV. As a result, the NAV of the Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the values of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. The values of securities traded in markets outside the United States or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar may change significantly on a day when the NYSE is closed without an investor being able to purchase or sell Common Shares.

If market or broker-dealer quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable for a security or if a security’s value may have been materially affected by events occurring after the close of a securities market on which the security principally trades but before the Fund calculates its NAV, the Fund may, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, attempt to assign a value to the security. This fair value may be higher or lower than any available market price or quotation for such security and, because this process necessarily depends upon judgment, this value also may vary from valuations determined by other funds using their own valuation procedures. While the Fund’s use of fair value pricing is intended to result in calculation of an NAV that fairly reflects security values as of the time of pricing, the Fund cannot guarantee that any fair value price will, in fact, approximate the amount the Fund would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question.

The values of the Fund’s investments in foreign securities may be determined by a pricing service using pricing models designed to estimate likely changes in the values of those securities between the times in which the trading in those securities is substantially completed each day and the close of the NYSE.

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund intends to declare and pay distributions from its net investment income monthly. The Fund also expects to make a distribution during or with respect to each calendar year (which may be combined with a regular monthly distribution), which will generally include any net investment income and net realized capital gain for the year not otherwise distributed previously. If the total distributions made in any calendar year exceed the sum of (i) investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code) and net tax-exempt income, determined in each case without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) net capital gains (defined as net long-term gains in excess of net short-term losses, in each case taking into account any loss carryforwards), such excess distributed amount would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares. After such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, the distribution would constitute capital gain (assuming the shares are held as capital assets). In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation where a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of the Common Shareholder’s investment, rather than net income or capital gains generated from his or her investment during a particular period. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s Common Shares and therefore may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of Common Shares. See “Tax Matters.” The Fund’s distribution policy may, under certain circumstances, have certain adverse consequences to the Fund and its shareholders because it may result in a return of capital resulting in less of a shareholder’s assets being invested in the Fund and, over time, increase the Fund’s expense ratio. The distribution policy also may cause the Fund to sell a security at a time it would not otherwise do so in order to manage the distribution of income and gain.

The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 30 to 45 days after the completion of this offering and paid approximately 45 to 60 days after the completion of the offering, depending on market conditions. The initial distributions by the Fund may consist primarily of a return of capital depending on the timing of the investment of the proceeds of this offering.

 

95


Table of Contents

Although the Fund does not presently intend to do so, the Fund may in the future apply for an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund to include realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year). There is no assurance that the SEC will grant the Fund’s request for such an exemptive order if such a request is made. If the Fund fails to receive the requested relief and the Fund is unable to include realized capital gains in regular distributions more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act, it is possible that the Fund’s distribution policy, as set forth above, will otherwise be adversely affected.

If the Fund were to receive the exemptive order discussed above, the Fund may, but will not necessarily, seek to pay distributions generally at a rate based on a fixed percentage of the Common Shares’ net asset value at a particular time (a “managed distribution policy”). Any such managed distribution policy may be modified by the Board from time to time. If the Fund were to seek to make distributions under a managed distribution policy, it would typically be intended to result in the payment of approximately the same percentage of the Fund’s net asset value to Common Shareholders each month. Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19a-1 thereunder require the Fund to provide a written statement accompanying any such payment that adequately discloses its source or sources. Thus, if the source of the dividend or other distribution were the original capital contribution of the Common Shareholder, and the payment amounted to a return of capital, the Fund would be required to provide written disclosure to that effect. Nevertheless, persons who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should read any written disclosure provided pursuant to Section 19(a) and Rule 19a-1 carefully, and should not assume that the source of any distribution from the Fund is net income or net profit. In addition, in cases where the Fund would return capital to Common Shareholders, such a distribution may bear on the Fund’s ability to maintain its asset coverage requirements and to pay the dividends on any preferred shares that the Fund may issue, if ever.

The Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund satisfies the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness or senior securities that are stocks, if any, as prescribed by the 1940 Act. See “Leverage” on page 65 for more information.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Unless the registered owner of Common Shares elects to receive cash by contacting U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends declared on Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional Common Shares. Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Administrator as dividend disbursing agent. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Such notice will be effective with respect to a particular dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”). Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on behalf of Common Shareholders and may re-invest that cash in additional Common Shares.

Whenever the Fund declares a dividend payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market

 

96


Table of Contents

price plus estimated brokerage trading fees per Common Share is equal to or greater than the NAV per Common Share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the NAV per Common Share on the date of issuance; provided that, if the NAV is less than or equal to 95% of the closing market value on the date of issuance, the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the closing market price per Common Share on the date of issuance. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the NAV per Common Share is greater than the closing market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage trading fees, the Plan Administrator will seek to invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases.

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the record date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in Open-Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly Dividends. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per Common Share exceeds the NAV per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the NAV of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the NAV per Common Share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date provided that, if the NAV is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per Common Share, the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the date of issuance for purposes of determining the number of shares issuable under the Plan.

The Plan Administrator maintains all registered shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

In the case of Common Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends. See “Tax Matters” below. Participants that request a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence, questions, or requests for additional information concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator by calling toll-free (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311) or by writing to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC at P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201.

 

97


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares will be issued with a par value of $0.00001 per share. All Common Shares have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust,” non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting.

The Fund anticipates that its Common Shares will be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “DBL.” The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and annual meetings are required as a condition of such listing.

Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. The Adviser has agreed to pay the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.05 per share. The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses.

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. The Declaration limits the ability of the Fund to convert to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the sales load and the amount of offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to the Fund’s net asset value, market price may be affected by factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings and other leverage, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand, and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See the SAI under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

The Fund’s Declaration expressly grants authority to the Board of Trustees to authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock, and to fix by resolution or resolutions for each such series the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption. As noted under “Leverage,” although it has no present intention to do so, the Fund may determine in the future to issue preferred shares to add leverage to its portfolio. Any such preferred shares would have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund would not be permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than any senior securities outstanding or the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares) was at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (as defined in the 1940 Act) held by the Fund as described above (i.e., such liquidation value plus the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than any senior securities outstanding or the

 

98


Table of Contents

liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares)). In addition, if the Fund issues preferred shares, the 1940 Act prohibits the declaration of any dividend (except a dividend payable in common shares of the Fund) or distribution upon the Common Shares of the Fund, or purchase of any such Common Shares, unless in every such case the preferred share class has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 200% (as described above) after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect two Trustees at all times, and, if dividends on preferred shares shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on such preferred shares, to elect a majority of the Trustees. Please see “Leverage” for additional information regarding the Fund’s possible issuance of preferred shares.

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office for a term of three years. The classification of the Board of Trustees in this manner could delay for an additional year the replacement of a majority of the Trustees. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees.

As described below, the Declaration grants special approval rights with respect to certain matters to members of the Board of Trustees who qualify as “Continuing Trustees,” which term means a Trustee who either (i) has been a member of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees. “Cause” for these purposes shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty or fraud on the part of the Trustee in the conduct of his or her office or such Trustee being convicted of a felony.

The Declaration requires the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees and holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares to authorize certain Fund transactions not in the ordinary course of business, including a merger or consolidation, issuances or transfers by the Fund of the Fund’s shares having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more (except as may be made pursuant to a public offering, the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan or upon exercise of any stock subscription rights), sales, leases, exchanges, mortgages, pledges, transfers, or other dispositions of Fund assets, having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more or any shareholder proposal regarding specific investment decisions, unless the transaction is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case no shareholder authorization would be required by the Declaration, but may be required in certain cases under the Fund’s Bylaws, the 1940 Act, and other applicable law). The Declaration also requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case shareholders would have only the minimum voting rights required by the 1940 Act with respect to the conversion). Also, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to shareholders of the Fund. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” in the SAI for a more detailed summary of these provisions.

The Trustees may from time to time grant other voting rights to shareholders with respect to these and other matters in the Fund’s Bylaws.

 

99


Table of Contents

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The provisions of the Declaration described above could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The Board of Trustees of the Fund has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which are on file with the SEC.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, in certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for debts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of the Fund’s net asset value and of other factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings and other leverage, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund’s distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The market price of the Common Shares may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s Board of Trustees will regularly monitor the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board of Trustees may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. If the Fund’s Board of Trustees determines in the future to conduct a tender offer for its Common Shares, Fund shareholders to whom the tender offer is made will be provided notice, instructions regarding how to participate in the tender offer, and information regarding the terms of the tender offer that such shareholders should consider before determining whether to participate (including, if applicable, information regarding any applicable repurchase fee). The Fund cannot assure you that its Board of Trustees will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that Common Share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce any market discount.

If the Fund were to convert to an open-end company, the Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

If the Fund’s Board of Trustees were to determine in the future to convert the Fund to an open-end company, such a conversion would require the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five

 

100


Table of Contents

percent (75%) of each class of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees. That seventy-five percent (75%) shareholder approval requirement is higher than is required under the 1940 Act. In the event that a conversion is approved by the Board of Trustees and the Continuing Trustees as described above, the minimum shareholder vote required under the 1940 Act would be necessary to authorize the conversion. Currently, the 1940 Act would require approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if issued, preferred shares voting together as a single class, and the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” preferred shares (if any) voting as a separate class, in order to authorize a conversion. If the Fund converted to an open-end company, it would be required to redeem any preferred shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Fund’s Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less a redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. Such redemptions typically are made in cash. To limit the need to maintain large cash positions or liquidate favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. Open-end companies also are generally subject to greater restrictions than closed-end companies on their ability to engage in leverage, which may affect adversely the Fund’s performance. In determining whether to submit to Fund shareholders a proposal to convert to an open-end company, the Board of Trustees would consider all factors it determined to be relevant, including, potentially, the relationship of the market price of the Common Shares to net asset value; the extent to which the Fund’s capital structure is leveraged and the possibility of re-leveraging; the spread, if any, between the yields on securities in the Fund’s portfolio and interest and dividend charges on outstanding Fund borrowings or any preferred shares issued by the Fund; the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio; the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders; and general market and economic conditions. Based on these considerations, even if the Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board of Trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open End Fund” in the SAI for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate any such discount to net asset value.

TAX MATTERS

Federal Income Tax Matters

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a Common Shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of Common Shares of the Fund, and reflects provisions of the Code, existing Treasury regulations, rulings published by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other applicable authority, as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. For more detailed information regarding tax considerations, see the SAI. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular investors, including foreign shareholders (as defined below). In addition, income earned through an investment in the Fund may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Common Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws.

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC, it must meet an income and asset diversification test each year. To satisfy the income test, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures

 

101


Table of Contents

or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). To satisfy the asset diversification test, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). If the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies certain distribution requirements, the Fund (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent it distributes its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), its net tax-exempt income and its net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss) in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions. The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income and gains each year.

If the Fund does retain any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it also will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who would then (i) be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim such refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a shareholder will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

A nondeductible excise tax at the rate of 4% will be imposed on the excess, if any, of the Fund’s “required distribution” over its actual distributions in any calendar year. Generally, the required distribution is 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income recognized during the one-year period ending on October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus undistributed amounts from prior years. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 (or later if the Fund makes the election referred to immediately above) are generally treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount for which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. The Fund may determine to pay the excise tax in a year to the extent it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund (e.g., if the excise tax is de minimis).

The Fund’s intention to qualify for treatment as a RIC may negatively affect the Fund’s return to Common Shareholders by limiting its ability to acquire or continue to hold positions that would otherwise be consistent with its investment strategy or by requiring it to engage in transactions it would otherwise not engage in, resulting in additional transaction costs. In certain circumstances, it may be difficult for the Fund to meet the income or diversification test for RIC qualification. Failure to qualify as a RIC would likely materially reduce the investment return to the Common Shareholders. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution test, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by

 

102


Table of Contents

paying a fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any taxable year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to Common Shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.

The Fund intends to make monthly distributions of net investment income. Unless a shareholder elects otherwise, all distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all dividends are generally taxable in the same manner, whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested pursuant to the Plan in additional shares of the Fund. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in Common Shares under the Plan will be treated as having received a dividend equal to either (i) if Newly Issued Common Shares are issued under the Plan, generally the fair market value of the Newly Issued Common Shares issued to the shareholder or (ii) if reinvestment is made through Open-Market Purchases under the Plan, the amount of cash allocated to the shareholder for the purchase of Common Shares on its behalf in the open market. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” above.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Common Shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, determined in each case with reference to any loss carryforwards) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains. The Fund is permitted to carry forward net capital losses to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration. Any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. These reduced rates will expire for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, the Fund may report certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income,” which, when received by a non-corporate shareholder, will be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels. This provision will expire for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of the Fund will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of its distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

If the Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

 

103


Table of Contents

The determination of the character for U.S. federal income tax purposes of any distribution from the Fund (i.e. ordinary income dividends, Capital Gain Dividends, qualified dividends, or return of capital distributions) will be made as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year. Generally, the Fund will provide shareholders with a written statement reporting the amount of any capital gain distributions or other distributions.

Dividends and distributions on the Common Shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects unrealized gains or income or gains that are realized but not yet distributed. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.

Common Shareholders who sell or exchange their Common Shares will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount received and the Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold or exchanged. If the Common Shares are held as a capital asset, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of the Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Common Shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Common Shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. For purposes of determining whether Common Shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the Common Shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property, or through certain options or short sales. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares will be disallowed to the extent those Common Shares are replaced by other substantially identical shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the Common Shares (including through the reinvestment of distributions, which could occur, for example, if the Common Shareholder is a participant in the Plan). In that event, the basis of the replacement shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

The Fund may be liable to foreign governments for taxes relating primarily to investment income or capital gains on foreign securities in the Fund’s portfolio. If at the close of its taxable year, more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), the Fund will be permitted to make an election under the Code that would allow Common Shareholders who are U.S. citizens or U.S. corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, Common Shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by the Fund. A Common Shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by the Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder’s not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize deductions on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes.

Any transaction by the Fund in foreign currencies, foreign-currency denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts, or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to Common Shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Any net losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.

 

104


Table of Contents

The Fund’s transactions in derivative instruments (e.g., options, futures, forward contracts, structured notes and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions, may be subject to uncertainty with respect to their tax treatment, and to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale, and short sale rules). The aforementioned rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Common Shareholders. Because the tax treatment and the tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules or treatment (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

Income from certain commodity-linked derivatives does not constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and certain other commodity-linked derivative instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income. If the Fund treats income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, causes the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund will fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.

It is possible that the Fund’s use of derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, will produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and its net tax-exempt income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment and to eliminate Fund-level tax. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and its net tax-exempt income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits, (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its Common Shares, and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

From time to time, a substantial portion of the Fund’s investments in loans and other debt obligations could be treated as having “market discount” and/or “original issue discount” (“OID”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, in some cases, could be significant and could cause the Fund to recognize income in respect of these investments before or without receiving cash representing such income. If so, the Fund could be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. As a result, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments (including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices) in order to satisfy its distribution requirements or to avoid incurring Fund-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. If the Fund liquidates portfolio securities to raise cash, the Fund may realize gain or loss on such liquidations; in the event the Fund realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.

The interest paid on municipal bonds is generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax. However, because the Fund does not expect to be eligible to pay “exempt-interest dividends” to its shareholders under the Code, any distribution received by Common Shareholders that is attributable to the interest received by the Fund on its municipal bond holdings is taxable to Common Shareholders. In addition, any gains realized by the Fund on the sale or exchange of municipal bonds generally are taxable to Common Shareholders when distributed to them by the Fund.

 

105


Table of Contents

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation; when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount; when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities; and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and avoid becoming subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of REITs may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund's income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, a Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt investors, as noted below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to Common Shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income; and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. Charitable remainder trusts and other tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Backup withholding is generally required with respect to taxable distributions paid to any non-corporate shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he or she is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding rate is 28% for amounts paid through 2012. This rate will expire and the backup withholding rate will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2012, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise. Amounts withheld as a result of backup withholding are remitted to the U.S. Treasury but do not constitute an additional tax imposed on the shareholder; such amounts may be claimed as a credit on the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

Absent a specific statutory exemption, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends paid to a shareholder that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code (a “foreign shareholder”) are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate). Capital Gain Dividends paid to foreign shareholders are generally not subject to withholding. Effective for taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2012, the Fund is not required to withhold any

 

106


Table of Contents

amounts with respect to distributions of (i) U.S.-source interest income that would not have been subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, and (ii) net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such distributions in a written notice to shareholders. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend these exemptions from withholding for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, or what the terms of any such an extension will be.

The Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act, enacted in March 2010, generally imposes a reporting and 30% withholding tax regime with respect to certain U.S.-source income, including dividends and interest, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposal of property that can produce U.S.-source interest or dividends. Very generally, subject to future guidance, it is possible that, beginning in 2014 or 2015, depending on the type of payment, distributions to a Common Shareholder by the Fund will be subject to the 30% withholding requirement, unless the Common Shareholder provides certain information, certifications, or other documentation, as the Fund requires, to comply with the new rules. For more information, see the SAI.

Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of Common Shares as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax laws. Dividends and distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to federal, state, local, and, where applicable, foreign taxes. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of Common Shares.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and related regulations currently in effect. For more detailed information, see the SAI. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and regulations. The Code and regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative actions.

 

107


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Common Shares

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC

  

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

  

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

  

Maxim Group LLC

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  

Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

  
  

 

    Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) shown above if any of the Common Shares are purchased.

The underwriters propose to offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the Common Shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $        per share. The sales load the investors in the Fund will pay of $1.125 per share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. If all of the Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before                    , 2012. The representatives have advised the Fund that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Additional Compensation

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay Wells Fargo Securities, LLC from its own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of $             . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not exceed         % of the total public offering price.

In addition, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to UBS Securities LLC, from its own assets, a structuring fee for certain financial advisory services in assisting the Adviser in structuring and organizing the Fund in the amount of $            . The structuring fee paid to UBS Securities LLC will not exceed         % of the total public offering price, excluding the over-allotment option.

The Adviser (and not the Fund) may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering.

In addition, as compensation for providing certain distribution-related services, ABAX, an affiliate of TSC, will receive a distribution fee in an amount equal to 0.10% of the total public offering price (exclusive of the over-allotment option). The Fund will pay this distribution assistance fee to the extent the Fund’s offering expenses are less than or equal to $0.05 per Common Share, and the Adviser will pay this fee to the extent the Fund’s offering expenses exceed $0.05 per Common Share.

 

108


Table of Contents

The total amount of the underwriters’ additional compensation payments by the Adviser described above will not exceed 4.5% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares offered hereby. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters and ABAX in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and ABAX, and other expenses, will be limited to not more than 9.0% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

The Fund has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                      additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional Common Shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

Trustees of the Fund, as well as officers of the Adviser, may purchase Common Shares at the public offering price. The Fund, the Adviser and such Trustees and officers have agreed, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, that they will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, with certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, provided that the Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

To meet the NYSE distribution requirements for trading, the underwriters have undertaken to sell Common Shares in a manner such that shares are held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, the minimum stock price will be at least $4.00 at the time of listing on the NYSE, at least 1,100,000 Common Shares will be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States will be at least $60 million. The Fund’s Common Shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “DBL.”

The following table shows the sales load that investors in the Fund will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Shares.

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $1.125    $1.125

Total

   $             $         

The Fund and the Adviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Certain underwriters may make a market in Common Shares after trading in Common Shares has commenced on the NYSE. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriters. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Common Shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Common Shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.

In connection with the offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of itself and the other underwriters, may purchase and sell the Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of Common Shares in excess of the number of Common Shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of Common Shares made in an amount up to the number of Common Shares represented by the underwriters’

 

109


Table of Contents

over-allotment option. In determining the source of Common Shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Common Shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Common Shares through the over-allotment option.

Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of Common Shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of Common Shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Common Shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids allow the underwriting syndicate to reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing Common Shares in this offering if the syndicate repurchases Common Shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the purchase price of the Common Shares.

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Common Shares. They may also cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter’s website is not part of this prospectus. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate Common Shares to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.

The Fund anticipates that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.

Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform investment banking and advisory services for the Adviser and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which such underwriters may have received, and may expect to receive, customary fees and expenses.

Prior to the public offering of Common Shares, DoubleLine Asset Management Company, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Adviser, purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act.

The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152. The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171.

 

110


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is U.S. Bank, National Association, 1555 N. River Center Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212. The custodian performs custodial and fund accounting services as well as sub-administrative and compliance services on behalf of the Fund.

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and shareholder servicing agent, as well as agent for the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Fund by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Massachusetts law on the opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP.

 

111


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

The Fund

     1   

Investment Restrictions

     1   

Investment Objective and Strategies

     2   

Management of the Fund

     40   

Investment Adviser

     46   

Portfolio Managers

     48   

Portfolio Transactions

     51   

Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     52   

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     53   

Tax Matters

     55   

Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursement Agent

     66   

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     66   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     67   

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

     68   

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

PRIVACY POLICY

What Does DoubleLine Do With Your Personal Information?

Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. This notice provides information about how we collect, share, and protect your personal information, and how you might choose to limit our ability to share certain information about you. Please read this notice carefully.

All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday businesses. Accordingly, information, confidential and proprietary, plays an important role in the success of our business. However, we recognize that you have entrusted us with your personal and financial data, and we recognize our obligation to keep this information secure. Maintaining your privacy is important to us, and we hold ourselves to a high standard in its safekeeping and use. Most importantly, DoubleLine does not sell its customers’ non-public personal information to any third parties. DoubleLine uses its customers’ non-public personal information primarily to complete financial transactions that its customers request or to make its customers aware of other financial products and services offered by a DoubleLine affiliated company.

DoubleLine may collect non-public information about you from the following sources:

 

   

Information we receive about you on applications or other forms;

 

   

Information you may give us orally;

 

   

Information about your transactions with us or others;

 

   

Information you submit to us in correspondence, including emails or other electronic communications; and

 

   

Information about any bank account you use for transfers between your bank account and any Fund account, including information provided when effecting wire transfers.

DoubleLine does not disclose any non-public personal information about our customers or former customers without the customer’s authorization, except that we may disclose the information listed above, as follows:

 

   

It may be necessary for DoubleLine to provide information to nonaffiliated third parties in connection with our performance of the services we have agreed to provide you. For example, it might be necessary to do so in order to process transactions and maintain accounts.

 

   

DoubleLine will release any of the non-public information listed above about a customer if directed to do so by that customer or if DoubleLine is authorized by law to do so, such as in the case of a court order, legal investigation, or other properly executed governmental request.

 

   

In order to alert a customer to other financial products and services offered by an affiliate, DoubleLine may share information with an affiliate, including companies using the DoubleLine name. Such products and services may include, for example, other investment products offered by a DoubleLine company. If you prefer that we not disclose non-public personal information about you to our affiliates for this purpose, you may direct us not to make such disclosures (other than disclosures permitted by law) by calling 877-DLine11 (877-354-6311). If you limit this sharing and you have a joint account, your decision will be applied to all owners of the account.

We will limit access to your personal account information to those agents and vendors who need to know that information to provide products and services to you. Your information is not provided by us to nonaffiliated third parties for marketing purposes. We maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your non-public personal information.

As required by federal law, DoubleLine will notify customers of DoubleLine’s Privacy Policy annually. DoubleLine reserves the right to modify this policy at any time, but in the event that there is a change, DoubleLine will promptly inform its customers of that change.

 

113


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

The following is a description of Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s rating categories applicable to fixed income securities.

Moody’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Short-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

114


Table of Contents

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Investment Grade

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Speculative Grade

Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C: A “C” rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the C rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument's terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D: An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to D upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

115


Table of Contents

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

S&P short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. These categories are as follows:

A-1: A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2: A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3: A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of B-1, B-2, and B-3 may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the B category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1: A short-term obligation rated B-1 is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2: A short-term obligation rated B-2 is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C: A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D: A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

116


Table of Contents

Fitch, Inc.

A brief description of the applicable Fitch ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

Long-Term Credit Ratings

Investment Grade

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

Speculative Grade

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Exceptionally night levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: (a) the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; (b) the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or (c) Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

RD: Restricted Default: ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include: (a) the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; (b) the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation; (c) the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or (d) execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D. Default: ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

117


Table of Contents

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

“+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” long-term rating category, to categories below “CCC,” or to short-term ratings other than “F1.”

 

118


Table of Contents

             Shares

 

LOGO

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Common Shares

$25.00 per Share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                         , 2012

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities

UBS Investment Bank

Barclays Capital

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC

Janney Montgomery Scott

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

Maxim Group LLC

Wedbush Securities Inc.

Wunderlich Securities

 

Until                     , 2012 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 20, 2011

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

            , 2012

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) relating to common shares of the Fund (“Common Shares”) is not a prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated             , 2012 (the “Prospectus”). This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311). You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the web site (http://www.sec.gov) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
THE FUND      1   
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS      1   
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES      2   
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND      40   
INVESTMENT ADVISER      46   
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS      48   
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS      51   
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST      52   
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND      53   
TAX MATTERS      55   
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT      66   
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM      66   
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM      67   
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES      68   


Table of Contents

THE FUND

The Fund was formed on July 22, 2011 as a Massachusetts business trust. It subsequently changed its name from DoubleLine Strategic Income Fund to DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund on July 28, 2011.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

The investment restrictions numbered 1 through 7 below have been adopted as fundamental policies for the Fund and may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)).

(1) The Fund may issue senior securities to the extent consistent with applicable law from time to time.

(2) The Fund may borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.

(3) The Fund may not act as underwriter of securities of other issuers except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws.

(4) The Fund may not purchase any security if as a result 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in a single industry (for purposes of this restriction, investment companies are not considered to be part of any industry), except that the Fund under normal circumstances will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities not issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities and other investments that DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser” or “DoubleLine”) determines have the same primary economic characteristics and such securities will be considered to be issued by issuers in a single industry.

(5) The Fund may make loans, including, without limitation, by entering into repurchase agreements and through the lending of its portfolio securities, to affiliated investment companies and others to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. The Fund may purchase loan participations or otherwise invest in loans or similar obligations, and may make loans directly to issuers, itself or as part of a lending syndicate.

(6) The Fund may purchase or sell commodities to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.

(7) The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate. The Fund may, for clarity, (i) purchase interests in issuers which deal or invest in real estate, including limited partnership interests of limited partnerships that invest or deal in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate, including real estate mortgage loans, and (iii) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of securities which are secured by real estate or interests therein. (For purposes of this restriction, investments by the Fund in mortgage-backed securities and other securities representing interests in mortgage pools shall not constitute the purchase or sale of real estate.)

The Fund interprets its policies that permit actions or investments that are consistent with or permitted by applicable law to allow the Fund to make any investment, take any action, or omit to take any action that is permitted or consistent with interpretations and guidance regarding applicable law or exemptive or other relief from applicable law, including guidance, interpretations or relief provided by an appropriate regulatory authority, from time to time. Except as stated elsewhere in the Fund’s Prospectus or this SAI, to the extent the Fund has reserved the freedom to invest in a type of investment or to utilize a particular investment practice, the Fund may invest in such investment or engage in such investment practice without limit.

The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are represented at the meeting in person.

All percentage limitations on investments in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI will apply only at the time of an investment to which the policy or restriction is applicable and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of such investment. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered in determining whether any investment complies with the Fund’s restrictions and policies.

 

1


Table of Contents

For purposes of applying the terms of Fundamental Investment Restriction (4), the Adviser will, on behalf of the Fund, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each security in which the Fund invests. The definition of what constitutes a particular “industry” is an evolving one, particularly for industries or sectors within industries that are new or are undergoing rapid development. Some securities could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. For example, some companies that sell goods over the internet (including issuers of securities in which the Fund may invest) were initially classified as internet companies, but over time have evolved into the economic risk profiles of retail companies.

For purposes of applying the terms of Fundamental Investment Restriction (4), privately-issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities include, but are not limited to, any mortgage- or asset-backed security (other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S Government or its agencies or instrumentalities), securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs (“Re-REMICs”), mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, and stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities). Exposures to mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities through derivatives or other financial instruments may be considered investments in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities. Privately-issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities also may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-US mortgages. It shall not be a violation of Fundamental Investment Restriction (4) above if the Fund has 25% or less of its total assets invested in privately-issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities and other investments that the Adviser determines have the same primary economic characteristics at a time when the market for privately-issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is inactive or ceases to exist in sufficient volume, such that it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to invest more than 25% of its assets in privately-issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities in the best interests of the Fund. Because the market for mortgage- and asset-backed securities continues to develop, it is possible that instruments that have not yet been created will be issued in the future by non-governmental entities and will be determined by the Adviser to have similar economic characteristics as the instruments named in this paragraph. Such new instruments would be applied towards satisfying the Fund’s 25% policy.

The Fund will not enter into a derivatives transaction with a counterparty if, immediately after and as a result of entering into that transaction, the aggregate amount of all obligations between the Fund and the counterparty, on a net basis, would be an obligation of the counterparty to the Fund equal to or greater than 25% of the Fund’s net asset value, the value of all such obligations to be determined in the same manner as they are determined for purposes of determining the Fund’s net asset value, except that an obligation of the counterparty to the Fund will be reduced to the extent it is collateralized or margined for the benefit of the Fund.

If the Fund determines to issue preferred shares, it may apply for ratings for such preferred shares from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) and/or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) or another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (each an “NRSRO” and collectively “NRSROs”). In order to obtain and maintain such ratings, the Fund may be required to comply with investment quality, and other guidelines established by an NRSRO. Such guidelines will likely be more restrictive than the restrictions set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of preferred shares by the Fund. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

The investment objective and general investment policies of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. Additional information concerning the characteristics of certain of the Fund’s investments is set forth below.

The Adviser’s investment process may take into account a number of economic and other factors. These factors may include, among others, standard of living convergence, consumer deleveraging, private sector debt transference and demographic shifts, position in the business cycle, sector returns, relative growth, monetary and fiscal policy, risk integration, market sentiment, behavioral analysis, relative value, market technicals, and government and/or regulatory intervention.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objective by investing in a variety of investments (that may be obligations of domestic or foreign entities), such as but not limited to (as specified in greater detail below): (i) U.S. Government Securities; (ii) corporate debt securities, including bonds, notes and debentures; (iii) corporate and asset-backed commercial paper; (iv) mortgage and other asset-backed securities, including collateralized mortage obligations (“CMOs”) and REMICs; (v) variable and floating rate debt securities (including inverse floaters); (vi) subordinated corporate, mortgage, and asset-backed securities; (vii) equity securities; (viii) commodities; (ix) bank certificates of deposit; (x) fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (xi) money market securities; (xii) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; (xiii) hybrid securities; (xiv) obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities or foreign corporate issuers; (xv) loan participations and assignments; (xvi) derivatives (including but not limited to swap agreements such as credit default swaps and interest rate swaps); (xvii) privately placed, Regulation S and Rule 144A securities; (xviii) futures and options on futures relating to currencies, indexes and other financial factors; (xix) bank loans; (xx) defaulted debt securities; (xxi) mortgage dollar rolls; (xxii) other mutual funds, including Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”), such as iShares; (xxiii) unrated securities; (xxiv) structured notes; (xxv) municipal bonds and securities; and (xxvi) collateralized debt obligations such as collateralized loan obligations and collateralized bond obligations. The Fund generally will invest in some, but generally not all, of these types of investments at any given time. The above list of investments is not intended to be an exhaustive list of the types of investments in which the Fund may invest.

In attempting to achieve its investment objective, the Fund may utilize, among others, one or more of the strategies or securities set forth below. The Fund may, in addition, invest in other instruments (including derivative investments) or use other investment strategies that are developed or become available in the future and that are consistent with its objectives and restrictions.

High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)

Debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa by Moody’s and below BBB by S&P and Fitch) an equivalent rating assigned by another NRSRO or unrated but judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.”

Investments in high yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy. High yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. In addition, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality securities.

High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of high yield securities defaults, in addition to risking non-payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. The market prices of high yield securities structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in-kind securities will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest currently and in cash. DoubleLine seeks to reduce these risks through diversification, credit analysis and attention to current developments and trends in both the economy and financial markets.

The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the net asset value of the shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The Fund will be more dependent on DoubleLine’s research and analysis when investing in high yield securities.

 

3


Table of Contents

A general description of the ratings of securities by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch is set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. For these reasons, the use of credit ratings as the sole method of evaluating high yield securities can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated. DoubleLine does not rely solely on credit ratings when selecting securities for the Fund.

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or DoubleLine downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, DoubleLine may consider such factors as DoubleLine’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. However, analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities.

The Fund may purchase unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) if DoubleLine determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase. When an investment is rated by more than one NRSRO, the Adviser will utilize the highest rating for that security for purposes of applying any investment policies that incorporate credit ratings (e.g., a policy to invest a certain percentage of the Fund’s assets in securities rated investment grade).

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities, including CMOs and certain stripped mortgage-backed securities, represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property and receivables from credit card agreements. The cash flow generated by the underlying assets is applied to make required payments on the securities and to pay related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities depends on, among other things, the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets. The Fund may invest in any such instruments or variations as may be developed, to the extent consistent with its investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of a shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is likely to experience substantial prepayments.

Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-backed securities. In that event the Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-backed security is inaccurately predicted, the Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

Adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”), like traditional mortgage-backed securities, are interests in pools of mortgage loans that provide investors with payments consisting of both principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by the borrowers. Unlike fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, ARMs are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These interest rates are reset at periodic intervals, usually by reference to an interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in value based on, among other things, changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness.

 

4


Table of Contents

Because the interest rates are reset only periodically, changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag changes in prevailing market interest rates. Also, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to caps or floors that limit the maximum change in the interest rate during a specified period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates during certain periods. “Hybrid” ARMs have underlying mortgages that combine fixed-rate and adjustable rate features.

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. The automatic interest rate adjustment feature of mortgages underlying ARMs likewise reduces the ability to lock-in attractive rates. As a result, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Fund.

At times, some mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium.

CMOs may be issued by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or entity.

Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for certain investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing their volatility.

Prepayments could result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The yield to maturity on an interest only or “IO” class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, principal only or “POs” tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting the Fund’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

Subprime mortgage loans, which typically are made to less creditworthy borrowers, have a higher risk of default than conventional mortgage loans. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults or the increased risk of default.

The risks associated with other asset-backed securities (including in particular the risks of issuer default and of early prepayment) are generally similar to those described above for CMOs. In addition, because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets that is comparable to a mortgage, asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not present with mortgage-backed securities. The ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited. For example, revolving credit receivables are

 

5


Table of Contents

generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles, rather than by real property.

Asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The values of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets.

CMOs and Multiclass Pass-Through Securities. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. CMOs may be collateralized by Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities (such collateral is collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Mortgage Assets may be collateralized by commercial or residential uses. Multiclass pass-through securities are equity interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Payments of principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, may require the Fund to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by Federal Agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. The issuer of a series of mortgage pass-through securities may elect to be treated as a REMIC. REMICs include governmental and/or private entities that issue a fixed pool of mortgages secured by an interest in real property. REMICs are similar to CMOs in that they issue multiple classes of securities, but unlike CMOs, which are required to be structured as debt securities, REMICs may be structured as indirect ownership interests in the underlying assets of the REMICs themselves. Although CMOs and REMICs differ in certain respects, characteristics of CMOs described below apply in most cases to REMICs, as well.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. Certain CMOs may have variable or floating interest rates and others may be Stripped Mortgage Securities. For more information on Stripped Mortgage Securities, see “—Stripped Mortgage Securities” below.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO series in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to certain of the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance relative to prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed securities. As part of the process of creating more predictable cash flows on most of the tranches in a series of CMOs, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the cash flows on the underlying mortgage loans. The yields on these tranches are generally higher than prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities with similar maturities. As a result of the uncertainty of the cash flows of these tranches, the market prices of and yield on these tranches generally are more volatile.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the pre-payment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to pre-payments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “—Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial

 

6


Table of Contents

investment in a CMO residual. CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). CMO residuals , whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid.

Government Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by an agency, instrumentality or sponsored corporation of the United States government (“Federal Agency”) or originated by private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by a Federal Agency are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans. Such securities differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semiannually) and principal payments at payments (not necessarily in fixed amounts) that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans.

Government mortgage pass-through securities may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Ginnie Mae certificates are direct obligations of the U.S. Government and, as such, are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered, privately owned corporation and Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac certificates are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States but the issuing agency or instrumentality has the right to borrow, to meet its obligations, from an existing line of credit with the U.S. Treasury. The U.S. Treasury has no legal obligation to provide such line of credit and may choose not to do so.

Certificates for these types of mortgage-backed securities evidence an interest in a specific pool of mortgages. These certificates are, in most cases, “modified pass-through” instruments, wherein the issuing agency guarantees the payment of principal and interest on mortgages underlying the certificates, whether or not such amounts are collected by the issuer on the underlying mortgages.

The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (“HERA”) authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to support Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) (collectively, the “GSEs”) by purchasing obligations and other securities from those government-sponsored enterprises. HERA gave the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to determine the conditions and amounts of such purchases.

On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the assets of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury, exercising powers granted to it under HERA, entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. On February 18, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was doubling the size of its commitment to each enterprise under the Senior Preferred Stock Program to $200 billion. The U.S. Treasury’s obligations under the Senior Preferred Stock Program are for an indefinite period of time for a maximum amount of $200 billion per enterprise. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced further amendments to the SPAs which included additional financial support for each GSE through the end of 2012 and changes to the limits on their retained mortgage portfolios. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain GSEs, including the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, there is no assurance that GSE obligations will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the GSEs and the values of their related securities or obligations.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The SPA is intended to enhance each of Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s ability to meet its obligations.

 

7


Table of Contents

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver.

FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship.

However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s available assets. The future financial performance of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is heavily dependent on the performance of the U.S. housing market.

In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.

Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed security holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or affect any contractual rights of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

Inverse Floaters. An inverse floater is a type of instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond. The Fund may invest without limitation in inverse floaters, which brokers typically create by depositing an income-producing instrument, which may be a mortgage-backed security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee. The market prices of inverse floaters may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change.

 

8


Table of Contents

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. A mortgage dollar roll is a transaction in which the Fund sells mortgage-related securities for immediate settlement and simultaneously purchases the same type of securities for forward settlement at a discount. While the Fund begins accruing interest on the newly purchased securities from the purchase or trade date, it is able to invest the proceeds from the sale of its previously owned securities, which will be used to pay for the new securities. The use of mortgage dollar rolls is a speculative technique involving leverage, and can have an economic effect similar to borrowing money for investment purposes.

Private Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Private mortgage pass-through securities are structured similarly to the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through securities and are issued by United States and foreign private issuers such as originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. These securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Since private mortgage pass-through securities typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement.

Mortgage assets often consist of a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. There are usually fewer properties in a pool of assets backing commercial mortgage-backed securities than in a pool of assets backing residential mortgage-backed securities; hence they may be more sensitive to the performance of fewer Mortgage Assets. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, those securities may contain elements of credit support, which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or losses in excess of those anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in a security.

Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by Federal Agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities not issued by Federal Agencies will be treated by the Fund as illiquid securities so long as the staff of the SEC maintains its position that such securities are illiquid. Stripped mortgage securities issued by Federal Agencies generally will be treated by the Fund as liquid securities under procedures adopted by the Fund and approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board” or the “Trustees”).

Stripped mortgage securities usually are structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution of a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-

 

9


Table of Contents

only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). PO classes generate income through the accretion of the deep discount at which such securities are purchased, and, while PO classes do not receive periodic payments of interest, they receive monthly payments associated with scheduled amortization and principal prepayment from the mortgage assets underlying the PO class. The yield to maturity on a PO or an IO class security is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. A slower than expected rate of principal payments may have an adverse effect on a PO class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated principal repayment, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on an IO class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments or principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities.

Stripped mortgage securities may be purchased for income, or for hedging purposes to protect the Fund’s portfolio against interest rate fluctuations. For example, since an IO class will tend to increase in value as interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value of other fixed-income securities in a rising interest rate environment.

Collateralized Debt Obligations . Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) include, among other things, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses. For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the Adviser under liquidity policies approved by the Fund’s Board. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, DoubleLine may also cause the Fund to invest in other types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities offered currently or in the future, including certain yet-to-be-developed types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities which may be offered in the future as the market evolves.

Real Estate Securities

Exposure to the real estate sector may be gained by investing in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and common, preferred and convertible securities of issuers in real estate-related industries. Each of these types of investments are subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including loss to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, zoning law amendments, changes in interest rates, overbuilding and increased competition, variations in market value, and possible environmental liabilities. Real estate-related investments may entail leverage and may be highly volatile.

REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so the Fund will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate. Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related securities, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk

 

10


Table of Contents

factors. These include poor performance by the REIT’s manager, adverse changes to the tax laws, and the possible failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free distribution of income or exemption under the 1940 Act. Furthermore, REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities

General . Investors should recognize that investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers generally, and particularly in emerging market issuers, involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and non-U.S. securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and relative illiquidity of non-U.S. securities markets, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions and, as with domestic multinational corporations, from fluctuating interest rates. Moreover, substantial investments in non-U.S. securities may have adverse tax implications.

Since most non-U.S. securities are denominated in non-U.S. currencies or traded primarily in securities markets in which settlements are made in non-U.S. currencies, the value of these investments and the net investment income available for distribution to shareholders of the Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations. Because the Fund may purchase securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets and the Fund’s income available for distribution. The Fund’s foreign currency transactions may give rise to ordinary income or loss, for federal income tax purposes, to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency.

In addition, although the Fund’s income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the Fund will be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the value of a currency relative to the U.S. dollar declines after the Fund’s income has been earned in that currency, translated into U.S. dollars and declared as a dividend, but before payment of such dividend, the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to pay such dividend. Similarly, if the value of a currency relative to the U.S. dollar declines between the time the Fund incurs expenses or other obligations in U.S. dollars and the time such expenses or obligations are paid, the amount of such currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars in order to pay such expenses in U.S. dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in such currency of such expenses at the time they were incurred.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in non-U.S. and emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for closed-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the Fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the Fund.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in non-U.S. countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain non-U.S. laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on non-U.S. securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States. With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, archaic legal systems may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the Fund’s income which may reduce the net return on non-U.S. investments as compared to income received from a U.S. issuer, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the Fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

 

11


Table of Contents

In addition, there may be less publicly-available information about a non-U.S. issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and non-U.S. issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default of any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the Fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations. The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the Fund. For example, the Fund may be required in certain of such countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration may in some instances not be able to occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

Non-U.S. markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting and custodying such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the Fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

Securities Related Activities . In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The 1940 Act includes certain limitations on the Fund’s ability to invest in any security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder.

Non-U.S. Subcustodians . Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the Fund to maintain its non-U.S. securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories.

Certain banks in non-U.S. countries may not be eligible sub-custodians for the Fund, in which event the Fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain non-U.S. countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the Fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The Fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible non-U.S. sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by non-U.S. sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Credit Ratings . The securities in which the Fund will invest, including non-U.S. securities, will not be required to meet a minimum rating standard and may not be rated for creditworthiness by any internationally recognized credit rating organization. Such securities, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” involve significantly greater risks, including price volatility and risk of default of payment of interest and principal, than higher rated securities. An investment in the Fund should not be considered as a complete investment program.

The Adviser will take various factors into consideration in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issuer. For corporate debt securities, such factors may include the issuer’s financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of the issuer and the experience and track record of the issuer’s management. For sovereign debt instruments, these may include the economic and political conditions within the issuer’s country, the issuer’s overall and external debt levels and debt service ratios, the issuer’s access to capital markets and other sources of funding and the issuer’s debt service payment history. The Adviser may also review the ratings, if any, assigned to the security by any recognized rating organizations, although the Adviser’s judgment as to the quality of a debt security may differ from that

 

12


Table of Contents

suggested by the rating published by a rating service. In addition to the foregoing credit analysis, the Adviser will typically evaluate the relative value of an investment compared with its perceived credit risk. The Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case if it invested in higher quality debt securities. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch is set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus.

Emerging Market Countries . Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and the Fund, as well as the value of securities in the Fund.

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the Fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in an emerging market country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

Sovereign Debt . Sovereign debt may be issued by foreign developed and emerging market governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities. Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities also may depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

The Fund’s investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund’s income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal tax purposes. For a discussion of the requirements the Fund must meet to qualify as a regulated investment company and the consequences for the Fund’s investments and distributions, see “Tax Matters” below.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency transactions may include foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options (see “Derivative Instruments”), or foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through currency forward contracts (“forwards”).

 

13


Table of Contents

A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to seek to protect the Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Although forwards are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase. The Fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under among others, the following circumstances:

Lock In . When DoubleLine desires to seek to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

Cross Hedge . If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

Direct Hedge . If DoubleLine wants to try to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if DoubleLine thinks that the Fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the Fund might enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction (as described below) may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the Fund would hope to benefit from an increase (if any) in value of the bond.

Proxy Hedge. DoubleLine might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

Costs of Hedging . When the Fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the Fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar.

It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the Fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value per Common Share.

The Fund may enter into foreign currency transactions as a substitute for cash investments and for other investment purposes not involving hedging, including, without limitation, to exchange payments received in a foreign currency into U.S. dollars or in anticipation of settling a transaction that requires the Fund to deliver a foreign currency.

The forecasting of currency market movement is extremely difficult, and whether any hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain. Moreover, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a foreign currency forward contract. Accordingly, the Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if DoubleLine’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate. In addition, the use of cross-hedging transactions may involve special risks, and may leave the Fund in a less advantageous position than if such a hedge had not been established. Because foreign currency forward contracts are privately negotiated transactions, there can be no assurance that the Fund will have flexibility to roll-over a foreign currency forward contract upon its expiration if it desires to do so. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the other party to the contract will perform its services thereunder.

Investments in bank deposits denominated in foreign currencies can facilitate investment in foreign securities as well as protect against currency fluctuations and the need to convert such assets into U.S. dollars (thereby also reducing transaction costs). To the extent these monies are converted back into U.S. dollars, the value of the assets so maintained will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations.

Tax Consequences of Hedging . Under applicable tax law, the Fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although the Fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging also may result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Those provisions could

 

14


Table of Contents

result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income. For further discussion of the tax consequences of the Fund’s hedging, see “Tax Matters” below.

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities

Foreign Currency Warrants . Foreign currency warrants such as Currency Exchange WarrantsSM are warrants which entitle the holder to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) which is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk which, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed-income marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen or the euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction ( e.g. , unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time value” of the warrants ( i.e. , the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, in the case the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities . Principal exchange rate linked securities (“PERLsSM”) are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on “standard” principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; “reverse” principal exchange rate linked securities are like the “standard” securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes ( i.e. , at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). Principal exchange rate linked securities may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

Performance Indexed Paper . Performance indexed paper (“PIPsSM”) is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

 

15


Table of Contents

U.S. Government Securities

U.S. Government securities are obligations of and, in certain cases, guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. GSEs, such as the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain GSEs, including the Federal Home Loan Banks, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, there is no assurance that GSE obligations will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the GSEs and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities.

U.S. Government securities include securities that have no coupons, or have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, individual interest coupons from such securities that trade separately, and evidences of receipt of such securities. Such securities may pay no cash income, and are purchased at a deep discount from their value at maturity. See “— Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities” below. Custodial receipts issued in connection with so-called trademark zero-coupon securities, such as Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities, are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, and are therefore not U.S. Government securities, although the underlying bond represented by such receipt is a debt obligation of the U.S. Treasury.

While some U.S. Government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. Government securities are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as are other debt securities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. The U.S. Government’s ability to borrow money or otherwise finance its obligations, including as a result of legislatively-imposed limits on the amount of money it may borrow, could cause the values of U.S. Government securities, including those of the U.S. Government’s agencies and instrumentalities and other government-sponsored enterprises, to decline.

Municipal Bonds

Municipal bonds include securities issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities, including securities the income from which is exempt from federal income tax (“Municipal Bonds”). However, the dividends that the Fund may pay that are attributable to such interest will not be tax-exempt to holders of the Fund’s Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”).

Municipal Bonds share the attributes of debt/fixed income securities in general, but are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. Municipal Bonds may include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax-exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).

Municipal Bonds may finance similar projects, such as those relating to education, health care, housing, transportation, and utilities, and in industrial development bonds. The Fund may be more sensitive to adverse economic, business or political developments if it invests a substantial portion of its assets in the bonds of similar projects or industrial development bonds.

 

16


Table of Contents

Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered “private activity bonds” and interest paid on such bonds is treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability. See “Tax Matters.”

A municipal lease obligation is not a full faith and credit obligation of the issuer and is usually backed only by the borrowing government’s unsecured pledge to make annual appropriations for lease payments. There have been challenges to the legality of lease financing in numerous states, and, from time to time, certain municipalities have considered not appropriating money for lease payments. In deciding whether to purchase a lease obligation, DoubleLine may consider, among other things, the financial condition of the borrower, the merits of the project, the level of public support for the project, and the legislative history of lease financing in the state. These securities may be less readily marketable than other municipal securities. The Fund also may purchase unrated lease obligations if determined by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality to rated securities in which the Fund is permitted to invest.

An investor may seek to enhance its yield through the purchase of private placements. These securities are sold through private negotiations, usually to institutions or mutual funds, and may have resale restrictions. Their yields are usually higher than comparable public securities to compensate the investor for their limited marketability.

Some longer-term Municipal Bonds give the investor the right to “put” or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investor’s request—usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a security’s liquidity by shortening its effective maturity. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, the Fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.

Municipal warrants are essentially call options on Municipal Bonds. In exchange for a premium, municipal warrants give the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to purchase a Municipal Bond in the future. An investor may purchase a warrant to lock in forward supply in an environment where the current issuance of bonds is sharply reduced. Like options, warrants may expire worthless and they may have reduced liquidity.

Municipal Bonds may contain credit enhancements such as letters of credit, municipal bond insurance and Standby Bond Purchase Agreements (“SBPAs”). Letters of credit that are issued by a third party, usually a bank, to enhance liquidity and ensure repayment of principal and any accrued interest if the underlying Municipal Bond should default. Municipal bond insurance, which is usually purchased by the bond issuer from a private, nongovernmental insurance company, provides an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that the insured bond’s principal and interest will be paid when due. Insurance does not guarantee the price of the bond or the price of the Fund’s Common Shares. The credit rating of an insured bond reflects the credit rating of the insurer, based on its claims-paying ability. The obligation of a municipal bond insurance company to pay a claim extends over the life of each insured bond. Although defaults on insured Municipal Bonds have been low to date and municipal bond insurers have met their claims, there is no assurance this will continue. A higher-than-expected default rate could strain the insurer’s loss reserves and adversely affect its ability to pay claims to bondholders. The number of municipal bond insurers is relatively small, and not all of them have the highest rating. An SBPA is a liquidity facility provided to pay the purchase price of bonds that cannot be re-marketed. The obligation of the liquidity provider (usually a bank) is only to advance funds to purchase tendered bonds that cannot be remarketed and does not cover principal or interest under any other circumstances. The liquidity provider’s obligations under the SBPA are usually subject to numerous conditions, including the continued creditworthiness of the underlying borrower.

Inverse Floaters. Inverse floaters are typically created by brokers by depositing an income-producing instrument in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The interest rate on the short-term component is reset by an index or auction process normally every seven to 35 days, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying Municipal Bond less an auction fee. Therefore, rising short-term interest rates result in lower income for the inverse floater, and vice versa. An investment in inverse floaters typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate bond. Inverse floaters have interest rates that bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Because increases in the interest rate on the other security or index reduce the residual interest paid on a inverse floater, the value of a inverse floater is generally more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond. Inverse floaters have interest rate adjustment formulas that generally reduce or, in the extreme, eliminate the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates fall. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity that approximate the liquidity of the underlying bond(s), and the market price for these securities is volatile. Inverse floaters can be very volatile and may be less liquid than other bonds of comparable maturity. These securities will generally underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate

 

17


Table of Contents

bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Investing in inverse floaters may have the result of increasing the Fund’s leverage. Trusts in which inverse floaters may be held could be terminated, in which case the residual bond holder would take possession of the underlying bond(s) on an unleveraged basis.

The Fund also may invest in participation interests. Participation interests are various types of securities created by converting fixed rate bonds into short-term, variable rate certificates. These securities have been developed in the secondary market to meet the demand for short-term, tax-exempt securities.

Custodial receipts generally represent the right to receive either the principal amount or the periodic interest payments or both with respect to specific underlying Municipal Bonds. In a typical custodial receipt arrangement, an issuer or third party owner of Municipal Bonds deposits the bonds with a custodian in exchange for two classes of custodial receipts. The two classes have different characteristics, but, in each case, payments on the two classes are based on payments received on the underlying Municipal Bonds. In no event will the aggregate interest paid with respect to the two classes exceed the interest paid by the underlying Municipal Bond. Custodial receipts are sold in private placements. The value of a custodial receipt may fluctuate more than the value of a Municipal Bond of comparable quality and maturity.

Municipal Bonds are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. The secondary market for Municipal Bonds typically has been less liquid than that for taxable debt/fixed income securities, and this may affect the Fund’s ability to sell particular Municipal Bonds at then-current market prices, especially in periods when other investors are attempting to sell the same securities. Prices and yields on Municipal Bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the Municipal Bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of Municipal Bonds may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.

Obligations of issuers of Municipal Bonds are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their Municipal Bonds may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for Municipal Bonds or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of the Fund’s Municipal Bonds in the same manner.

Corporate Debt Securities

Bonds and related debt obligations of varying maturities issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and other business entities may include corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. The rate of interest on a corporate debt security may be fixed, floating or variable, and may vary inversely with respect to a reference rate. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt obligations may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies. Debt securities may be acquired with warrants attached. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

The Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities are subject to a number of risks described in the Prospectus and elaborated upon elsewhere in this section of the SAI, including interest rate risk, credit risk, high yield risk, issuer risk, foreign (non-U.S.) investment risk, inflation/deflation risk, liquidity risk, smaller company risk and management risk.

 

18


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. See Appendix A to the Prospectus for a description of the ratings assigned by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch to commercial paper. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the “conversion price”). A convertible security is designed to provide current income and also the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities.

A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations and are designed to provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. However, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the issuer, and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations. Moreover, convertible securities are often rated below investment grade or not rated because they fall below debt obligations and just above common equity in order of preference or priority on an issuer’s balance sheet. See “–High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)” above.

Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. The common stock underlying convertible securities may be issued by a different entity than the issuer of the convertible securities.

The value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield of non-convertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock. The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature ( i.e. , strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.” The investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate based on the credit quality of the issuer and will fluctuate inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates. However, at the same time, the convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock, and will therefore be subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer and/or general market and economic conditions. Depending upon the relationship of the conversion price to the market value of the underlying security, a convertible security may trade more like an equity security than a debt instrument.

If, because of a low price of the common stock, the conversion value is substantially below the investment value of the convertible security, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. If the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.

 

19


Table of Contents

Synthetic Convertible Securities

DoubleLine may also create a “synthetic” convertible security to be used by the Fund by combining separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e. , an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by buying warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible security and a traditional convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

More flexibility is possible in the assembly of a synthetic convertible security than in the purchase of a convertible security. Although synthetic convertible securities may be used for the Fund where the two components are issued by a single issuer, thus making the synthetic convertible security similar to the traditional convertible security, the character of a synthetic convertible security allows the combination of components representing distinct issuers, when DoubleLine believes that such a combination would better promote the Fund’s investment objective. A synthetic convertible security also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately. For example, an investor may purchase a warrant for inclusion in a synthetic convertible security but temporarily hold short-term investments while postponing the purchase of a corresponding bond pending development of more favorable market conditions.

A holder of a synthetic convertible security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the convertible component, causing a decline in the value of the call option or warrant purchased to create the synthetic convertible security. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Because a synthetic convertible security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible security also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the income-producing instrument. Synthetic convertible securities may be created by other parties, including convertible structured notes. Convertible structured notes are income-producing debentures linked to equity, and are typically issued by investment banks.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in that company. Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. The value of a company’s preferred stock may fall as a result of factors relating directly to that company’s products or services. A preferred stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of preferred stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of the preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

Fixed Rate Preferred Stocks . Some fixed rate preferred stocks, known as perpetual preferred stocks, offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual preferred stocks act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Sinking fund preferred stocks offer a fixed return, but have a maturity date and are retired or redeemed on a predetermined schedule. The shorter duration of sinking fund preferred stocks makes them perform somewhat like intermediate-term bonds and they typically have lower yields than perpetual preferred stocks.

Adjustable Rate and Auction Preferred Stocks . Typically, the dividend rate on an adjustable rate preferred stock is determined prospectively each quarter by applying an adjustment formula established at the time of issuance of the stock. Although adjustment formulas vary among issues, they typically involve a fixed premium or discount relative to rates on

 

20


Table of Contents

specified debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. The premium or discount adjustment to be added to or subtracted from this highest U.S. Treasury base rate yield is fixed at the time of issue and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the stock. The dividend rate on certain other preferred stocks, commonly known as auction preferred stocks, is adjusted at intervals that may be more frequent than quarterly, such as every 49 days, based on bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks and may be subject to stated maximum and minimum dividend rates. The issues of most adjustable rate and auction preferred stocks currently outstanding are perpetual, but may be redeemable after a specified date at the option of the issuer. Certain issues supported by the credit of a high-rated financial institution provide for mandatory redemption prior to expiration of the credit arrangement. No redemption can occur if full cumulative dividends are not paid. Although the dividend rates on adjustable and auction preferred stocks are generally adjusted or reset frequently, the market values of these preferred stocks may still fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Market values of adjustable preferred stocks also may substantially fluctuate if interest rates increase or decrease once the maximum or minimum dividend rate for a particular stock is approached.

Bank Obligations

Bank obligations may include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits.

Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than those affecting obligations of United States banks, including the possibilities that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments, that their obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of United States banks, that a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations, that foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized, that foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to United States banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any United States Government agency or instrumentality.

Bank Loans, Assignments, and Participations

Loans (including “Senior Loans” (as described below), delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities) may be fixed- or floating-rate obligations. Loan interests may take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and may also take the form of assignments of, novations of or participations in a bank loan acquired in secondary markets.

Senior floating rate loans may be made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans include senior floating rate loans and institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein. Loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests.

Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality. Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Lenders.

 

21


Table of Contents

Senior Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what DoubleLine believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining the Fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in the Fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. DoubleLine will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions.

Assignments and participations in commercial loans, as well as debtor-in-possession loans, may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. An investor that participates in such syndications, or buys part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the corporate or other borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any NRSRO.

A loan is often administered by an agent bank acting as agent for all holders. The agent bank administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent bank is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower.

A financial institution’s employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions ( e.g. , an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.

Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between the Fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, SEC interpretations may require the Fund to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers.” Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may in certain circumstances restrict the Fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the Fund relies on DoubleLine’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Fund.

 

22


Table of Contents

Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness (such as may be the case in an assignment), the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the Agent or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower.

From time to time, DoubleLine and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell Senior Loans to or acquire them from the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Senior Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund.

Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

Lending Fees . In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a Senior Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Senior Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of the Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

Borrower Covenants . A borrower under a Senior Loan typically must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the borrower and the Lender or lending syndicate (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the Senior Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the lenders directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e., the Agent, or the lenders directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Senior Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Lender in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower. In the case of a Senior Loan in the form of a participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder of a Senior Loan to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

Administration of Loans . In a typical Senior Loan, the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Senior Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Senior Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral, if any, and if the value of such collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Senior Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, DoubleLine will perform such tasks on behalf of the Fund, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other lenders pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if

 

23


Table of Contents

not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Senior Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other intermediate participants similar risks may arise.

Prepayments . Senior Loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former.

Bridge Financings. Senior Loans may be designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. Senior Loans may also be obligations of borrowers who have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

Secured Senior Loans. To the extent that the collateral, if any, securing a Senior Loan consists of the stock of the borrower’s subsidiaries or other affiliates, the Fund will be subject to the risk that this stock will decline in value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, a Senior Loan may be guaranteed by, or fully secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a secured Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the secured Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for such Senior Loan. However, the borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of secured Senior Loans.

If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a secured Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For secured Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of such loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons, such as shareholders of the borrower, in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or a secured Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, it is unlikely that the Fund would be able to recover the full amount of the principal and interest due on the secured Senior Loan.

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

 

24


Table of Contents

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, the Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in loan participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see “—Loan Participations and Assignments.” Participation interests in revolving credit facilities will be subject to the limitations discussed in “—Loan Participations and Assignments.” Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for the purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by the Fund. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk.

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities

Zero-coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligations. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step-up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) pay dividends or interest in the form of additional securities of the issuer, rather than in cash. Each of these instruments is typically issued and traded at a deep discount from its face amount. The amount of the discount varies depending on such factors as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs generally are more volatile than the market prices of debt instruments that pay interest currently and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality. In order to satisfy a requirement for qualification as a “regulated investment company” under the Code, an investment company, such as the Fund, must distribute each year at least 90% of its net investment income, including the original issue discount accrued on zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs. Because the Fund will not, on a current basis, receive cash payments from the issuer of these securities in respect of any accrued original issue discount, in some years the Fund may have to distribute cash obtained from selling other portfolio holdings of the Fund. In some circumstances, such sales might be necessary in order to satisfy cash distribution requirements even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to sell securities at such time. Under many market conditions, investments in zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs may be illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The terms of such obligations provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective obligations. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event based, such as based on a change in the prime rate.

The interest rate on a floating rate debt instrument (a “floater”) is a variable rate that is tied to another interest rate, such as a corporate bond index or Treasury bill rate. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically, typically every six months. While, because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, the Fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, where the value of the investment position is determined by movements in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities or currencies.

The interest rate on an inverse floating rate debt instrument (an “inverse floater”) resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the CPI accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if an investor purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and

 

25


Table of Contents

inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole years’ inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. The Fund also may invest in other inflation related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities may provide protection from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Event-Linked Exposure

Event-linked exposure may be gained by investing in “event-linked bonds” or “event-linked swaps,” or implement “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains that typically are contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomena. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities (such special purpose entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective, such as the issuance of a note in connection with a reinsurance transaction). If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, the Fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds also may expose an investor to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer risk, credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences.

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. See “–Illiquid Securities.” Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that the Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so.

 

26


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments

Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of any underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to, among others, individual securities, interest rates, foreign currencies and securities, commodities and other indexes. As described below, derivative instruments that may be used by the Fund include, but are not limited to, options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, the Fund also may use those instruments to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

The value of some derivative instruments in which the Fund invests may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of DoubleLine to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If DoubleLine incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, the Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss.

The Fund might not employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If DoubleLine incorrectly forecasts interest rates, currency movements, market values or other economic factors in using a derivatives strategy for the Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and DoubleLine may choose not to use derivatives that are available to reduce portfolio risk or otherwise. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related Fund investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, the Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments; also, the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company can limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into commodity-linked derivatives, such as commodity futures contracts discussed in more detail below. See “Tax Matters.”

Options on Securities and Indexes. An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price on one or more exercise dates of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)

Generally, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a short-term capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a short- or long-term capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an

 

27


Table of Contents

exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires. For more information on the taxation of the options written by the Fund, see “Tax Matters” below.

The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by the Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

The Fund may write covered straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security.

Risks Associated with Options on Securities and Indexes. There are various risks associated with the Fund’s use of options. As the seller (writer) of a call option on an individual security, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the underlying security above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call but has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the underlying security decline. Similarly, the purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price when the option is exercised or on the expiration date. Therefore, as the writer of an index call option, the Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from increases in the values of securities held by the Fund whose values may be correlated with the securities making up the index. However, the Fund has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities decline. This combination of potentially limited appreciation and full depreciation over time, may lead to erosion in the value of the Fund’s portfolio and the Fund’s performance may be lower than it otherwise would have been if it did not write call options.

The Fund’s use of purchased put options as a hedging strategy would involve certain risks similar to those of written call options, including, in the case of index put options, that the strategy may not work as intended due to a lack of correlation between changes in value of the index underlying the option and changes in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Further, a put option acquired by the Fund and not sold prior to expiration will expire worthless if the cash value of the index or market value of the underlying security at expiration exceeds the exercise price of the option, thereby causing the Fund to lose its entire investment in the option.

The value of options used by the Fund, which will be priced daily, will be affected by, among other factors, changes in the value of underlying securities (including those comprising an index), changes in interest payments or dividend rates of underlying securities, changes in market interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the relevant markets and underlying securities and the remaining time to an option’s expiration. The value of an option also may be adversely affected if the market for the option is reduced or becomes less liquid.

There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful because of market behavior or unexpected events. For instance, the use of written index options involves risk that the changes in value of the indexes underlying the Fund’s options positions will not correlate closely with changes in the market value of securities held by the Fund. To the extent that there is a lack of correlation, movements in the indexes underlying the options positions may result in net losses to the Fund (including at times when the market values of securities held by the Fund are declining) that exceed any gains received by the Fund from options premiums and any increase in value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. In these and other circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities to satisfy its obligations as the writer of an index option, when it would not otherwise choose to do so. Such sales would involve transaction costs borne by the Fund and may also result in realization of taxable capital gains, including short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income tax rates, and may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns.

 

28


Table of Contents

The exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting underlying securities. A reduction in the exercise price of an option might reduce the Fund’s gain potential on underlying securities held by the Fund.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an options position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions, or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange clearinghouse may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist.

In addition, the hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which securities held by the Fund are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. In addition, the Fund’s listed options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which the options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write (sell) or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of DoubleLine. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose other sanctions.

The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security or the contract value of the relevant index at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security or the value of the index remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security or index is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security or securities, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security or securities.

To the extent that the Fund utilizes unlisted (or “over-the-counter”) options, the Fund’s ability to terminate these options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve enhanced risk that counterparties participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.

Foreign Currency Options. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price on one or more exercise dates. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price on one or more exercise dates. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options if it would otherwise choose to do so. Over-the-counter options differ from traded options in that they are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security or commodity for a set price on a future date. These contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity. An option on a futures contract gives the holder of the option the right to buy or sell a position in a futures contract to the writer of the option, at a specified price and on or before a specified expiration date.

An interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency or the cash value of

 

29


Table of Contents

an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies, including: the S&P 500; the S&P Midcap 400; the Nikkei 225; the NYSE composite; U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; Ginnie Mae Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; the Canadian dollar; the British pound; the Japanese yen; the Swiss franc; the Mexican peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future. A commodity futures contract is an agreement between two parties, in which one party agrees to buy a commodity, such as an energy, agricultural or metal commodity from the other party at a later date at a price and quantity agreed-upon when the contract is made.

Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price on one or more exercise dates of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. A call option is “in the money” if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option exceeds the exercise price. A put option is “in the money” if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option.

The Fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and, therefore, who is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Limitations on Use of Futures and Futures Options. The Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.

When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of liquid assets (“initial margin”). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily net asset value, the Fund will mark to market its open futures positions.

The Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the Fund.

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or commodities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity with the same delivery date. If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.

The Fund may write (sell) straddles consisting of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract.

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company also may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into futures, futures options and forward contracts. See “Tax Matters.”

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options. There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and futures options. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. In addition, there is a risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of the bankruptcy of the custodian or broker with whom the Fund has an open position in an option or futures or forward contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the Fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

Futures contracts on U.S. Government securities historically have reacted to an increase or decrease in interest rates in a manner similar to that in which the underlying U.S. Government securities reacted. To the extent, however, that the Fund enters into such futures contracts, the value of such futures may not vary in direct proportion to the value of the Fund’s holdings of U.S. Government securities. Thus, the anticipated spread between the price of the futures contract and the hedged security may be distorted due to differences in the nature of the markets. The spread also may be distorted by differences in initial and variation margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.

Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

Risks Associated with Commodity Futures Contracts. There are several additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures contracts.

Storage. Unlike the financial futures markets, in the commodity futures markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity futures contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while the Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.

Reinvestment. In the commodity futures markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer generally must sell the futures contract at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the futures market are purchasing futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only sell the other side of the futures contract at a higher futures price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for the Fund. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in futures markets has shifted when it is time for the Fund to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new futures contract, the Fund might reinvest at higher or lower futures prices, or choose to pursue other investments.

Other Economic Factors. The commodities which underlie commodity futures contracts may be subject to additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. These factors may have a larger impact on commodity prices and commodity-linked instruments, including futures contracts, than on traditional securities. Certain commodities are also

 

31


Table of Contents

subject to limited pricing flexibility because of supply and demand factors. Others are subject to broad price fluctuations as a result of the volatility of the prices for certain raw materials and the instability of supplies of other materials. These additional variables may create additional investment risks which subject the Fund’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities.

Additional Risks of Options on Securities, Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts, and Forward Currency Exchange Contracts and Options Thereon Traded on Foreign Exchanges. Options on securities, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward currency exchange contracts and options on forward currency exchange contracts may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States, and (v) lesser trading volume.

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements. Swap transactions may include swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indexes, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps. Swap transactions also include currency exchange rate swap agreements and options on swap agreements (“swap options”).

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The Fund may also invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, the Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a party may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a party may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a party may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.

The Fund also may enter into swap options. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.

Some types of swap agreements entered into by the Fund calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreements on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under such swap agreements will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreements based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund).

A swap agreement may be considered a form of leverage, and could magnify the Fund’s gains or losses.

 

32


Table of Contents

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful will depend on DoubleLine’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Swap agreements may be subject to liquidity risk, which exists when a particular swap is difficult to purchase or sell. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid (as is the case with many over-the-counter swaps), it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to the Fund’s interest. The Fund bears the risk that DoubleLine will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Fund. If DoubleLine attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.

The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of swap agreements, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in swap transactions (for example, by making certain types of swap transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such swap transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategies as a result. It is also unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

Credit Default Swaps

Credit default swap agreements that the Fund may use may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

 

33


Table of Contents

Index Securities; Structured Notes

Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is typically determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of structured and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and therefore, may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the reference may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the reference; therefore, the value of such security may be very volatile. Structured and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the reference. Structured or indexed securities also may be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities or more traditional debt securities.

Hybrid Instruments

A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund.

Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, leveraged or unleveraged, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable.

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of a portfolio-eligible security by the Fund, coupled with its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund continues to be entitled to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security during the term of the agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk and the risk that the market value of securities retained by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities sold by the Fund which it is obligated to repurchase.

A “dollar roll” is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a “dollar roll” transaction, the Fund sells a mortgage-related security, such as a security issued by Ginnie Mae, to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A “dollar roll” can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Fund pledges a mortgage-related

 

34


Table of Contents

security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, unlike reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to the Fund generally must: (1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (3) have a similar original stated maturity; (4) have identical net coupon rates; (5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.

The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security.

In addition to the risks associated with leverage (see “Risks – Leverage Risk” in the Prospectus), the Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and similar transactions are subject to the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. Furthermore, these instruments may be “illiquid.”

Repurchase Agreements

A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund would acquire a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). In the case of repurchase agreements with broker-dealers, the value of the underlying securities (or collateral) will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including the interest factor. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities. This risk includes the risk of procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. DoubleLine will monitor the creditworthiness of the counter parties.

Credit-Linked Trust Certificates

Credit-linked trust certificates are investments in a limited purpose trust or other vehicle formed under state law which, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to the high yield or another debt securities market.

Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked trust certificates represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the certificate. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay to the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. See “—Credit Default Swaps” herein for additional information about credit default swaps. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the trusts that issue credit-linked trust certificates will constitute “private” investment companies, exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. Therefore, the certificates will be subject to the risks described under “Other Investment Companies” herein and in the Prospectus, and will not be subject to applicable investment limitations and other regulation imposed by the 1940 Act (although the Fund will remain subject to such limitations and regulation, including with respect to its investments in the certificates). Although the trusts are typically private investment companies, they generally are not actively managed such as a “hedge fund” might be. It also is expected that the certificates will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the certificates and they may constitute illiquid investments. See “Risks —Liquidity Risk” in the Prospectus. If market quotations are not readily available for the certificates, they will be valued by the Fund at fair value as determined by the Trustees or persons acting at their direction. See “Net Asset Value” in the Prospectus.

 

35


Table of Contents

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, and takes such fluctuations into account when determining its net asset value. Because the Fund is not required to pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with the Fund’s other investments. If the Fund remains substantially fully invested at a time when when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment purchases are outstanding, the purchases may result in a form of leverage. When the Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security.

If the other party to a transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could suffer a loss. The Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a transaction after it is entered into, and may sell when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment securities before they are delivered, which may result in a capital gain or loss. There is no percentage limitation on the extent to which the Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis.

Equity Securities

Equity securities, including common stock, represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer.

Common stock generally takes the form of shares in a corporation. The value of a company’s stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services. A common stock’s value also may fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company’s stock also may be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds, other debt and preferred stock. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds, other debt and preferred stock to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects, and historical trends would indicate that common stocks are generally subject to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than debt securities. Stocks of smaller companies are generally more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies. Stocks of companies that DoubleLine believes are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The value of such stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.

Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the issuer. In addition to common stock, equity securities may include preferred stock, convertible securities and warrants, which are discussed elsewhere in the Prospectus and this SAI. Equity securities other than common stock are subject to many of the same risks as common stock, although possibly to different or heightened degrees.

Short Sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. When the Fund makes a short sale on a security, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Fund will often have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any accrued interest and dividends on such borrowed securities. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged. To the extent that the Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer.

A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Fund contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. So-called “naked” short sales are short sales that are not “against the box”, in which case a short seller’s losses could theoretically be unlimited, in cases where the short seller is unable for whatever reason to close out its short position.

 

36


Table of Contents

Illiquid Securities

Illiquid securities ( i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities) may include, among other things, certain written over-the-counter options, certain securities or other liquid assets being used as cover for such options, certain loan participation interests, fixed time deposits which are not subject to prepayment or provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), and certain other securities whose disposition is restricted under the federal securities laws (other than securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and certain commercial paper that DoubleLine has determined to be liquid under procedures approved by the Board).

Illiquid securities may include privately placed securities, which are sold directly to a small number of investors, usually institutions. Unlike public offerings, such securities are not registered under the federal securities laws. Although certain of these securities may be readily sold, others may be illiquid, and their sale may involve substantial delays and additional costs.

Rule 144A Securities

The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale, but that are eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Rule 144A permits certain qualified institutional buyers, such as the Fund, to trade in privately placed securities that have not been registered for sale under the Securities Act. Rule 144A securities may be deemed illiquid, although the Adviser may determine that certain Rule 144A securities are liquid in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.

Other Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

As a stockholder in an investment company, including other closed- or open-end investment companies, including ETFs, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders therefore would be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described herein. The Fund may invest in other investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate serves as investment manager or with which the Adviser is otherwise affiliated. The relationship between the Adviser and any such other investment company could create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Fund. As described in the Prospectus in the section entitled “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage Risk,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

ETFs may include, among others, Standard & Poor’s Depository Receipts (“SPDRs”), Optimized Funds as Listed Securities (“OPALS”), Dow Jones Industrial Average Instruments (Diamonds), NASDAQ 100 tracking shares (QQQ) and I-Shares.

SPDRs . SPDRs track the performance of a basket of stocks intended to track the price performance and dividend yields of the S&P 500 until a specified maturity date. SPDRs are listed on the American Stock Exchange. Holders of SPDRs are entitled to receive quarterly distributions corresponding to dividends received on shares contained in the underlying basket of stocks net of expenses. On the maturity date of the SPDRs’ UIT, the holders will receive the value of the underlying basket of stocks.

OPALS . OPALS track the performance of adjustable baskets of stocks until a specified maturity date. Holders of OPALS are entitled to receive semi-annual distributions corresponding to dividends received on shares contained in the underlying basket of stocks, net of expenses. On the maturity date of the OPALS’ UIT, the holders will receive the physical securities comprising the underlying baskets.

I-Shares™ . I-Shares are Index Fund Shares. I-Shares track the performance of specified equity market indexes, including the S&P 500. I-Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange Arca and the Chicago Board Option Exchange. Holders of I-Shares are entitled to receive distributions not less frequently than annually corresponding to dividends and other distributions received on shares contained in the underlying basket of stocks net of expenses.

 

37


Table of Contents

Similarly, block sizes of Index Fund Shares, also known as “Creation Units,” are redeemable from the issuing Index Fund. The liquidity of small holdings of ETFs, therefore, will depend upon the existence of a secondary market.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying ETFs purchased or sold by an investor could result in losses on investments in ETFs. ETFs also carry the risk that the price an investor pays or receives may be higher or lower than the ETF’s net asset value. ETFs are also subject to certain additional risks, including the risks of illiquidity and of possible trading halts due to market conditions or other reasons, based on the policies of the relevant exchange. ETFs and other investment companies in which the Fund may invest may be leveraged, which would increase the volatility of the Fund’s net asset value.

Portfolio Trading and Turnover Rate

Portfolio trading may be undertaken to accomplish the investment objectives of the Fund in relation to actual and anticipated movements in interest rates. In addition, a security may be sold and another of comparable quality purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what DoubleLine believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two securities. Temporary price disparities between two comparable securities may result from supply and demand imbalances where, for example, a temporary oversupply of certain bonds may cause a temporarily low price for such bonds, as compared with other bonds of like quality and characteristics. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates) and later sold, or to recognize a gain.

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” The use of certain derivative instruments with relatively short maturities may tend to exaggerate the portfolio turnover rate for the Fund. Trading in debt obligations does not generally involve the payment of brokerage commissions, but does involve indirect transaction costs. The use of futures contracts may involve the payment of commissions to futures commission merchants. High portfolio turnover ( e.g. , greater than 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. The higher the rate of portfolio turnover of the Fund, the higher these transaction costs borne by the Fund generally will be. Transactions in the Fund’s portfolio securities may result in realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains which are generally taxed to Common Shareholders at ordinary income tax rates). The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

The portfolio turnover rate of the Fund is calculated by dividing (a) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the particular fiscal year by (b) the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the particular fiscal year. In calculating the rate of portfolio turnover, there is excluded from both (a) and (b) all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition were one year or less.

Warrants to Purchase Securities

Warrants are instruments that give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy a security at a specific price for a specific period of time. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to or on its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments. Bonds with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Bonds also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional fixed income securities at the same coupon rate. A decline in interest rates would permit the Fund to buy additional bonds at the favorable rate or to sell the warrants at a profit. If interest rates rise, the warrants would generally expire with no value.

Securities Loans

The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to broker-dealers that are believed by the Adviser to be of satisfactory credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities, cash or cash equivalents (negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. The borrower pays to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

 

38


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest the cash collateral received (generally in money market investments or money market funds) or receive a fee from the borrower. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund typically pays a rebate to the borrower. Subject to conditions established by the SEC staff, an investment company may transfer cash collateral into a joint account along with cash collateral of other affiliated investment companies. Cash collateral in any such joint accounts may be invested in repurchase agreements and/or short-term money market instruments. Although control over, and voting rights or rights to consent with respect to, the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, retains the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice. The Fund may call such loans in order to sell the securities involved or, if the holders of the securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters which DoubleLine believes materially affect the investment, in order to vote the securities. If the borrower defaults on its obligation to return the securities loaned because of insolvency or other reasons, the Fund could experience delays and costs in recovering the securities loaned or in gaining access to the collateral. These delays and costs could be greater for foreign securities. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of either interest, through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments, or a fee, if the collateral is U.S. Government securities. It is possible that the Fund will realize losses on the investment of any cash collateralizing a securities loan; any such losses would be for the account of the Fund, not the borrower.

Participation on Creditors Committees

Participation on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by the Fund may subject the Fund to expenses such as legal fees and may make the Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws, and therefore may restrict the Fund’s ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular security when it might otherwise desire to do so. Participation by the Fund on such committees also may expose the Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other laws governing the rights of creditors and debtors.

Short-Term Investments / Temporary Defensive Strategies

For temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may deviate from its principal investment strategies by investing some or all of its total assets in investments such as high grade debt securities, including high quality, short-term debt securities, and cash and cash equivalents. In those cases, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective when it does so. The Fund also may deviate from its principal investment strategies in order to keep its assets fully invested, including during the period in which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested.

Tax Considerations

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in certain securities and transactions described above. In addition, the Fund’s utilization of certain investment instruments may alter the character and timing of income attributable to the Fund relative to other means of achieving similar investment exposure. In certain circumstances, accelerated attribution of income may require the Fund to sell assets in order to meet regulated investment company distribution requirements even when investment considerations make such sales otherwise undesirable. For more information concerning these requirements and the taxation of investments, see “Tax Matters” below.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Fund and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in

 

39


Table of Contents

the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Adviser have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and the Adviser will continue to be eligible for such exemptions. For example, the Fund has filed with the National Futures Association a notice claiming an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under Commission Regulation 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, with respect to the Fund’s operation. Recently, the CFTC has proposed a change to Regulation 4.5 and other regulations which, if adopted, could require the Fund to register with the CFTC. Such changes could potentially limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment strategy, and/or increase the costs of implementing its strategy.

The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to agency rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategies as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts; those position limits may also apply to certain other derivatives positions the Fund may wish to take. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore it is possible that the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the Fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the Adviser’s ability to implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a “short squeeze” in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements also may limit the Adviser’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Adviser seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make the Fund unable to execute its investment strategy. In addition, the SEC recently proposed additional restrictions on short sales. If the SEC were to adopt additional restrictions regarding short sales, they could restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances, and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result.

The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies and may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to generate returns.

Federal legislation has been passed that requires the adoption of regulations that would require any creditor that makes a loan and any securitizer of a loan to retain at least 5% of the credit risk on any loan that is transferred, sold or conveyed by such creditor or securitizer. It is currently unclear how these requirements would apply to loan participations, syndicated loans, and loan assignments. If the Fund invests in loans, it could be adversely affected by the regulation. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Fund could be substantial and adverse.

MANAGE MENT OF THE FUND

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund. The Board approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the persons or companies that furnish services to the Fund, including agreements with its distributor, investment manager, administrator, custodian and transfer agent.

Role of the Board of Trustees, Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

The Board of the Fund consists of five Trustees, four of whom are not considered to be “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”). Tables containing required information about the Trustees

 

40


Table of Contents

are found on page 42 of this SAI. The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser and other service providers to the Fund. The Adviser and the Fund’s administrator are responsible for the day-to-day management and administration of the Fund.

The Chair of the Board, Mr. Ronald R. Redell, also serves as President of DoubleLine Funds Trust and as an Executive Vice President of the Adviser and, as such, he participates in the oversight of the Fund’s day-to-day business affairs. Mr. Redell is an “interested person” of the Fund.

Mr. Raymond B. Woolson serves as the Vice Chairman of the Board and as lead Independent Trustee. A portion of each regular meeting of the Board is devoted to an executive session of the Independent Trustees at which no members of management or the Fund’s administrator are present. At those meetings, the Independent Trustees consider a variety of matters that are required by law to be considered by the Independent Trustees, as well as matters that are scheduled to come before the full Board, including fund governance, fund management, and leadership issues, and are advised by independent legal counsel. Mr. Woolson serves as Chair for those meetings.

The Board has an Audit Committee consisting of the Trustees who are Independent Trustees. Mr. Untracht serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s other members are Messrs. Ciprari, Salter, and Woolson. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning the selection of the independent auditors and reviews with the auditors the results of the annual audit, including the scope of auditing procedures, the adequacy of internal controls and compliance by the Fund with the accounting and financial reporting requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Board has a Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (“QLCC”), consisting of Messrs. Ciprari, Salter, Untracht, and Woolson. The QLCC receives, reviews and takes appropriate action with respect to any report made or referred to the QLCC by an attorney of evidence of a material violation of applicable U.S. federal or state securities law, material breach of a fiduciary duty under U.S. federal or state law or a similar material violation by the Fund or by any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Fund.

The Board has a Nominating Committee consisting of Trustees who are Independent Trustees. The members of the Fund’s Nominating Committee are Messrs. Ciprari, Salter, Untracht, and Woolson. The Nominating Committee makes recommendations to the Board regarding nominations for membership on the Board as an independent trustee. Based on, among other things, information provided by management of the Fund, the Nominating Committee periodically reviews trustee compensation and recommends any changes it deems appropriate to the Independent Trustees. The Nominating Committee will also consider potential trustee candidates recommended by shareholders provided that the proposed candidates satisfy the trustee qualification requirements provided in the Fund’s Declaration of Trust, as amended (the “Declaration”), and the Fund’s other governing documents.

The Valuation Committee consists of one or more persons appointed by the Board with authorization to make fair value determinations on a day-to-day basis with respect to Fund holdings when market prices are not readily available or are considered unreliable in accordance with Board approved valuation procedures.

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Board possesses the requisite skills and attributes to carry out its oversight responsibilities with respect to the Trust. The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review, critically evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Adviser, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of its duties, support this conclusion. The Board also has considered the following experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills, among others, of its members in reaching its conclusion: (i) such person’s business and professional experience and accomplishments, including prior experience in the financial services and investment management fields or on other boards; (ii) such person’s ability to work effectively with the other members of the Board; (iii) how the individual’s skills, experiences, and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board; (iv) such person’s character and integrity; (v) such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; and (vi) as to each Trustee other than Mr. Redell, his status as an Independent Trustee. In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills were considered in respect of the listed Trustee: Mr. Ciprari, significant experience serving in the investment banking industry and as a senior executive at an investment bank; Mr. Salter, significant experience and familiarity with securities markets and financial matters generally; Mr. Untracht, significant financial accounting and reporting experience; Mr. Woolson, significant financial consulting, fund

 

41


Table of Contents

accounting, and fund administration experience; and Mr. Redell, significant experience and service in the investment management industry and as a senior executive at an investment advisory firm. References to the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate given the business and nature of the Fund, including: (i) the extensive oversight provided by the Adviser, of which Mr. Redell is an Executive Vice President; (ii) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet as needed, together with their independent legal counsel, in the absence of members of management and members of the Board who are “interested persons” of the Fund; and (iii) the leadership role of the lead Independent Trustee. The Board expects to review its structure on an annual basis.

In its oversight role, the Board and/or its Committees receive and review reports from the Fund’s officers, including, but not limited to, the President, Chief Compliance Officer and Treasurer, DoubleLine portfolio management personnel and other senior personnel of DoubleLine, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, and the Fund’s third-party service providers with respect to a variety of matters, including matters that relate to the operations of the Fund, including related risks.

The function of the Board with respect to risk management is one of oversight and not active involvement in, or coordination of, day-to-day risk management activities for the Fund. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.

The name, age and principal occupations for the past five years of the Trustees and officers of the Fund are listed below, along with the number of portfolios in the fund complex (1) overseen by and the other directorships held by each Trustee. The business address for each Trustee and each officer of the Fund is c/o DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

 

Name

and Age

  

Position(s) Held

with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex (1)
Overseen
by Trustee

  

Other

Directorships

Held

by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

Joseph J. Ciprari
Age: 47
Class I
   Trustee   

Since Inception

   President of Remo Consultants; Managing Director at Ally Securities LLC. Formerly, Managing Director, UBS AG.    6    None

John C. Salter

Age: 54

Class II

   Trustee   

Since Inception

   Partner at Stark, Salter & Smith, a securities brokerage firm specializing in tax exempt bonds.    6    None

Robert J. Untracht

Age: 62

Class II

   Trustee   

Since Inception

   Financial Reporting Consultant with International Lease Finance Corporation.    6    Director, Discus Dental LLC (2008-2010). Director, SM&A, Inc. (2003-2008).

 

42


Table of Contents

Name

and Age

  

Positions Held

with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex (1)
Overseen
by Trustee

  

Other

Directorships

Held

by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

Raymond B. Woolson

Age: 52

Class III

   Trustee   

Since Inception

   President of Apogee Group, Inc., a company providing financial consulting services.    6    None

INTERESTED TRUSTEE

 

The following Trustee is an “interested person” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act because he is an officer of the Adviser.

Name

and Age

  

Positions Held

with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex (1)
Overseen
by Trustee

  

Other

Directorships

Held

by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

Ronald R. Redell

Age: 40

Class III

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer   

Since Inception

   President at DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2010); Executive Vice President at DoubleLine Capital LP (since July 2010); prior thereto, President and CEO at TCW Funds, Inc. and TCW Strategic Income Fund, Inc.    1    None

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
(1)

The term “Fund Complex” as used herein includes the Fund and the following registered investment companies: DoubleLine Total Return Bond Fund, DoubleLine Core Fixed Income Fund, DoubleLine Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund, DoubleLine Multi-Asset Growth Fund, and DoubleLine Low Duration Bond Fund.

OFFICERS

 

Name

and Age

 

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

 

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Ronald R. Redell

Age: 40

  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer   Indefinite/Since Inception   President at DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2010); Executive Vice President at DoubleLine Capital LP (since July 2010); prior thereto, President and CEO at TCW Funds, Inc. and TCW Strategic Income Fund, Inc.

Susan Nichols

Age: 49

  Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   Indefinite/Since Inception   Treasurer at DoubleLine Funds Trust (since October 2011); prior thereto, Assistant Treasurer at DoubleLine Funds Trust; Director of Operations, Mutual Funds and Southern Wholesaler at DoubleLine Capital LP (since December 2009); prior thereto, Senior Vice President at TCW.

Earl A. Lariscy

Age: 45

  Chief Compliance Officer and Assistant Secretary   Indefinite/Since Inception   General Counsel at DoubleLine Capital LP (since April 2010); prior thereto, Director at Barclay’s Capital and Agency General Manager of Barclays Bank PLC’s California based banking operations beginning in October 2007; prior thereto, Vice President/Associate General Counsel to TCW since January 2006 and worked as outside counsel with Linklaters in New York.

Louis C. Lucido

Age: 62

  Secretary   Indefinite/Since Inception   Chief Operating Officer of DoubleLine Capital LP (since June 2010); Secretary at DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2010); Executive Vice President of DoubleLine Capital LP (from December 2009 through May 2010); prior thereto, Group Managing Director at TCW.

Cris Santa Ana

Age: 45

  Vice President   Indefinite/Since Inception   Chief Risk Officer at DoubleLine Capital LP (since June 2010); Chief Operating Officer at DoubleLine Capital LP (from December 2009 through May 2010); prior thereto, Managing Director at TCW.

Jeffrey J. Sherman

Age: 34

  Vice President   Indefinite/Since Inception   Portfolio Manager at DoubleLine Capital LP (since September 2010); Fixed Income Asset Allocation at DoubleLine Capital LP (since December 2009); prior thereto, Senior Vice President at TCW.

Securities Ownership

None of the Trustees own beneficially or of record any shares of the Fund. The following table provides information regarding the aggregate amount of equity securities held by each Trustee in all registered investment companies in the Fund Complex as of December 31, 2010:

 

Name of Trustee

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in

All Registered Investment Companies Overseen

by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Joseph J. Ciprari

  None

John C. Salter

  $10,001-$50,000

Robert J. Untracht

  $1-$10,000

Raymond B. Woolson

  None

Ronald R. Redell

  None

 

44


Table of Contents

For Independent Trustees and their immediate family members, the following table provides information regarding each class of securities owned beneficially in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund as of December 31, 2010:

 

Name of Trustee

  

Name of Owners
and Relationships

to Trustee

   Company    Title of
Class
   Value of
Securities
   Percent
of
Class

Joseph J. Ciprari

   None    None    None    None    None

John C. Salter

   None    None    None    None    None

Robert J. Untracht

   None    None    None    None    None

Raymond B. Woolson

   None    None    None    None    None

As of November 23, 2011, the Fund’s officers and Trustees as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares.

Except as noted below in the table, to the Fund’s knowledge, no persons owned of record 5% or more of any class of shares of the Fund. No person is reflected on the books and records of the Fund as owning beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Fund as of November 23, 2011.

 

Shareholder

   Number of
Common Shares
  Percentage of the
Fund’s outstanding
shares as of
November 23, 2011

DoubleLine Asset Management Company, LLC

   4,189   100%

Compensation

The Fund pays each Independent Trustee a fee of $6,250 (2) per quarter. Interested Trustees of the Fund are not compensated by the Fund. Independent Trustees are also reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attending such meetings. Trustees and officers who are employed by the Adviser or an affiliated company thereof receive no compensation nor expense reimbursement from the Fund. Trustees do not receive any pension or retirement benefits as a result of their service as a trustee of the Fund.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the estimated compensation of the Fund’s Independent Trustees for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2012.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund (1)
  Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued as
Part of Fund
Expenses
   Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from the Fund and
Fund

Complex Paid to
the Trustees

Joseph J. Ciprari

   $25,000 (2)   N/A    N/A    $115,000

John C. Salter

   $25,000 (2)   N/A    N/A    $115,000

Robert J. Untracht

   $25,000 (2)   N/A    N/A    $126,000

Raymond B. Woolson

   $25,000 (2)   N/A    N/A    $129,000

 

45


Table of Contents
(1) Because the Fund has not completed its first full fiscal year, compensation is estimated based upon future payments to be made by the Fund during the current fiscal year.

 

(2) If the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are at least $400 million, the estimated compensation from the Fund paid to each Trustee will be $30,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2012, paid at the rate of $7,500 per quarter.

Code of Ethics

Both the Fund and the Adviser have adopted a joint code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act (for purposes of this section, the “Code”). While the Code permits personnel subject thereto to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund, they also subject such personnel, other than Independent Trustees of the Fund, to a number of procedures and prohibitions with respect to investment activities. These procedures include (1) reporting, including on a quarterly and annual basis, of accounts, position and transaction information, other than positions in certain securities that are excluded from the reporting requirements of Rule 17j-1(d); (2) pre-clearance of securities transactions other than transactions in certain excluded securities; and (3) a pre-approval requirement with respect to the purchase of any securities in a private placement, initial public offering or limited offering. The Code also prohibits the investment by subject personnel in (1) any security on the Adviser’s list of restricted securities; (2) uncovered short sales; and (3) uncovered options. Additional restrictions and prohibitions also apply to certain investment personnel subject to the Code, including portfolio managers. A copy of the Code will be provided upon request. The Code can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. The information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The Code is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of the Code may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

INVEST MENT ADVISER

The Fund and the Adviser are parties to an Investment Management Agreement (“Investment Management Agreement”). The Adviser was organized in 2009 as a Delaware limited liability company, and was converted into a Delaware limited partnership on December 24, 2009. Jeffrey E. Gundlach, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser, holds the largest number of limited partnership interests of the Adviser, and, combined with Philip A. Barach, the President of the Adviser, are the majority limited partners of the Adviser. The Adviser issued limited partnership interests to affiliates of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. pursuant to a binding agreement. The general partner of the Adviser is DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Jeffrey E. Gundlach. As a result, Mr. Gundlach may be deemed to control the Adviser. Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund retains the Adviser to manage the investment of its assets, to place orders for the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities, to administer its day-to-day operations, and to be responsible for overall management of the Trust’s business affairs subject to the oversight of the Board of the Fund. The Adviser is responsible for obtaining and evaluating economic, statistical, and financial data and for formulating and implementing investment programs in furtherance of the Fund’s investment objective.

Investment Advisory Services

The Adviser furnishes to the Fund office space and equipment, provides certain bookkeeping and clerical services, and pays all salaries, fees, and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are officers or employees of the Adviser.

The Fund pays a monthly fee to the Adviser, computed and paid at the annual rate (as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets) of 1.00%. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and/or preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, and/or borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding is not considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions, “total managed assets” also includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the

 

46


Table of Contents

relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month.

Except for expenses specifically assumed by the Adviser under the Investment Management Agreement or otherwise, the Fund bears all expenses incurred in its operations including, without limitation: (a) all costs and expenses incident to the public offering of securities of the Fund, including those relating to the registration of its securities under the Securities Act and any filings required under state securities laws and any fees payable in connection therewith; (b) the charges and expenses of any custodian(s) appointed by the Fund for the safekeeping of the cash, portfolio securities, and other property of the Fund; (c) the charges and expenses of independent accountants; (d) the charges and expenses of any stock transfer and dividend disbursing agent or agents and registrar or registrars appointed by the Fund; (e) the charges and expenses of any administrator appointed by the Fund to provide administrative services to the Fund; (f) the charges and expenses of any accounting and/or sub-accounting agent appointed by the Fund to provide accounting or sub-accounting services to the Fund; (g) brokerage commissions, dealer spreads, and other costs incurred in connection with proposed or consummated portfolio securities transactions; (h) all taxes, including securities issuance and transfer taxes, and corporate fees payable by the Fund to federal, state, local, or other governmental agencies; (i) the cost and expense of printing and issuing certificates, if any, representing securities of the Fund; (j) fees involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Fund under the 1940 Act; (k) all expenses of shareholders’ and Trustees’ meetings, and of preparing, printing, and mailing proxy statements and reports to shareholders; (l) fees and expenses of Trustees of the Fund who are not officers or employees of the Adviser; (m) all fees and expenses incident to the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan; (n) charges and expenses of legal counsel (or any other consultant or adviser) to the Fund or to the Independent Trustees and to the Fund; (o) trade association dues; (p) interest payable on Fund borrowings; (q) any shareholder relations expense; (r) premiums for a fidelity bond and any errors and omissions insurance maintained by the Fund; and (s) any other ordinary or extraordinary expenses incurred by the Fund in the course of its business.

The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect as to the Fund initially for two years and thereafter from year to year if such continuance is approved at least annually by (a) the Board or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and (b) vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated without penalty at any time on not more than 60 days’ written notice, by the Board of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Adviser may at any time, without paying any penalty, terminate the Investment Management Agreement by not less than 60 days written notice to the Fund. The Investment Management Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment.

The Investment Management Agreement also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser, including its officers, directors, and partners, shall not be subject to any liability to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner, or Trustee of the Fund, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Investment Management Agreement.

Administrative Services

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS” or the “Administrator”) is the Fund’s administrator. Pursuant to a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) among the Fund, USBFS, and TS Capital, LLC (“TSC”), USBFS, with principal offices at 615 E. Michigan Street, 3rd Floor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as administrator. As administrator, USBFS provides certain services, including, among other things, assisting in maintaining the Fund’s office; furnishing the Fund with clerical and various other services required by the Fund’s operations; compiling data for and preparing notices to the SEC; calculating the Fund’s daily net asset value and certain other financial data; preparing reports that are required by the securities, investment, tax or other laws and regulations of the United States; coordinating federal and state tax returns; monitoring the Fund’s expense accruals; and generally assisting in the Fund’s operations. Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, the Fund has retained TSC to provide, upon request, certain other services to the Fund, including, among other things, preparing a variety of shareholder communications and press releases; communicating with the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and the closed-end fund analyst community; generally assisting with the Fund’s communications with the investment community; and providing reports to the Board regarding certain strategic issues relating to closed-end funds.

For these services, the Fund will pay USBFS an aggregate fee, payable monthly (the “Administration Fee”), at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. For these purposes, the Fund’s average daily total managed assets will be calculated in the same manner as they are for purposes of calculating the fee payable under the Investment Management Agreement. See “Investment Adviser—Investment Advisory Services.” In addition, the Administration Fee is subject to a minimum annual fee of $350,000. USBFS (and not the Fund) will be responsible for compensating TSC from the fee paid to USBFS by the Fund. The Administrator and TSC will also be reimbursed by the Fund for out-of-pocket expenses that are reasonably incurred by them in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement.

 

47


Table of Contents

Information regarding the Fund’s custodian and transfer agent is provided in the Prospectus.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The following table sets forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the Fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of October 31, 2011.

Other Accounts Managed By Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts for which he or she has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: (i) the number of registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager; and (ii) the total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts, and the number and total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on performance.

 

                                   Performance Fee Accounts

Portfolio

Manager

   Registered
Investment  Companies
   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
   Other Accounts    Registered
Investment  Companies
   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
   Other Accounts
     Number of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
($Million)
   Number of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
($Million)
   Number
of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
($Million)
   Number
of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
($Million)
   Number
of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
($Million)
   Number
of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
($Million)
Jeffrey E. Gundlach    7    $14,418    1    $1,043    34    $2,594.9    0    $0    1    $1,043    0    $0
Philip A. Barach    3    $12,965.9    1    $1,043    34    $2,594.9    0    $0    1    $1,043    0    $0
Luz M. Padilla    1    $208.8    0    $0    3    $269    0    $0    0    $0    0    $0
Joel A. Damiani    1    $0    1    $1,043    34    $2,594.9    0    $0    1    $1,043    0    $0
Bonnie Baha    4    $7.1    0    $0    2    $56.1    0    $0    0    $0    0    $0
Joseph J. Galligan    1    $0    1    $1,043    34    $2,594.9    0    $0    1    $1,043    0    $0

Conflicts of Interest

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of the Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest also may result because of the Adviser’s other business activities. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, be managed (benchmarked) against the same index the Fund tracks, or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ management of the Fund. Because of their positions with the Fund, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of the Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Fund.

Investment Opportunities . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but securities may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and another account. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

 

48


Table of Contents

Under the Adviser’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines, the Adviser’s investment outlook, cash availability and a series of other factors. The Adviser has also adopted additional internal practices to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Fund and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or the Adviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if the Adviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between the Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Adviser acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Fund.

Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities. The portfolio managers, the Adviser and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the portfolio managers, the Adviser and its affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Adviser and its affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the shareholders of the Fund.

Possible Future Activities. The Adviser and its affiliates may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Adviser and its affiliates will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Adviser and its affiliates have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Fund or may compete with the Fund for investment opportunities.

Performance Fees and Personal Investments . A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance or in respect of which the portfolio manager may have made a significant personal investment. Such circumstances may create a conflict of interest for a portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the Fund. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Fund and performance fee based accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Use of Leverage. During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services, which may directly or indirectly affect the portfolio managers’ compensation, will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total managed assets, including assets attributable to reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions and/or borrowings, and to any preferred shares that may be outstanding, which may create an incentive for a portfolio manager to leverage the Fund or to leverage using strategies that increase the Adviser’s fee.

Portfolio Manager Compensation

The overall objective of the compensation program for portfolio managers is for the Adviser to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long-term. Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of their clients and the Adviser. Portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and equity participation in the Adviser. Bonuses and equity generally represent most of the portfolio managers’ compensation. However, in some cases, portfolio managers may have a profit sharing interest in the revenue or income related to the areas for which the portfolio managers are responsible. Such profit sharing arrangements can comprise a significant portion of a portfolio manager’s overall compensation.

 

49


Table of Contents

Salary . Salary is agreed to with managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time. It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of a portfolio manager’s compensation.

Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums . Portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses. However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.

Equity Incentives . Portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of the Adviser, through direct ownership interests in the Adviser or participation in stock option or stock appreciation plans of Adviser. These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of the Adviser as a whole. Participation is generally determined in the discretion of Adviser, taking into account factors relevant to a portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of Adviser.

Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles . Portfolio managers may elect to participate in the Adviser’s 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre- and post-tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax-deferred basis. The Adviser may also choose, from time to time to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to portfolio managers.

Summary . As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process. Not all factors apply to each investment professional and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors. Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of the Adviser’s leadership criteria.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership in the Fund

Since the Fund is newly formed, currently, the Fund’s portfolio managers do not beneficially own any equity securities of the Fund. However, the portfolio managers may purchase Common Shares of the Fund in this offering and/or thereafter.

Proxy Voting Policies

The determination of how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities is made by the Adviser pursuant to its written proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Proxy Policy”), which have been adopted pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Proxy Policy also applies to any voting rights and/or consent rights on behalf of the portfolio securities, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures.

The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Under the Proxy Policy, the Adviser will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between the Adviser and the Fund. If no conflict exists, the Adviser will vote the proxy on a case-by-case basis in the best interest of each client under the circumstances, taking into account, but not necessarily being bound by, any recommendation made by any third party vendor that has been engaged by the Adviser to provide recommendations on the voting of proxies.

If a material conflict does exist, the Adviser will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with the Proxy Policy, which seeks to resolve such conflict in the Fund’s best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the voting guidelines or factors set forth in the Proxy Policy; (ii) convening a committee consisting of the Chief Compliance Officer and other non-investment executive officers of DoubleLine to assess and resolve the conflict; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider chosen by non-investment executive officers of DoubleLine; (iv) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the instructions of the client; or (v) not voting the proxy (if consistent with DoubleLine’s fiduciary obligations).

In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, the Adviser may enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares and, in such cases, will vote any proxy in accordance with such agreement or obligation.

 

50


Table of Contents

In addition, where the Adviser determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting a proxy, which more typically might be the case with respect to proxies of non-U.S. issuers, the Adviser reserves the right to not vote a proxy unless it determines that the potential benefits of voting the proxy exceed the expected cost to the Fund.

The Adviser supervises and periodically reviews its proxy voting activities and implementation of the Proxy Policy.

Information about how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30th is available no later than the following August 31st without charge, upon request, by calling (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311) and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Copies of the written Proxy Policy are available by calling 877-DLine11 (877-354-6311).

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The Adviser is responsible for the placement of the Fund’s portfolio transactions and, with respect thereto, the negotiation of prices, brokerage commissions, if any, and mark-ups and mark-downs or spreads on principal transactions. The Adviser may also purchase securities on behalf of the Fund in underwritten offerings at fixed prices that include discounts to underwriters and/or concessions to dealers.

In placing a portfolio transaction, the Adviser seeks to achieve best execution. This means that, in selecting broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, the Adviser seeks to select broker-dealers that will execute securities transactions in a manner such that the total cost or proceeds of each transaction is the most favorable under the circumstances. This does not mean, however, that portfolio transactions are always executed at the lowest available commission or spread, and the Adviser may effect transactions that cause the Fund to pay a commission or spread in excess of a commission or spread that another broker-dealer would have charged if the Adviser determines that, notwithstanding such commission or spread, such transaction is in the Fund’s best interest. In making this determination, the Adviser may take a variety of factors into consideration, including, (i) execution quality in light of order size, difficulty of execution and other relevant factors; (ii) associated expenses and costs; (iii) the quality, reliability, responsiveness and value of the provided services, (iv) the operational compatibility between the broker-dealer and the Adviser; and (v) the broker-dealer’s safety and soundness.

From time to time, the Adviser receives unsolicited research from various brokers, which may or may not be counterparties to trades placed on behalf of clients. While the Adviser may review and consider certain of the research received, the provision of unsolicited research does not factor into the Adviser’s broker selection process. Research services include items such as reports on industries and companies, economic analyses, review of business conditions and portfolio strategy and various trading and quotation services. Such services also include advice from broker-dealers as to the value of securities, availability of securities, availability of buyers, and availability of sellers. These services also include recommendations as to purchase and sale of individual securities and timing of transactions.

Research may be provided directly by an executing broker-dealer (“direct research providers”) or by third party research providers such as a non-executing third party broker-dealer or other third party research service (“third party research providers”).

In an effort to achieve efficiencies in execution and reduce trading costs, the Adviser and its affiliates may aggregate securities transactions on behalf of a number of accounts, including the account of the Fund, at the same time. In addition, the Adviser may execute securities transactions alongside or interspersed between aggregated orders when the Adviser believes that such execution will not interfere with its ability to execute in a manner believed to be most favorable to its clients as a whole. The Adviser may exclude trades for accounts that direct brokerage or that are managed in part for tax considerations from aggregate orders.

When executing aggregate orders, trades will be allocated among accounts using procedures that the Adviser considers to be reasonably designed to be non-preferential and fair and equitable over time. This may include making the allocation on a random or pro rata basis or based on such considerations as diversification requirements, duration, investment objectives, client contractual or regulatory investment guidelines and restrictions, existing or targeted account weightings in particular securities or sectors, lot size, account size, cash availability, amount of existing holdings (or substitutes) of the security in the accounts, investment time horizons and directed brokerage instructions, if applicable.

The Adviser shares allocations of public offerings and other desirable but limited opportunities to buy or sell securities in a manner that the Adviser considers reasonably designed to be non-preferential and fair and equitable over time,

 

51


Table of Contents

such that no account or group of accounts receives consistently favorable or unfavorable treatment. Generally, such allocations will be effected either randomly or on the basis of pre-determined ratios based on each account’s documented assets under management and leverage, provided that exceptions may be made due to a variety of considerations.

In addition, and particularly with respect to fixed income securities, if a small amount of an investment is allocated to the Adviser, the Adviser may allocate it disproportionately, taking into consideration lot size, existing or targeted account weightings in particular securities and/or sectors, account size, diversification requirements and investment objectives/restrictions.

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

Shareholder Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration also provides for indemnification out of the Fund’s assets and property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability should be limited to circumstances in which the Fund is unable to meet its obligations, and thus should be considered remote.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, convert the Fund to open-end status or to change the composition of its Board, and could have the effect of depriving shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund.

The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III), having initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office for a term of three years. The classification of the Board in this manner could delay for an additional year the replacement of a majority of the Board. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees. “Cause” for these purposes shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty or fraud on the part of the Trustee in the conduct of his or her office or such Trustee being convicted of a felony.

Except as provided in the next paragraph, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the holders of shares of the Fund (including Common Shares and preferred shares) outstanding and entitled to vote thereon are required to authorize any of the following transactions (each a “Material Transaction”): (1) a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Fund or any series or class of shares of the Fund with or into any other person or company, or of any such person or company with or into the Fund or any such series or class of shares; (2) the issuance or transfer by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Fund or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding sales of securities of the Fund or such series or class in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Fund and issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund; or (3) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Fund or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Fund or such series or class in the ordinary course of its business. The same affirmative votes are required with respect to any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets or the assets of any series or class of shares of the Fund.

Notwithstanding the approval requirements specified in the preceding paragraph, the Declaration requires no vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders to authorize a Material Transaction if the transaction is approved by a vote of both a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below), so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Fund’s Bylaws and applicable law (including any shareholder voting rights under the 1940 Act) have been satisfied.

 

52


Table of Contents

In addition, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) upon written notice to shareholders of the Fund.

In certain circumstances, the Declaration also imposes shareholder voting requirements that are more demanding than those required under the 1940 Act in order to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” below.

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The provisions of the Declaration described above could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The Board has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

A “Continuing Trustee,” as used in the discussion above, is any member of the Board who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which are on file with the SEC.

Liability of Trustees

The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the Trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the Trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SH ARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of the Fund’s net asset value and of other factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and similar transactions, borrowings and other leverage, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulations affecting the timing and character of Fund’s distributions, and other factors) portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand, and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The market price of the Common Shares may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Board will regularly monitor the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. If the Board determines in the future to conduct a tender offer for its common shares, Fund shareholders to whom the tender offer is made will be provided notice, instructions regarding how to participate in the tender offer, and information regarding the terms of the tender offer that such shareholders should consider before determining whether to participate (including, if applicable, information regarding any applicable repurchase fee). The Fund cannot assure you that the Board will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce any market discount. The Fund has no present intention to repurchase its Common Shares and would do so only in the circumstances described in this section.

If the Fund were to convert to an open-end investment company, the Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Fund has any preferred shares outstanding, the Fund may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless (1) all accrued dividends on any such preferred shares have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Fund’s

 

53


Table of Contents

portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon).

Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

If the Board were to determine in the future to convert the Fund to an open-end company, such a conversion would require the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees. That seventy-five percent (75%) shareholder approval requirement is higher than is required under the 1940 Act. In the event that a conversion is approved by the Board and the Continuing Trustees as described above, the minimum shareholder vote required under the 1940 Act would be necessary to authorize the conversion. Currently, the 1940 Act would require approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if issued, preferred shares voting together as a single class, and the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” preferred shares (if any) voting as a separate class, in order to authorize a conversion. If the Fund converted to an open-end company, it would be required to redeem any preferred shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Fund’s Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less a redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. Such redemptions typically are made in cash. To limit the need to maintain large cash positions or liquidate favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. Open-end companies also are generally subject to greater restrictions than closed-end companies on their ability to engage in leverage, which may affect adversely the Fund’s performance. In determining whether to submit to Fund shareholders a proposal to convert to an open-end company, the Board would consider all factors it determined to be relevant, including, potentially, the relationship of the market price of the Common Shares to net asset value; the extent to which the Fund’s capital structure is leveraged and the possibility of re-leveraging; the spread, if any, between the yields on securities in the Fund’s portfolio and interest and dividend charges on outstanding Fund borrowings or any preferred shares issued by the Fund; the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio; the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders; and general market and economic conditions. Based on these considerations, even if the Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at net asset value from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets. This would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Fund borrowings or preferred shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Prospectus under “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Fund’s Common Shares trade below net asset value, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

 

54


Table of Contents

Minimum Fund Size

The Fund reserves the right not to commence operations depending on the size of the initial public offering.

TAX MA TTERS

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a Common Shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of Common Shares of the Fund, and reflects provisions of the Code, existing U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings published by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other applicable authority, as of the date of this SAI. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular investors, such as insurance companies, financial institutions, tax-deferred retirement plans, tax-exempt entities, broker-dealers, persons who hold Common Shares as or in a hedge against currency risks, a constructive sale or a straddle, persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar and foreign shareholders (defined below). In addition, income earned through an investment in the Fund may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Common Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below); (ii) diversify its holdings so that at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (iii) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt income for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (i) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof and (b) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code Section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

For purposes of the diversification test described in (ii) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (ii) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (ii) above.

 

55


Table of Contents

If the Fund qualifies for treatment as a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed to Common Shareholders in a timely manner in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund’s intention to qualify for treatment as a RIC may negatively affect the Fund’s return to Common Shareholders by limiting its ability to acquire or continue to hold positions that would otherwise be consistent with its investment strategy or by requiring it to engage in transactions it would otherwise not engage in, resulting in additional transaction costs. In certain circumstances, it may be difficult for the Fund to meet the income test described in clause (i) or the diversification test set forth in clause (ii) of the third preceding paragraph. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, and disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to Common Shareholders as dividend income. Such dividend income generally would be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of non-corporate shareholders (at least for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, see discussion below), provided, in both cases, that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s Common Shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment. Thus failure to qualify as a RIC would likely materially reduce the investment return to the Common Shareholders.

The Fund intends to distribute all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income, its net tax-exempt income (if any) and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards) in each taxable year. Any taxable income including any net capital gain retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at the Fund level at regular corporate rates. In the case of net capital gain, the Fund is permitted to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who would then (i) be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a shareholder will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a RIC generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as the greatest of net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss, in each case attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 (or a later date if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects)) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 (or a later date if the Fund makes the election referred to immediately above), plus (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

A nondeductible excise tax at the rate of 4% will be imposed on the excess, if any, of the Fund’s “required distribution” over its actual distributions in any calendar year. Generally, the required distribution is 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income recognized during the one-year period ending on October 31 (or later if the Fund makes the election referred to in the previous paragraph), plus undistributed amounts from prior years. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 (or later if the Fund makes the election referred to in the previous paragraph) generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. The Fund may determine to pay the excise tax in a year to the extent it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund (e.g., if the excise tax is de minimis ).

Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against the Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable years. Capital

 

56


Table of Contents

loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains. The Fund may carry net capital losses forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration. The Fund must apply such carryforwards first against gains of the same character. The Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards, if any, will be set forth in its annual shareholder report for each fiscal year.

Taxation of Fund Distributions

The Fund intends to make monthly distributions. Unless a shareholder elects otherwise, all distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in Common Shares under the Plan will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having received an amount in distribution equal to either (i) if Newly Issued Common Shares are issued under the Plan, generally the fair market value of the Newly Issued Common Shares issued to the shareholder or (ii) if reinvestment is made through Open-Market Purchases under the Plan, the amount of cash allocated to the shareholder for the purchase of Common Shares on its behalf in the open market. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all distributions are generally taxable in the manner described below, whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested pursuant to the Plan in additional shares of the Fund.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated the gains, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Common Shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. These reduced rates will expire for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, the Fund may report certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income” which, when received by a non-corporate shareholder, will be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels. This provision will expire for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income that is eligible for taxation at long-term capital gain rates, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States which includes an exchange of information program (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.

In general, distributions of investment income reported by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of a non-corporate shareholder, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares.

As noted above, the special tax treatment of qualified dividend income applies only to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, unless Congress enacts tax legislation providing otherwise.

Dividends received by corporate shareholders may qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations and to the extent, if any, that a portion of interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund is treated as a dividend. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock)

 

57


Table of Contents

during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). The Fund does not expect a significant portion of its distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to non-corporate shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

If the Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

A distribution by the Fund will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

As required by federal law, detailed federal tax information with respect to each calendar year will be furnished to shareholders early in the succeeding year.

Dividends and distributions on the Common Shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects unrealized gains or income or gains that are realized but not yet distributed. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.

Sale or Exchange of Common Shares

Common Shareholders who sell or exchange their Common Shares will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount received and the Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold or exchanged. If the Common Shares are held as a capital asset, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of the Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months, and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Common Shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. For purposes of determining whether Common Shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the Common Shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property, or through certain options or short sales. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares will be disallowed to the extent those Common Shares are replaced by other substantially identical shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the Common Shares (including through the reinvestment of distributions, which could occur, for example, if the Common Shareholder is a participant in the Plan). In that event, the basis of the replacement shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

From time to time the Fund may make a tender offer for its Common Shares. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its Common Shares, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. In such a case, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders whose interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the common

 

58


Table of Contents

shares of the Fund; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote. If the Fund repurchases Common Shares on the open market, such that a selling shareholder would have no specific knowledge that he or she is selling his or her shares to the Fund, it is less likely that shareholders whose percentage share interests in the Fund increase as a result of any such open-market sale will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders or other repurchases of Common Shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its Common Shareholders.

Tax Implications of Certain Fund Investments

Securities Issued or Purchased at a Discount

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by the Fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Fund) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

Increases in the principal amount of an inflation indexed bond will be treated as OID. Decreases in the principal amount of an inflation indexed bond will reduce the amount of interest from the debt instrument that would otherwise be includible in income by the Fund.

If the Fund holds the foregoing kinds of securities, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by liquidation of portfolio securities, including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so. These dispositions may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend than if the Fund had not held such securities.

A portion of the OID accrued on certain high yield discount obligations may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such OID.

 

59


Table of Contents

At-Risk or Defaulted Securities

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation; when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount; when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities; and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and avoid becoming subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of a REIT qualifying under Subchapter M of the Code can result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Common Shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

Mortgage-Related Securities

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, a fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt investors, as noted below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income; and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax.

Foreign Taxes

Income received by the Fund (or RICs in which the Fund has invested) from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If at the close of any taxable year, more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), the Fund will be permitted to make an election under the Code that would allow Common Shareholders who are U.S. citizens or U.S. corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, Common Shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by the Fund. A Common Shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by the Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder’s not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Common Shareholders who do not itemize deductions on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes. Common Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in the Fund through tax-exempt accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by the Fund. Even if the Fund were eligible to make such an election for a given year, it may determine not to do so.

 

60


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Transactions

Any transaction by the Fund in foreign currencies, foreign-currency denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts, or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Any such net gains could require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year. Any such net losses will generally reduce and potentially require the recharacterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.

Options, Futures and Other Derivative Instruments

In general, option premiums received by the Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by the Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying securities or other assets, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (i) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (ii) the Fund’s basis in the underlying securities or other assets. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying securities or other assets. If securities or other assets are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities or other assets purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

Certain covered call writing activities of the Fund may trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, requiring that losses be deferred and holding periods be tolled on offsetting positions in options and stocks deemed to constitute substantially similar or related property. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may give rise to qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. Thus, the straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by the Fund as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the Fund on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, equity indices and debt securities) will be governed by Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, Section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market,” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of futures and options transactions, the Fund’s transactions in other derivative instruments (e.g., forward contracts and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions, may be subject to uncertainty with respect to their tax treatment, and to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale, and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Common Shareholders.

Because these and other tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

 

61


Table of Contents

The Fund’s use of commodity-linked derivatives, as well as its other direct or indirect investments, if any, in commodities, can bear on or be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC. Income and gains from certain commodity-linked derivatives and generally from direct investments, if any, in commodities do not constitute qualifying income to a RIC for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of certain other commodity-linked derivative instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a RIC. If the Fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and its net tax-exempt income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment and to eliminate Fund-level tax. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and its net tax-exempt income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits, (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its Common Shares, and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

Equity investments by the Fund in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could potentially subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, the Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, the Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC ’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. The Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold (and, solely for purposes of this mark-to-market election, repurchased) its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

Investments in Other RICs

The Fund’s investments in shares of a mutual fund, ETF or another company that qualifies as a RIC (each, an “investment company”) can cause the Fund to be required to distribute greater amounts of net investment income or net capital gain than the Fund would have distributed had it invested directly in the securities held by the investment company, rather than in shares of the investment company. Further, the amount or timing of distributions from the Fund qualifying for treatment as a particular character (for example, long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment company. Investments in shares of other RICs also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold.

If the Fund receives dividends from an investment company and the investment company reports such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report to its shareholders a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the investment company.

If the Fund receives dividends from an investment company and the investment company reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report to its shareholders its distributions derived from those dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction as well, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the investment company.

 

62


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any non-corporate shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 28% for amounts paid through 2012. This rate will expire and the backup withholding rate will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2012, unless Congress enacts tax legislation providing otherwise.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Income of a RIC that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity will not generally be attributed as UBTI to a tax-exempt shareholder of the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in the fall of 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a RIC that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund.

CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Foreign Shareholders

Dividends properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends are generally not subject to withholding of federal income tax. Absent a specific statutory exemption, dividends (other than Capital Gain Dividends) paid by the Fund to a shareholder that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code (a “foreign shareholder”) are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign shareholder directly, would not be subject to withholding.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, the Fund is not required to withhold any amounts (i) with respect to distributions of U.S.-source interest income that would not have been subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, and (ii) with respect to distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such distributions in a written notice to shareholders. It is currently unclear whether Congress will extend these exemptions from withholding for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, or what the terms of any such an extension will be.

 

63


Table of Contents

In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend to shareholders. Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules.

Under U.S. federal tax law, a foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless (i) such gain or Capital Gain Dividend is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States, (ii) in the case of a foreign shareholder that is an individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or the receipt of the Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund or to the Capital Gain Dividend the foreign shareholder received (see below).

Subject to certain exceptions (e.g., if the Fund were a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) as described below), the Fund is generally not required to withhold on the amount of a non-dividend distribution (i.e., a distribution that is not paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated “earnings and profits” for the applicable taxable year) when paid to its foreign shareholders.

Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. Any effectively-connected dividends received by a foreign shareholder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided the shareholder satisfies applicable certification requirements. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisers.

Special rules would apply if the Fund were either a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition thereof. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs are generally defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or certain former USRPHCs.

If the Fund were a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the exceptions referred to above, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder attributable to gains realized by the Fund on the disposition of USRPIs or to distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands, generally would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund. On and after January 1, 2012, the “look-through” USRPI treatment described above for distributions by the Fund (which treatment applies only if the Fund is either a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the exceptions referred to above) applies only to those distributions that, in turn, are attributable to distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier REIT, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

In addition, if the Fund were a USRPHC or one of certain former USRPHCs, a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder generally would be required to file a U.S. tax return in connection with the sale of its Fund shares, and pay related taxes due on any gain realized on the sale. Moreover, if the Fund were a USRPHC or one of certain former USRPHCs, it could be required to withhold on amounts distributed to a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder to the extent such amounts are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated “earnings and profits” for the applicable taxable year.

Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the Fund.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties or to establish an exemption from backup withholding a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisers in this regard.

 

64


Table of Contents

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Common Shares through foreign partnerships. Additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisers about their particular situation. A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain individuals (and, if provided in future guidance, certain domestic entities) must disclose annually their interests in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938, which must be attached to their U.S. federal income tax returns for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010. The IRS has released the Form 8938 and instructions in draft form. The instructions indicate that shareholders generally will not be required to report their indirect interests in the Fund’s “specified foreign financial assets” (if any), but this preliminary guidance is subject to change pending the IRS’s release of the finalized Form 8938 and its instructions. In addition, shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Fund could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in the Fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on Treasury Department Form TD F 90-22.1, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR). Shareholders should consult a tax advisor regarding the applicability to them of both of these reporting requirements.

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements

Rules enacted in March 2010 require the reporting to the IRS of direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts and foreign entities by U.S. persons. Failure to provide this required information can result in a 30% withholding tax on certain payments (“withholdable payments”), beginning in 2014 or 2015, depending on the type of payment. Specifically, withholdable payments subject to this 30% withholding tax include payments of U.S.-source dividends and interest made on or after January 1, 2014, and payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposal of property that can produce U.S.-source dividends or interest made on or after January 1, 2015.

The IRS has issued only preliminary guidance with respect to these rules; their scope remains unclear and potentially subject to material change. Very generally, it is possible that all or a portion of distributions made by the Fund on or after the dates noted above (or such later dates as may be provided in future guidance) to a Common Shareholder, including a distribution of income or gains otherwise exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., Capital Gain Dividends and, as applicable, short-term capital gain and interest-related dividends), will be subject to the 30% withholding requirement. Payments to a foreign shareholder that is a “foreign financial institution” will generally be subject to withholding, unless such shareholder enters into a timely agreement with the IRS. Payments to Common Shareholders that are U.S. persons or foreign individuals will generally not be subject to withholding, so long as such shareholders provide the Fund with such certifications or other documentation as the Fund requires to comply with these rules. Persons investing in the Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary regarding the application of this reporting and withholding regime to their investments in the Fund.

Common Shareholders are urged to consult a tax adviser regarding this reporting and withholding regime, in light of their particular circumstances.

Other Tax Matters

Under Treasury regulations, if a Common Shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the Common Shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

65


Table of Contents

Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of Common Shares as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax laws. Dividends and distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to federal, state, local, and, where applicable, foreign taxes. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers concerning the tax consequences of ownership of Common Shares.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and related regulations currently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and regulations. The Code and regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative actions, possibly with retroactive effect.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

U.S. Bank, National Association, 1555 N. River Center Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, serves as custodian for assets of the Fund. The custodian performs custodial and fund accounting services, as well as sub-administrative and compliance services, on behalf of the Fund.

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201, serves as the transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursement agent for the Common Shares, as well as agent for the Dividend Reinvestment Plan relating to the Common Shares.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 350 South Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90071, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides audit and tax return preparation services for the Fund.

 

66


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTER ED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Trustees and Shareholders of DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

In our opinion, the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Fund”) at November 9, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this financial statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 14, 2011

 

67


Table of Contents

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

November 9, 2011

 

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 100,012   

Deferred offering costs

     600,000   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 700,012   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accrued offering costs

   $ 600,000   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     600,000   
  

 

 

 

Net Assets

   $ 100,012   
  

 

 

 

Components of Net Assets:

  
  

 

 

 

Paid in Capital

   $ 100,012   
  

 

 

 

Computation of Net Asset Value:

  

Common Stock:

  

Net Assets

   $ 100,012   

Shares Outstanding, $.00001 par value, unlimited shares authorized

     4,189   

Net Asset Value per share

   $ 23.88   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

November 9, 2011

1. Organization

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “ Fund ”), a Massachusetts business trust, was formed on July 22, 2011. The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company and its investment objective is to seek high total investment return by providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation.

The Fund has had no operations as of November 9, 2011 other than matters relating to its organization and registration as a closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the sale and issuance to DoubleLine Asset Management Company, LLC (“DAMCO”), a wholly owned subsidiary of DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Adviser ”), of 4,189 shares of the Fund at an aggregate purchase price of $100,012. Shares to be issued by the Fund are subject to a sales load of 4.50% paid to the underwriters.

As of November 9, 2011, DAMCO owned 100% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interests of the Fund.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the statement of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash consists of cash held in the Fund’s bank account. Cash is carried at amortized cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. At November 9, 2011 all cash was held at one financial institution.

The Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If so qualified, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent the Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains to shareholders.

The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. As a result, organizational expenses of the Fund are not reflected in the Fund’s financial statements.

Offering Costs are paid directly by the Fund. The Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser has agreed to pay the amount, if any, by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.05per share or 0.20% of the offering price. Estimated offering costs have been reported on the Statement of Net Assets as deferred offering costs. These offering costs, as well as offering costs incurred subsequent to November 9, 2011, will be charged to paid-in-capital upon sale of the shares to the public or reimbursed by the Adviser. These estimates are subject to change and are subject to final negotiations, but are not expected to change materially.

Under the Fund’s organizational documents, each Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of the Fund (including the Fund’s investment manager) is indemnified, to the extent permitted by the Act, against certain liabilities that may arise out of performance of their duties to the Fund. Additionally, in the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of indemnification clauses. The Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Fund that have not yet occurred. However, the Fund has not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts.

3. Adviser

The Fund and the Adviser, as of November 9, 2011 entered into an Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, under the terms of which the Fund will employ the Adviser to manage the investment of the assets of the Fund, to place orders for the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities, and to be responsible for overall management of the Fund’s business affairs, subject to control by the Board of Trustees.

The Fund pays a monthly fee to the Adviser, calculated at the annual rate (as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets) of 1.00%. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings and preferred shares that may be

 

69


Table of Contents

outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding is not considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date.

On January 7, 2010, Trust Company of the West (“TCW”) commenced litigation against the Adviser in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, Central District (the “Court”). The suit alleged that the Adviser and four employees of the Adviser who are former employees of TCW or its affiliates, including Jeffrey Gundlach (such four employees, the “Individuals”), misappropriated TCW’s proprietary information and trade secrets in founding and operating the Adviser and are using such information in competing for assets under management. The lawsuit also included claims against certain of the Individuals (including Mr. Gundlach), but not the adviser for breach of fiduciary duty, breach of confidence, and intentional interference with contractual relations.

The Individuals, but not the Adviser, subsequently filed with the Court a cross-complaint against TCW for claims in connection with TCW’s termination of their employment and failure to pay wages due.

On February 9, 2011, TCW asserted claims against DoubleLine Funds Trust (the “Trust”, open-end funds currently managed by the Adviser) setting out allegations substantially similar to the allegations contained in the litigation against the Adviser and the Individuals. The Court has since issued an order staying any further proceedings against the Trust until TCW’s claims against the Adviser and the Individuals have been resolved.

On July 6, 2011, the Court issued summary adjudication in favor of the Individuals on the breach of confidence claim.

On September 16, 2011, a jury found for the Individuals in respect of their claims for unpaid wages and awarded $66.7 million in monetary damages under the California Labor Code. The jury found that TCW trade secrets had been misappropriated, but awarded no damages. With respect to TCW’s claims for breach of fiduciary duties and intentional interference with contractual relations, the jury found the Individuals had breached their fiduciary duties and intentionally interfered with TCW’s contractual relations, but that TCW had not been damaged as a result.

Additional hearings are expected to be held in late 2011 during which the Court will be asked to award a penalty and attorney’s fees against TCW in respect of the Individuals’ claims for unpaid wages. The court is also expected to rule on TCW’s claim of unfair competition and determine the amount of reasonable royalties, if any, to be paid to TCW in respect of the trade secret claim.

The trial is on-going and no appeals have been filed in the case, although it is possible that some or all of the parties will appeal the decisions in the case.

In 2010, certain employees and former employees of the Adviser were interviewed by representatives of the Special Inspector General of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, and by the office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York. The interviews related to a fund managed by TCW under the U.S. Treasury’s Legacy Securities Public Private Investment Program (the “PPIP”) and some of the allegations made by TCW in its litigation against the Adviser. The Adviser understands that the inquiry stems at least in part from a federal grand jury inquiry. The Adviser has informed the Trust that it has cooperated with the inquiry and voluntarily produced documents.

Litigation and participation in any governmental inquiry or investigation can be expensive and time consuming, and their results can be unpredictable. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these matters. The litigation and any governmental inquiry or investigation could consume a material amount of the Adviser’s resources thereby potentially impairing the Adviser’s ability to attract or retain talented personnel or otherwise effectively manage the Fund. In the event of adverse developments or if expenses of the litigation and related matters are greater than anticipated, the Adviser’s ability to manage the Fund may be materially impaired, and shareholders, the market value of the Fund’s common shares, or the viability of the Fund, could be adversely affected.

4. Administrator, Transfer Agent, Custodian and Distributor

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp, as of November 9, 2011, intends to provide accounting, administrative and transfer agency services to the Fund pursuant to a master services agreement between the Fund, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, and TS Capital, LLC. . U.S. Bank National Association, a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp, as of November 9, 2011, intends to serve as the Funds’ Custodian pursuant to a Custody Agreement. ABAX Brokerage Services LLC intends to serve as the Fund’s distributor.

 

70


Table of Contents

5. Subsequent Events

In preparing these financial statements, the Fund has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Fund has determined there are no subsequent events that would need to be disclosed in the Fund’s financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(1) Financial Statements

The Registrant has not conducted any business as of the date of this filing, other than in connection with its organization. Financial Statements indicating that the Registrant has met the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act are filed herewith as part of the Statement of Additional Information.

 

(2) Exhibits

 

(a)   Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 24, 2011.*
(b)   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated August 24, 2011.*
(c)   Not applicable.
(d)(1)   Article III (Shares) and Article V (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, filed as exhibit (a).
(d)(2)   Article 10 (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Bylaws of Registrant, filed as exhibit (b).
(d)(3)   Form of Certificate for Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, filed herewith.
(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan, filed herewith.
(f)   Not applicable.
(g)   Form of Investment Management Agreement, filed herewith.
(h)(1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement, filed herewith.
(h)(2)   Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, filed herewith.
(h)(3)   Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, filed herewith.
(i)   Not applicable.
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement, filed herewith.
(k)(1)   Form of Master Services Agreement, filed herewith.
(k)(2)   Form of Distribution Agreement, filed herewith.
(k)(3)   Form of Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement, filed herewith.
(k)(4)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, filed herewith.
(k)(5)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC, filed herewith.
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP.**
(m)   Not applicable.
(n)   Consent of Registrant’s independent public accounting firm, filed herewith.
(o)   Not applicable.
(p)   Form of Subscription Agreement, filed herewith.
(q)   Not applicable.
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Fund and DoubleLine Capital LP, filed herewith.

 

1


Table of Contents
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting Officers, filed herewith.
(s)(1)   Power of attorney for Joseph J. Ciprari.*
(s)(2)   Power of attorney for Ronald R. Redell.*
(s)(3)   Power of attorney for John C. Salter.*
(s)(4)   Power of attorney for Robert J. Untracht.*
(s)(5)   Power of attorney for Raymond B. Woolson.*

 

* Filed as an exhibit to pre-effective amendment no. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration Nos. 333-175891, 811-22592 (filed November 16, 2011).
** To be filed by amendment.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, the Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC, the Form of Master Services Agreement, and the Form of Distribution Agreement filed as Exhibit (h)(1), Exhibit (h)(2), Exhibit (h)(3), Exhibit (k)(4), Exhibit (k)(5), Exhibit (k)(1), and Exhibit (k)(2), respectively, to this Registration Statement.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The approximate expenses in connection with the offering are as follows:

 

Registration and Filing Fees

   $ 57,218   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Fees

     2,200   

Printing (Other than Certificates)

     309,470   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     45,000   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     425,000   

Miscellaneous

     1,000   

Total

   $ 839,888   

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With Registrant

None.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

Set forth below is the number of record holders as of December 19, 2011 of each class of securities of the Registrant:

 

Title of Class

   Number of Record
Holders
 

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

     1   

 

2


Table of Contents

Item 30. Indemnification

Reference is made to Article VIII, Sections 1 through 4, of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, its Bylaws or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and, therefore, is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by trustees, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustees, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Reference is made to Section 6 of the Form of Underwriting Agreement filed herewith as Exhibit (h)(1), which is incorporated herein by reference.

Reference is made to Section 10 of the Form of Distribution Agreement filed herewith as Exhibit (k)(2), which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Manager

The Registrant’s investment adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”), is a Delaware limited partnership. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and trustees of the Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Adviser and such officers and trustees during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Form ADV (SEC File No. 801-70942) filed by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and custody of the Registrant, c/o DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071, the Registrant’s administrator, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201, or the Registrant’s custodian, U.S. Bank, National Association, 1555 N. River Center Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212.

 

3


Table of Contents

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

 

  1. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its Common Shares of Beneficial Interest until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

  2. Not applicable.

 

  3. Not applicable.

 

  4. Not applicable.

 

  5. The Registrant undertakes that:

(a) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of an oral or written request, its Statement of Additional Information.

NOTICE

A copy of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Fund”), together with all amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Fund by any officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of the Fund or shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this pre-effective amendment no. 3 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, and the State of California on the 20th day of December, 2011.

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
By:  

/s/ Ronald R. Redell

Name:   Ronald R. Redell
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this pre-effective amendment no. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Capacity

 

Date

/s/ Ronald R. Redell

   Trustee, President and Chief Executive   December 20, 2011
Ronald R. Redell    Officer  

/s/ Susan Nichols

   Treasurer and Principal Financial and   December 20, 2011
Susan Nichols    Accounting Officer  

/s/ Joseph J. Ciprari*

     December 20, 2011
Joseph J. Ciprari    Trustee  

/s/ John C. Salter*

     December 20, 2011
John C. Salter    Trustee  

/s/ Robert J. Untracht*

     December 20, 2011
Robert J. Untracht    Trustee  

/s/ Raymond B. Woolson*

     December 20, 2011
Raymond B. Woolson    Trustee  

 

*By:  

/s/ Ronald R. Redell

 

Ronald R. Redell

Attorney-In-Fact

Date: December 20, 2011


Table of Contents

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Index to Exhibits

Exhibits for Item 25 of Form N-2

 

Exhibit

 

Exhibit Name

(d)(3)   Form of Certificate for Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan
(g)   Form of Investment Management Agreement
(h)(1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement
(h)(2)   Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters
(h)(3)   Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement
(k)(1)   Form of Master Services Agreement
(k)(2)   Form of Distribution Agreement
(k)(3)   Form of Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement
(k)(4)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
(k)(5)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC
(n)   Consent of Registrant’s independent public accounting firm
(p)   Form of Subscription Agreement
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Fund and DoubleLine Capital LP
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics for Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting Officers

Ex. (d)(3)

ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER AND BY VIRTUE OF

THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

Number    DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND      Shares   
COMMON SHARES(S) OF    THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE      CUSIP TO COME   
BENEFICIAL INTEREST    IN JERSEY CITY, NJ, NEW YORK, NY OR PITTSBURGH, PA      SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR   
$0.00001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS   

This certifies that                     

is the owner of                     

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND, the said shares being issued, received and held under and subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of July 22, 2011, establishing the Fund, and all amendments thereto, copies of which are on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Fund’s Bylaws, and all amendments thereto. The said owner by accepting this certificate agrees to and is bound by all of the said terms and provisions. The common shares represented hereby are transferable in writing by the owner thereof in person or by attorney upon surrender of this certificate to the Fund, properly endorsed for transfer. This certificate is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and the obligations hereof are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the seal of the Fund and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED:

 

 

      

 

TREASURER        PRESIDENT


The Fund will furnish a copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws to the holder of this certificate without charge upon written request.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations when used in the form of ownership on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations. Abbreviations in addition to those appearing below, may be used.

 

Abbreviation

  

Equivalent

  

Abbreviation

  

Equivalent

JT TEN    As joint tenants, with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common   

TEN IN COM

TEN BY ENT

UNIF TRANSFERS MIN ACT

  

As tenants in common

As tenants by the entireties

Uniform Transfers to Minors Act

Abbreviation

  

Equivalent

  

Abbreviation

  

Equivalent

ADM    Administrator(s)    FDN    Foundation
   Administratrix    PL    Public Law
AGMT    Agreement    TR    (As) trustee(s) for, of
CUST    Custodian for    UA    Under Agreement
EST    Estate, Of estate of    UW    Under will of, Of will of,
EX    Executor(s), Executrix       Under last will & testament
FBO    For the benefit of      

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

TRANSFER FORM

For value received,                      hereby sell, assign and transfer unto:

        (I/We)

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

            

    
     Please Print or Typewrite Name and Address (including postal Zip Code of Assignee)

    

    

                          Common Shares of Beneficial Interest represented by this Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                              Attorney, to transfer such beneficial interest on the books of the Fund named therein with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated              ,         

 

    Signature(s)  

 

Signature Guaranteed By       (The signature of this assignment must correspond exactly with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. If more than one owner, all must sign.)

 

     

(Signature must be guaranteed by a commercial

bank or trust company or member firm of any

national stock exchange.)

     

IMPORTANT NOTICE

When you sign your name to the Transfer Form without filling in the name of your “Assignee” this certificate becomes fully negotiable, similar to a check endorsed in blank. Therefore, to safeguard a signed certificate, it is recommended that you fill in the name of the new owner in the “Assignee” space.

Alternatively, instead of using this Transfer Form, you may sign a separate “stock power” form and then mail the unsigned certificate and the signed “stock power” in separate envelopes. For added protection, use registered mail for a certificate.

Ex. (e)

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

TERMS AND CONDITION

Pursuant to the Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) of DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Trust”), unless a holder (each, a “Shareholder”) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) otherwise elects, all dividends, capital gain distributions and returns of capital, if any, on such Shareholder’s Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the “Plan Administrator”), in additional Common Shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions payable in cash directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, as the Dividend Disbursing Agent. Shareholders may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends, capital gain distributions and returns of capital, if any, in cash by contacting the Plan Administrator. Enrollment, purchase or sales of shares and other transactions or services offered by the Plan can be directed to the Plan Administrator through the following:

TELEPHONE

Telephone the Plan Administrator:

(877) 354-6311

IN WRITING

You may also write to the Plan Administrator at the following address: U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 52301. Be sure to include your name, address, daytime phone number, social security or tax I.D. number and a reference to DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund on all correspondence.

Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by providing notice in writing to the Plan Administrator at least 5 days prior to any dividend/distribution record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution.

Whenever the Trust declares an income dividend, a capital gain distribution or other distribution (collectively referred to as “dividends”) payable either in shares or in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive a number of Common Shares determined in accordance with the following provisions. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through the


Ex. (e)

receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Trust (“newly issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”) on the New York Stock Exchange, the primary national securities exchange on which the common shares are traded, or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is equal to or less than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage trading fees (such condition being referred to herein as “market premium”), the Plan Administrator will invest the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per Common Share on the date the Common Shares are issued, provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per Common Share on the date of issuance, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the date of issuance for purposes of determining the number of shares issuable under the Plan. If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the market value plus estimated brokerage trading fees (such condition being referred to herein as “market discount”), the Plan Administrator will invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or in no event more than 30 days after the record date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the business day before the next “ex-dividend” date, which typically will be approximately 10 days. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market purchases, if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the last purchase date provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per Common Share, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the date of issuance for purposes of determining the number of shares issuable under the Plan.

The Plan Administrator maintains all registered Shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information


Ex. (e)

needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator in non-certificated form in the name of the Plan participant.

In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends payable either in Common Shares or in cash. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage trading fees incurred with respect to the Plan Administrator’s open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends.

VOTING

Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

TAXATION

The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends.

Ex. (g)

FORM OF INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

This Investment Management Agreement is executed as of             , 2011 by and between DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Manager ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY THE MANAGER TO THE FUND .

(a) Subject always to the control of the Board of Trustees (the “Trustees”) of the Fund and to such policies as the Trustees may determine, the Manager will, at its expense, (i) furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund, including, without limitation, what investments will be purchased, held, sold, or exchanged by the Fund and what portion of the assets of the Fund will be held uninvested, and will, on behalf of the Fund, make changes in such investments, and will place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and other investments of the Fund and (ii) furnish office space and equipment, provide certain bookkeeping and clerical services (excluding, among other things, administrative, transfer agency, accounting and other services provided by agents retained and paid by the Fund in accordance with Section 1(d) of this Agreement) and pay all salaries, fees, and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are officers or employees of the Manager. In the performance of its duties, the Manager will comply with the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws of the Fund, each as amended from time to time, and the Fund’s stated investment objective, policies, and restrictions.

The Manager shall be authorized, on behalf of the Fund, to vote any proxies or elect to participate in any corporate action relating to assets owned by the Fund from time to time.

(b) In the selection of brokers or dealers or other execution agents and the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund, the Manager shall seek to obtain for the Fund the best execution available. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the best execution available, the Manager, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, breadth of the market in the security; price; the size of the transaction; the nature of the market for the security; the amount of the commission; the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends; the reputation, experience, execution capability, and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved; and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other


transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees may determine, the Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Manager an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Manager’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Manager as to which the Manager exercises investment discretion. The Fund hereby agrees with the Manager that any entity or person associated with the Manager which is a member of a national securities exchange is authorized to effect any transaction on such exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(d) The Fund assumes and shall pay or cause to be paid all of its expenses, including, without limitation: (a) all costs and expenses incident to the public offering of securities of the Fund, including those relating to the registration of its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any filings required under state securities laws and any fees payable in connection therewith; (b) the charges and expenses of any custodian(s) appointed by the Fund for the safekeeping of the cash, portfolio securities, and other property of the Fund; (c) the charges and expenses of independent accountants; (d) the charges and expenses of any stock transfer and dividend disbursing agent or agents and registrar or registrars appointed by the Fund; (e) the charges and expenses of any administrator appointed by the Fund to provide administrative services to the Fund; (f) the charges and expenses of any accounting and/or sub-accounting agent appointed by the Fund to provide accounting or sub-accounting services to the Fund; (g) brokerage commissions, dealer spreads, and other costs incurred in connection with proposed or consummated portfolio securities transactions; (h) all taxes, including securities issuance and transfer taxes, and corporate fees payable by the Fund to federal, state, local, or other governmental agencies; (i) the cost and expense of printing and issuing certificates, if any, representing securities of the Fund; (j) fees involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”); (k) all expenses of shareholders’ and Trustees’ meetings, and of preparing, printing, and mailing proxy statements and reports to shareholders; (l) fees and expenses of Trustees of the Fund who are not officers or employees of the Manager; (m) all fees and expenses incident to the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan; (n) charges and expenses of legal counsel (or any other consultant or adviser) to the Fund or to the independent Trustees and to the Fund; (o) trade association dues; (p) interest payable on Fund borrowings; (q) any shareholder relations expense; (r) premiums for a fidelity bond and any errors and


omissions insurance maintained by the Fund; and (s) any other ordinary or extraordinary expenses incurred by the Fund in the course of its business. The Manager shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Fund not expressly assumed by the Manager pursuant to this Section 1 other than as provided in Section 3.

(e) The Fund will pay or reimburse the Manager for the compensation in whole or in part of such officers of the Fund and persons assisting them as may be determined from time to time by the Trustees of the Fund. The Fund will also pay or reimburse the Manager for all or part of the cost of suitable office space, utilities, support services, and equipment attributable to such officers and persons as may be determined in each case by the Trustees of the Fund.

(f) Subject to prior approval of a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund or Manager (“Independent Trustees”) and, to the extent required by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act, subject to any applicable guidance or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff, by the shareholders of the Fund, the Manager may, from time to time, delegate to a sub-adviser or sub-administrator any of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement, including the management of all or a portion of the assets being managed.

 

2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

It is understood that any shareholder, Trustee, officer, or employee of the Fund may be a shareholder, partner, director, officer, or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Manager, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Manager, and that the Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Manager may have an interest in the Fund. It is also understood that the Manager and persons controlled by or under common control with the Manager have and may have advisory, management service, distribution, or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and businesses.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent the Manager or any affiliated person of the Manager from acting as investment adviser or manager for any other person, firm, corporation (including any other investment company), or other entity, whether or not the investment objectives or policies of any such other person, firm, corporation, or other entity are similar to those of the Fund, or in any way bind or restrict the Manager or any such affiliated person from buying, selling, or trading any securities, commodities, or other investments for their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom the Manager or any such affiliated person may be acting.


While information and recommendations supplied to the Fund shall, in the Manager’s judgment, be appropriate under the circumstances and in light of the investment objective and policies of the Fund, such information and recommendations may be different from the information and recommendations supplied by the Manager or its affiliates to other investment companies, funds, and advisory accounts. The Fund shall be entitled to equitable treatment under the circumstances in receiving information, recommendations, and any other services, but the Fund recognizes that it is not entitled to receive preferential treatment as compared with the treatment given by the Manager to any other investment company, fund, or advisory account.

 

3. COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE FUND TO THE MANAGER.

The Fund will pay to the Manager as compensation for the Manager’s services rendered, for the facilities furnished, and for the expenses borne by the Manager pursuant to this Agreement, a fee, computed and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily total managed assets of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 3, “total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. For clarity, with respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month while this Agreement is in effect. Such fee shall be payable for each month within five (5) business days after the end of such month.

In the event that the Manager has agreed to a fee waiver or an expense limitation or reimbursement arrangement with the Fund, subject to such terms and conditions as the Manager and the Fund may set forth in such agreement, the compensation due the Manager hereunder shall be reduced, and, if necessary, the Manager shall bear expenses with respect to the Fund, to the extent required by such fee waiver or expense limitation or reimbursement arrangement.

If the Manager shall serve for less than the whole of a month, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.


4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

This Agreement will terminate automatically, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment, provided that no delegation of responsibilities by the Manager pursuant to Section 1(f) will be deemed to constitute an assignment. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge, or termination is sought. No amendment of this Agreement is effective until approved in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act, and any applicable guidance or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff.

 

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

This Agreement is effective upon its execution and will remain in full force and effect as to the Fund continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 4 or terminated in accordance with the following paragraph) for a period of two years, and will continue in effect from year to year thereafter so long as its continuance is approved at least annually by (i) the Trustees, or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the respective Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Independent Trustees, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

This Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Manager. The Manager may at any time terminate this Agreement by not less than 60 days written notice to the Fund. A notice of termination shall be delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the other party at the address indicated below:

If to the Fund:

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: President and Board of Trustees

If to the Manager:

DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: President


Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

6. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “affiliated person,” “control,” “interested person,” and “assignment” have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act and any applicable exemption, guidance, or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff; the term “approve at least annually” will be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act and any applicable exemption, guidance, or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff; and the term “brokerage and res earch services” has the meaning given in the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations under the 1934 Act and under any applicable exemption, guidance, or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff.

 

7. NONLIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF MANAGER.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Manager, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Manager, including its officers, directors, and partners, shall not be subject to any liability to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner, or Trustee thereof, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

The Manager shall be indemnified by the Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by the Manager in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which the Manager becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of the Manager serving as investment adviser to the Fund


hereunder and against amounts paid or incurred by the Manager in the settlement thereof, provided that any such settlement has been approved by the Board of Trustees (including a majority of the Independent Trustees), such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The words “claim,” “action,” “suit,” and “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal or other, including appeals), actual or threatened against Manager while in office as investment adviser or thereafter other than those proceedings that Manager may be or may become subject to as a result of conducting its ordinary business as an investment adviser (e.g., inspections and investigations of the Securities and Exchange Commission), and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to Manager if Manager (i) has been adjudicated by a court or body before which the proceeding was brought (A) to have engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard or breach of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or (B) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that the Manager’s action was in the best interest of the Fund; or (ii) in the event of a settlement, unless there has been a determination that the Manager did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard or breach of the duties involved in the conduct of the Manager’s office, (A) by the court or other body approving the settlement; (B) by at least a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to the matter based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or (C) by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); provided, however, that any shareholder may, by appropriate legal proceedings, challenge any such determination by the Trustees or by independent counsel.

Expenses may be paid from time to time by the Fund in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit, or proceeding only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Manager to repay amounts so paid to the Fund if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Section, provided , that (a) Manager shall provide security for its undertaking, (b) the Fund shall be insured against losses arising by reason of Manager’s failure to fulfill its undertaking, or (c) a majority of the Independent Trustees (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe Manager ultimately will be entitled to indemnification.


8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS.

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

9. USE OF NAMES AND LOGOS.

It is expressly understood that the names “DoubleLine” and “DoubleLine Capital” or any derivation thereof, or any logo associated with those names, are the valuable property of the Manager and its affiliates, and in certain cases are protected under applicable trademark law. The Fund shall have the limited right to use such names (or derivations thereof or associated logos) only so long as the Manager shall consent and this Agreement shall remain in effect. Upon reasonable notice from the Manager to the Fund or upon termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall forthwith cease to use such names (or derivations thereof or associated logos) and shall promptly amend its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and other public documents to change its name accordingly. The covenants on the part of the Fund in this Section 9 shall be binding upon it, its Trustees, officers, stockholders, creditors and all other persons claiming under or through it, and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10. BOOKS AND RECORDS.

In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Manager agrees that all records that it maintains for theFund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any such records upon the Fund’s request. The Manager further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Manager shall promptly, upon demand, return to the Fund all such records, except that the Manager may retain copies for its records as may be required by applicable law and regulation and by its internal compliance obligations, subject to any confidentiality requirements.

 

11. NOTICES.

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered to the party to this Agreement entitled to receive such notice at the address indicated in Section 5 or such other address as such party may designate in writing.


12. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent applicable law of the State of California, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.


[Remainder of page intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND and DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP have each caused this instrument to be signed in its behalf by its duly authorized representative, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Ex. (h)(1)

 

 

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

                     Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

$25.00 per Share

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Dated: [ ], 2012

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties

     2   

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing

     13   

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Fund and the Adviser

     15   

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses

     17   

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations

     18   

SECTION 6. Indemnification

     22   

SECTION 7. Contribution

     24   

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery

     26   

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement

     26   

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters

     26   

SECTION 11. Notices

     27   

SECTION 12. Parties

     27   

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW

     27   

SECTION 14. Effect of Headings

     28   

SECTION 15. Definitions

     28   

SECTION 16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship

     30   

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Initial Securities to be Sold

Exhibit B – Form of Opinion of Fund Counsel

Exhibit C – Form of Opinion of Adviser Counsel

Exhibit D – Price-Related Information

Exhibit E – Form of Lock Up Agreement

 

i


DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

[ ] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2012

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

[UNDERWRITERS]

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

listed on Exhibit A hereto

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”) and DoubleLine Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Adviser ”), confirm their respective agreements with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Wells Fargo, [REPRESENTATIVES] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Fund of a total of [ ] common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Initial Securities ”), and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of Initial Securities set forth in said Exhibit A hereto, and with respect to the grant by the Fund to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ ] additional common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Option Securities ”), to cover over-allotments, if any. The Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Option Securities are hereinafter called, collectively, the “ Securities .” Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 15 hereof.

The Fund understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Fund has entered into (i) an Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser dated as of [ ], 2012, (ii) a Custodian Services Agreement with [ ] dated as of [ ], 2012, (iii) a Transfer Agency Services Agreement with [ ] dated as of [ ], 2012 and (iv) an Administration and Accounting Services Agreement with [ ] dated as of [ ], 2012, and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Investment Management Agreement ,” the “ Custodian Agreement, ” the “ Transfer Agency Agreement, ” and the “ Administration Agreement ”, respectively. Collectively, the Investment Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Transfer Agency

 

1


Agreement and the Administration Agreement are herein referred to as the “ Fund Agreements .” The Adviser has entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo dated as of [ ], 2011[,] [and] [Additional Compensation Agreement to be inserted] and such agreements are herein referred to as and the “ Fee Agreements .” In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which holders of common shares of beneficial interest shall have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash, and such plan is herein referred to as the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .”

The Fund has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (File Nos. 333-175891 and 811-22592) on Form N-2, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), for registration under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Fund may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), each of which has previously been furnished to you.

The Fund will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a further amendment to the registration statement (including the form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein)) or (2) after the effective date of the registration statement, a final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) in accordance with Rules 430A and 497. In the case of clause (2), the Fund has included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be included in the registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), or such final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Applicable Time or, to the extent not completed at the Applicable Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus) as the Fund has advised you, prior to the Applicable Time, will be included or made therein.

SECTION 1.  Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Fund and the Adviser. The Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Option Closing Date (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

(1) Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Securities have been duly registered under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, pursuant to the Registration Statement. Each of the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration

 

2


Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and has been filed under the 1940 Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Adviser, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus complied when filed with the Commission in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities each was identical to the electronically transmitted copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became or become effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement will, and the 1940 Act Notification when originally filed with the Commission and any amendments and supplements thereto did or will, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), and at any time when a prospectus is required by applicable law to be delivered in connection with sales of Securities, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus and the information included on Exhibit D hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Fund makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Fund by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(b) hereof.

The Fund’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act is effective.

(2) Independent Accountants . [ACCOUNTANT] who certified and audited the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus is an independent public accountant as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

3


(3) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Fund included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Fund at the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Fund for the periods specified; and all such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and comply with all applicable accounting requirements under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein, and the other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are accurately derived from such financial statements and the books and records of the Fund.

(4) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Fund Material Adverse Effect, (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Fund which are material with respect to the Fund other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Fund on any class of its Common Stock.

(5) Good Standing of the Fund . The Fund has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as voluntary association with transferable shares organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; and the Fund is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.

(6) No Subsidiaries . The Fund has no subsidiaries.

(7) Investment Company Status. The Fund is duly registered as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company under the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, and the 1940 Act Notification has been duly filed with the Commission. The Fund has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.

(8) Officers and Trustees . No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no trustee of the Fund is (A) an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or (B) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter. For purposes of this Section 1(a)(8), the Fund and the Adviser shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and trustees.

 

4


(9) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund are as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Fund in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the certificates for the Securities, if any, are in valid and sufficient form.

(10) Power and Authority . The Fund has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Fund; and this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Fund and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Fund, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

(11) Approval of Investment Management Agreement . The Fund’s Board of Trustees and the Fund’s sole shareholder have approved the Investment Management Agreement in accordance with Section 15 of the 1940 Act.

(12) Agreements’ Compliance with Law . This Agreement and each of the Fund Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.

(13) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Fund is not (i) in violation of its Organizational Documents, (ii) in breach or default in the performance of the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, declaration of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Fund or of any decree of the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission, any foreign securities commission, any national securities exchange, any arbitrator, any court or any other governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or any official having jurisdiction over the Fund.

 

5


(14) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened, against or affecting the Fund which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Fund is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect.

(15) Accuracy of Descriptions and Exhibits . The statements set forth under the headings “Description of Shares,” “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and “Tax Matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, Massachusetts law, the Fund’s Organizational Documents, U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects; all descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus of any Fund documents are accurate in all material respects; and there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.

(16) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained and under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

 

6


(17) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Fund Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Fund, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Fund or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject.

(18) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Fund has such licenses, permits and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Fund has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows or, after notice or lapse of time, would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Fund under any such Permit, subject in each case to such qualification as may be set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Fund.

(19) Distribution of Offering Material . The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Material (as defined below) or other materials permitted by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.

(20) Absence of Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) (A) registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or (B) otherwise registered by the Fund under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. There are no persons with tag-along rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement.

(21) NYSE . The Securities are duly listed and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE.

(22) FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and trustees in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct.

 

7


(23) Tax Returns . The Fund has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties the nonpayment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.

(24) Subchapter M . The Fund is currently in compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

(25) Insurance . The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and trustees, including its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Fund’s trustees and officers/errors and omissions insurance policy, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such fidelity bond and policy in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such fidelity bond or policy as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(26) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to calculate net asset value, to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain material compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Fund employs “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act) and such internal control over financial reporting is and shall be effective as required by the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations. The Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal control

 

8


over financial reporting. The Fund employs “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(27) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Fund or any of the Fund’s trustees or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(28) Fund Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Fund has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) by the Fund, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each investment adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Fund.

(29) Absence of Manipulation . The Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.

(30) Statistical, Demographic or Market-Related Data . Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.

(31) Advertisements . All advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers”, “broker kits”, “road show slides” and “road show scripts”), whether in printed or electronic form, authorized in writing by or prepared by or at the direction of the Fund or the Adviser for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities (collectively, “Sales Material”) complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of FINRA and if required to be filed with FINRA under FINRA’s conduct rules were so filed. No Sales Material contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(32) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Fund is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977,

 

9


as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Fund and, to the knowledge of the Fund, its other affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(33) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Fund are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.

(34) OFAC . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Fund is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(b) Representations and Warranties by the Adviser . The Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(1) Adviser Status . The Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(2) Capitalization . The Adviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements.

 

10


(3) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Adviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Adviser which are material with respect to the Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(4) Good Standing . The Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fee Agreements; and the Adviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.

(5) Power and Authority . The Adviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Adviser; and this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser, enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Adviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

(6) Description of the Adviser . The description of the Adviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Adviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(7) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund or the Adviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Adviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Adviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance

 

11


upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which the Adviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject.

(8) Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement and the Fee Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.

(9) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened, against or affecting the Adviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

(10) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, or the Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

(11) Possession of Permits . The Adviser has such Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Adviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Adviser under any such Permit.

(12) Adviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Adviser and its supervised persons.

 

12


(13) Absence of Manipulation . The Adviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Adviser is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Adviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Adviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.

(14) Promotional Materials . In the event that the Fund or the Adviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Adviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.

(15) Internal Controls . The Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Management Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.

(16) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Adviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened.

(c) Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Adviser and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Adviser, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2.  Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund, at a purchase price of $23.875 per share, the amount of the Initial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Exhibit A hereto. The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend to (i) make a public offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon after the Applicable Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Securities upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

13


(b) Option Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Fund hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to             Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Initial Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Initial Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 45th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Fund setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Initial Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares. Any such time and date of delivery (an “ Option Closing Date ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined.

(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities, and delivery of the related closing certificates therefor, shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on [•], 2012 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Date ”).

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, on each Option Closing Date as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Fund.

Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Fund. Delivery of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. Wells Fargo, individually and not as Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

14


(d) Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than noon (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

SECTION 3.  Covenants of the Fund and the Adviser . The Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Fund, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Fund becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Fund will use its best efforts in connection with the offering of the Securities to prevent the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(b) Filing of Amendments. The Fund will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or otherwise, or will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Fund has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

15


(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Fund has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus prepared prior to the date of this Agreement as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Fund hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Fund will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package prepared on or after the date of this Agreement and the Prospectus (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters is or will be, as the case may be, identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Fund will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 172), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Fund, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Fund will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Fund will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Fund will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify, if necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Rule 158. The Fund will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

16


(h) Use of Proceeds . The Fund will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(i) Reporting Requirements. The Fund, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required by the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.

(j) Subchapter M. The Fund will comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.

(k) Absence of Manipulation . The Fund and the Adviser have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund and the Adviser are not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund or the Adviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund or the Adviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.

(l) Restriction on Sale of Securities. The Fund will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, [    ], [    ] and [    ] offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund or any person in privity with the Fund, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Securities; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction during the Lock-Up Period, provided , however , that the Fund may issue and sell Securities pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan of the Fund in effect at the Applicable Time.

SECTION 4.  Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses. The Fund will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the word processing, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or evidence of book-entry notation for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters,

 

17


(iv) the fees and disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors to the Fund, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification, any Sales Material and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of the custodian and the transfer agent and registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that the foregoing costs and expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement exceed $0.04 per share, the Adviser will pay all such costs and expenses.

(b) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) hereof, the Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

SECTION 5.  Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Fund and the Adviser contained herein as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 2 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Fund and the Adviser made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Fund and the Adviser of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or any notice objecting to its use or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued and proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Adviser, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

18


(b) Opinion of Counsel for Fund. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Fund (“ Fund Counsel ”), in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request. Insofar as the opinion expressed above related to or is dependent upon matters governed by [•] law, [•] will be permitted to rely on the opinion of [SPECIAL COUNSEL].

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. Insofar as the opinion expressed above relates to or is dependent upon matters governed by [•] law, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be permitted to rely on the opinion of [SPECIAL COUNSEL].

(d) Certificate of the Fund. At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Fund Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Fund and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Fund, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Fund Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Fund in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Fund has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.

(e) Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of [ADVISER COUNSEL], counsel for the Adviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(f) Certificate of the Adviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing

 

19


Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Adviser and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Adviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Adviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Adviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.

(g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [ACCOUNTANT] a letter, dated the date of this Agreement and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from [ACCOUNTANT] a letter, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

(i) Fee Agreements. At the Applicable Time, the Adviser shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Fee Agreements copies of the Fee Agreements, executed by the Adviser and dated the date of this Agreement, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Adviser for each of the other parties thereto.

(j) No Objection. Prior to the date of this Agreement, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has no objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(k) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities on any Option Closing Date that is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the applicable Option Securities shall be subject to the conditions specified in the introductory paragraph of this Section 5 and to the further condition that, at the applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received:

(1) Officers’ Certificate of the Fund . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(d) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.

 

20


(2) Opinion of Counsel for Fund . The favorable opinion of Fund Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(3) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(4) Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser . The favorable opinion of [ADVISER COUNSEL], counsel for the Adviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.

(5) Certificate of the Adviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(f) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.

(6) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from [ACCOUNTANT], in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Option Closing Date, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Option Closing Date.

(l) Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained in this Agreement; and all proceedings taken by the Fund and the Adviser in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

21


(m) Delivery of Documents . The documents required to be delivered by this Section 5 shall be delivered at the office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date.

(n) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Fund.

SECTION 6.  Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification by the Fund and the Adviser. The Fund and the Adviser, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, affiliates of each Underwriter, directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Fund and the Adviser; and

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Wells Fargo), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above,

 

22


provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Adviser by any Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

(b) Indemnification by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Fund and the Adviser, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Adviser by such Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The Fund and the Adviser acknowledge that (i) the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the expected delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraphs related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. Counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected as follows: counsel to the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by Wells Fargo; counsel to the Fund, its directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Fund; and counsel to the Adviser and each person, if any, who controls such Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Adviser. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for

 

23


the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Fund, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Adviser and the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, in each case in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification and Contribution . The provisions of this Section 6 and in Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Fund and the Adviser with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution between themselves.

SECTION 7.  Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

24


The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the Adviser and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.

The relative fault of the Fund and the Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Fund, by the Adviser or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each trustee, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contributions as such Underwriters, and each person who controls the Fund or the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each officer of the Fund and the Adviser and each trustee, director or member of the Fund and the Adviser shall have the same rights to contribution as the Fund and the Adviser. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A hereto and not joint.

 

25


SECTION 8.  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Fund or signed by or on behalf of the Adviser submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Fund, or by or on behalf of the Adviser, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.

SECTION 9.  Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination; General. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Fund or the Adviser, at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are to be purchased on an Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the Representatives may terminate the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Securities, by notice to the Fund, at any time on or prior to such Option Closing Date) (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Fund has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10.  Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters; or

 

26


(b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Fund to sell the Option Securities that were to have been purchased and sold on such Option Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Fund to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11.  Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate; notices to the Fund and the Adviser shall be directed to them at [            ], [ ], Attention: [ ].

SECTION 12.  Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser and their respective successors and the controlling persons and directors, officers, members and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and trustees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

27


SECTION 14.  Effect of Headings . The Section and Exhibit headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 15.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

Advisers Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Advisers Act.

Adviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

Applicable Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EDGAR ” means the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Fund Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Initial Registration Statement ” means the Fund’s registration statement (File Nos. 333- 175891 and 811-22592) on Form N-2 (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), as amended (if applicable), at the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information.

Lock-Up Period ” means the period beginning at the Applicable Time through and including the date that is the 180th day after the Applicable Time.

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Organizational Documents ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its charter and by-laws; (b) in the case of a limited or general partnership, its partnership certificate, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, certificate of formation or similar organizational documents and its operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or other similar agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its declaration of trust, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its trust agreement or other similar agreement; and (e) in the case of any other entity, the organizational and governing documents of such entity.

 

28


preliminary prospectus ” means any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) used in connection with the offering of the Securities that was so used before the Initial Registration Statement became effective, or that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or that omitted the Rule 430A Information or that was captioned “Subject to Completion”.

Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean the preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated [ ], 2012 and any preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) included in the Registration Statement at the Applicable Time that omits Rule 430A Information.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 497 after the Applicable Time.

Registration Statement ” means the Initial Registration Statement; provided that, if a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, then the term “Registration Statement” shall also include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 497 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 433 ” and “ Rule 462(b) ” refer to such rules under the 1933 Act.

Rule 430A Information ” means the information included in the Prospectus that was omitted from the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be a part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A.

Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Fund pursuant to Rule 462(b) for the purpose of registering any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, including the Rule 430A Information.

Rules and Regulations ” means, collectively, the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.

1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1933 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act.

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

29


1934 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act.

1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

1940 Act Notification ” means a notification of registration of the Fund as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as the 1940 Act Notification may be amended from time to time.

1940 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act.

All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR.

SECTION 16.  Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Fund and the Adviser acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) Each of the Underwriters is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Securities and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Fund or the Adviser, on the one hand, and any of the Underwriters, on the other hand, has been or will be created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not any of the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Fund or the Adviser on other matters and none of the Underwriters has any obligation to the Fund or the Adviser with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement;

(b) the public offering price of the Securities and the price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Fund following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives;

(c) it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(d) in connection with each transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the process leading to such transactions, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as principal and not as fiduciary, advisor or agent of the Fund or the Adviser or any of their respective affiliates; provided however, that in its capacity as an independent contractor, an Underwriter may be providing advice to the Adviser as to the structure, design and organization of the Fund pursuant to the Fee Agreements;

(e) none of the Underwriters has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice to the Fund or the Adviser with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and it has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisers to the extent it has deemed appropriate;

 

30


(f) it is aware that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Fund and the Adviser, and that none of the Underwriters has any obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Fund or the Adviser by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

(g) it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against any of the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that none of the Underwriters shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

31


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Fund and the Adviser a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Fund and the Adviser in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC [REPRESENTATIVES]

By:   WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

For themselves and as Representatives of the Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto.

 

32


EXHIBIT A

 

Name of Underwriter

   Number of Initial
Securities
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC   
[other Underwriters]   
  

 

Total   
  

 

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF OPINION OF FUND COUNSEL

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OPINION OF ADVISER’S COUNSEL


EXHIBIT D

PRICE-RELATED INFORMATION

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

Shares offered:             

Over-allotment option:             

 

D-1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

Public Offering of Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

Dated as of                     

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This agreement is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) among DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, a voluntary association with transferable shares organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (commonly referred to as a Massachusetts business trust) (the “Fund”), DoubleLine Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Adviser”), and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“Wells Fargo”), as representative of a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”), and the other parties thereto (if any), relating to a proposed underwritten public offering of common shares of beneficial interest (the “ Securities ”) of the Fund.

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, and in light of the benefits that the offering of the Securities will confer upon the undersigned in its capacity as a securityholder and/or an officer or director of the Fund, the Adviser , and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each Underwriter that, during the period beginning on and including the date of the Underwriting Agreement through and including the date that is the 180th day after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, [    ], [    ], [    ] and [    ], offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or would reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund or any person in privity with the Fund, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing or demanding of the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for Securities; whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of

 

F-1


disposition, whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Securities, other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction during the Lock-Up Period.

Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, the undersigned may, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, [        ], [        ], [        ] and [        ], transfer any Securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities as a bona fide gift or gifts, or by will or intestacy, to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s immediate family or as a bona fide gift or gifts to a charity or educational institution, provided , however , that in the case of any transfer described above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that (A) the transferee executes and delivers to Wells Fargo, acting on behalf of the Underwriters, not later than one business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement, in substantially the form of this agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the undersigned and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Wells Fargo, and (B) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities by the undersigned during the Lock-Up Period (as the same may be extended as described above), the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer or distribution is not a transfer for value and that such transfer is being made as a gift or by will or intestacy, as the case may be. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean a spouse, lineal descendent, father, mother, brother or sister of the undersigned.

The undersigned further agrees that (i) it will not, during the Lock-Up Period (as the same may be extended as described above), make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), of any Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities, and (ii) the Fund may, with respect to any Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities owned or held (of record or beneficially) by the undersigned, cause the transfer agent or other registrar to enter stop transfer instructions and implement stop transfer procedures with respect to such securities during the Lock-Up Period (as the same may be extended as described above).

In addition, the undersigned hereby waives any and all notice requirements and rights with respect to the registration of any securities pursuant to any agreement, instrument, understanding or otherwise, including any registration rights agreement or similar agreement, to which the undersigned is a party or under which the undersigned is entitled to any right or benefit, provided that such waiver shall apply only to the public offering of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and each registration statement filed under the 1933 Act in connection therewith.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this agreement and that this agreement has been duly authorized (if applicable), executed and delivered by the undersigned and is a valid and binding agreement of

 

F-2


the undersigned. This agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

If the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by the parties thereto prior to December [    ], 2012, this agreement shall automatically terminate and become null and void.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that whether or not any public offering of Common Stock actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions.

(Signature Page Immediately Follows)

 

F-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

Yours very truly,

 

Print Name:

 

F-4

Ex. (h)(2)

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

July 6, 2009

This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU ”), dated as of July 6, 2009, is by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“Wells Fargo Securities,” “we” or “us”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “ Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ,” and collectively, an “ AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “ Invitation Wire .” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:

I. GENERAL

1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction . Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as


defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments, or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering ”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”), any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.

Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Original Underwriting Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors. 1

 

 

1  

Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision. See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation , U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished).

 

2


References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.

1.2. Acceptance of AAU . You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.

1.3. Underwriters’ Questionnaire . Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.

II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS

2.1. Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “ Registered Offering ”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular,

 

3


together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “ Registration Statement ,” “ Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus ” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement ” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information ” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release ”).

2.2. Non-Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “ Offering Circular ” and “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).

 

4


2.3. Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements . You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “ Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.

III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY

3.1. Terms of Offering . You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “ Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “ Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ,” formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and NASD, Inc., or “ NASD ”), state blue sky or securities commissions , stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and

 

5


Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

3.2. Offering Date . The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering Date .”

3.3. Communications . Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. If the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering, and will abide by any other restrictions in the AAU or the Underwriting Agreement in connection therewith relating to any announcement, advertising, or publicity. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10, 10.11, and 10.12 hereof, you will not, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities in the Offering, without the consent of the Manager, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:

(i) any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,

(ii)(A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting Agreement may permit; provided, however , that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information ” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials ”),

 

6


(iii) any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), so long as such issuance or use has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,

(iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable, and

(v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data 2 that is not “ Issuer Information ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above used, or referred to by you, is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ” of yours). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus.

Any advertisement or written information published, given, sent, or otherwise conveyed by you in violation of this Section 3.3 is referred to as “ Unauthorized Material .”

3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales . You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

 

 

2  

Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.

 

7


3.5. Sales to Dealers . You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “ Dealer ” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.6. Direct Sales . The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.

3.7. Release of Unsold Securities . From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

3.8. International Offerings . In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or

 

8


exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “ Other Securities ”).

IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS

4.1. Arrangements for Sales . Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

4.2. Excess Sales . If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.

V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

5.1. Facilitation of Distribution . In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net

 

9


commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account ( i.e. , “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.

5.2. Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager . If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

5.3. Compliance with Regulation M . You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may

 

10


conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.

5.4. Standby Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided , however , that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.

VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT

You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by

 

11


you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

VII. EXPENSES

7.1. Management Fee . You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

7.2. Offering Expenses . You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.

VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS

8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges . You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their

 

12


behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.

8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities . Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.

8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes . The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.

IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT

9.1. Termination . Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.

9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts . Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on

 

13


such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.

9.3. Certain Other Expenses . You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “ Action ”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment

 

14


or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters . None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.

9.4. Indemnification . Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus or Supplemental Material of yours or Unauthorized Material used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing;

 

15


provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.

Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in NASD Conduct Rule 2720 or any FINRA successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.

9.5. Contribution . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus of yours or Unauthorized Material used by you, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay

 

16


in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that no request will be made on behalf of any Underwriter guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Underwriter who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided , further , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon such Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that does not breach Section 3.3 hereof, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (the “ Contributing Underwriters ”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.

In addition, you will pay your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.

9.6. Separate Counsel . If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available

 

17


to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.

9.7. Settlement of Actions . Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided , however , that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”); 3 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly

 

 

3  

Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement. For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault. Further assume that there were two Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault. If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment). If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500). This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement. By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.

 

18


provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.

9.8. Survival . Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.

9.9. Replacement of Manager . If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected. 4

Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.

In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement. 5

 

 

4  

Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this Agreement.

5  

Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this Master AAU.

 

19


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.

9.10. Notice . When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.

X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS

10.1. Knowledge of Offering . You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.

10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information . You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).

 

20


10.3. Name; Address . Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements . You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.

10.5. FINRA Requirements . You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank. If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation: (a) the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130, and (b) the requirements of NASD Conduct Rule 2740 or any FINRA successor rule thereto, and you will not grant any concessions, discounts, or other allowances which are not permitted by that Rule. If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you will not make any sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 or any successor rule thereto, and that in making any sales of the Securities you will comply, as though you are a member of FINRA, with the requirements of the following rules (including any FINRA successor rules thereto): (a) FINRA Rule 5130, (b) NASD Conduct Rules 2730, 2740, and 2750, and (c) NASD Conduct Rule 2420, as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country. If you are a Bank, you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under NASD’s Rules of Fair Practice (or any FINRA successor rules thereto), and you will comply with NASD Conduct Rule 2420 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto) as though you were a member.

10.6. Further State Notice . The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.

10.7. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8 . In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.

 

21


10.8. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

10.9. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.

It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

10.10. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements . You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.

10.11. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters . Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.

10.12. Electronic Distribution . By participating in the Offering or accepting the Invitation Wire, you will be deemed to be representing that either: (a) you are not making an online distribution; or (b) if you are making an online distribution, you are following procedures for online distributions previously reviewed by members of the Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission, such members raised no objections to the procedures reviewed, and there have been no material changes to your procedures since that review.

 

22


10.13. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence . By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between Wells Fargo Securities and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS

11.1. Effect of Termination . If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.

11.2. Sharing of Liability . If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.

11.3. Arrangements for Purchases . The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

XII. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1. Obligations Several . Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

12.2. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.

 

23


12.3. Termination of Master AAU . This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.

12.4. Governing Law . This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

12.5. Amendments . This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.

12.6. Notices . Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.

12.7. Severability . In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12.8. Counterparts . This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

 

  

Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU

by signing and returning to us the enclosed

duplicate copy hereof.

 

24


WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

(Authorized Officer)

Confirmed and accepted

as of July 6, 2009

 

 

(Legal Name of Underwriter)

 

(Address)
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

(Authorized Officer)

( If person signing is not an officer or a partner, please attach instrument of authorization )

 

25


Ex. (h)(2)

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

   Section Reference  

1933 Act

     1.1   

1934 Act

     3.5   

AAU

     Foreword   

ABS Underwriter Derived Information

     2.1   

Additional Securities

     1.1   

Bank

     3.5   

Co-Managers

     1.1   

Commission

     2.1   

Contract Securities

     3.1   

Contributing Underwriters

     9.5   

Dealer

     3.5   

DTC

     5.2   

Fees and Commissions

     1.1   

FINRA

     3.1   

Firm Securities

     1.1   

Free Writing Prospectus

     2.1   

Guarantor

     1.1   

In Writing

     1.2   

Indemnified Party

     9.4   

Indenture

     1.1   

International Offering

     1.1   

Intersyndicate Agreement

     2.3   

Invitation Wire

     Foreword   

Issuer

     1.1   

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus

     3.3   

Issuer Information

     3.3, 3.3   

Judgment Credit

     9.7   

Litigation

     9.4   

Losses

     9.4   

Manager

     9.9, 1.1   

Master AAU

     Foreward   

NASD

     3.1   

Offering

     Foreword   

Offering Circular

     2.2, 2.2   

Offering Date

     3.2   

Offering Price

     1.1   

Original Underwriting Obligation

     1.1   

Preliminary Offering Circular

     2.2   

Preliminary Prospectus

     2.1   

Pricing Date

     1.1   

Proceeding

     12.4   

Prospectus

     2.1   

Purchase Price

     1.1   


Term

   Section Reference  

QIU

     9.4   

Reallowance

     1.1   

Registered Offering

     2.1   

Registration Statement

     2.1   

Regulation M

     5.1   

Representative

     1.1   

Securities

     1.1   

Securities Offering Reform Release

     2.1   

Seller

     1.1   

Selling Concession

     1.1   

Settlement Date

     1.1   

Supplemental Materials

     3.3   

Syndicate Counsel

     9.6   

Trustee

     1.1   

Unauthorized Material

     3.3   

Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus

     3.3   

Underwriters

     1.1, 1.1   

Underwriters’ Securities

     3.1   

Underwriting Agreement

     1.1   

Underwriting Percentage

     1.1   

Wire

     Foreword   

 

27


EXHIBIT A

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE

In connection with each Offering governed by the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 6, 2009 except as indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”), each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer that, other than as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU):

(a) neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;

(b) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;

(c) other than as may be stated in the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 6, 2009, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

(d) other than as may be stated in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, or the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, and such Underwriter does not know of any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;

(e) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;


(f) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;

(g) such Underwriter is not an “affiliate” of the Issuer or the Guarantor for purposes of the NASD Conduct Rule 2720 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto). Such Underwriter understands that under Rule 2720 (except as provided in Rule 2720(b)(1)(C) thereof) two entities are “affiliates” of each other if one entity controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the second entity and that “control” is presumed to exist if one entity (or, in the case of a FINRA member, the entity and all “persons associated with” it (as defined by FINRA)) beneficially owns 10% or more of the second entity’s outstanding voting securities or, if the second entity is a partnership, if the first entity has a partnership interest in 10% or more of the second entity’s distributable profits or losses;

(h) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not investment grade debt securities or preferred stock, or equity securities for which there exists a “bona fide independent market” (as defined in NASD Conduct Rule 2720(b)(3) or any FINRA successor rule thereto) or otherwise exempted under NASD Conduct Rule 2720(b)(7)(D) (or any FINRA successor rule thereto), such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under NASD Conduct Rule 2720 (or any FINRA successor rule thereto). In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter, the “parent” of (as defined in Rule 2720), affiliates, and “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA), in the aggregate do not: (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s “common equity,” “preferred equity,” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in Rule 2720), or (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited, or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses;

(i) other than as may be stated in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of

 

2


the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments and expense reimbursements) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;

(j) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;

(k) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and

(l) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.

If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the price paid for such securities to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Attention: Syndicate Department, at the address noted in the Invitation Wire.

 

3

Ex. (h)(3)

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

July 6, 2009

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue – 4 th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. General . We understand that you are entering into this Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) in counterparts with us and other firms, which may include any Underwriters (as defined below), who may participate as dealers (such other firms collectively with us being referred to herein as the “ Selected Dealers ”) in connection with offerings of Securities (as defined below) that are managed solely by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) or by Wells Fargo with one or more co-managers, and which may include offerings registered in whole or in part under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and offerings other than registered offerings. The term “ Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acting in such capacity as manager. Irrespective of whether we have executed this Agreement, this Agreement shall apply to any offering of Securities as to which Wells Fargo has invited us to participate, and we have elected to participate, as a Selected Dealer.

The following information, to the extent applicable to the offering of the Securities, will be supplied to us at or prior to the time of such offering: (i) the expected offering date; (ii) the expected closing date; (iii) the initial public offering price; (iv) the interest or dividend rate (or the method by which such rate is to be determined); (v) the conversion, exercise or exchange price or rate, (vi) the redemption or liquidation price, (vii) the selling concession; (viii) the reallowance; (ix) the time of release of Securities for sale to the public; (x) the time at which subscription books will be opened; (xi) the amount, if any, of Securities reserved for purchase by Selected Dealers; (xii) the period of such reservation and the amount of Securities to be allotted to us; and (xiii) a statement that our participation as a Selected Dealer in the offering shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. The foregoing information shall be deemed to form a part of this Agreement and this Agreement shall become binding with respect to our participation as a Selected Dealer in an offering of Securities following our receipt of such information. If we have not previously executed this Agreement, by our purchase of Securities in an offering covered by this Agreement we shall be deemed to be a signatory hereto with respect to such offering of Securities.

The securities to be purchased in any offering of securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer pursuant to this Agreement, including any guarantees relating to such securities or any other securities into which such securities are convertible or for which such securities are exercisable or exchangeable and any securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Securities .” The issuer or issuers of the Securities are hereinafter referred to as the “ Issuer .” The underwriters or initial purchasers, as the case may be, on whose behalf the Manager executes the underwriting or


purchase agreement and any associated terms agreement, pricing agreement or similar agreement with the Issuer or any selling securityholders or any amendment or supplement thereto (collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with respect to an offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriters .” The provisions of this Agreement set forth below shall apply separately to each offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer.

2. Acceptance and Purchase . The offer of Securities to Selected Dealers will be made on the basis of a reservation of Securities and an allotment against subscriptions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part. Subscription books may be closed by the Manager at any time in its discretion without notice and the right is reserved to reject any subscription in whole or in part. We agree to purchase as principal the amount of Securities allotted to us by the Manager.

3. Offering Materials . (a) We understand and acknowledge that if registration of the offer and sale of the Securities as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement is required under the 1933 Act, the Manager will, at our request, furnish to us, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available to the Manager by the Issuer, copies of the Prospectus (as defined below) (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities in such number of copies as we may reasonably request. As used herein, “ Prospectus ” means the form of prospectus (including any supplements and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with the offering of such Securities.

(b) We understand and acknowledge that, if the offer and sale of the Securities are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, no registration statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”). In such case, the Manager will, at our request, furnish to us, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available to the Manager by the Issuer, copies, in such number as we may reasonably request of any Offering Circular (as defined below) (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) or other offering materials to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities. As used herein, “ Offering Circular ” means the form of offering circular, offering memorandum or other offering materials (including any supplements and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with the offering of such Securities. The Prospectus or Offering Circular, as the case may be, relating to an offering of Securities is herein referred to as the “ Offering Document .”

(c) We acknowledge and agree that in purchasing Securities we will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the Offering Document delivered to us by the Manager, including any documents incorporated by reference therein. We understand and acknowledge that we are not authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in the Offering Document, including in any document incorporated by reference therein, in connection with the offering of the Securities. Our purchase of Securities shall constitute our agreement that, if requested by the Manager, we will furnish a copy of any amendment or supplement to any preliminary or final Offering Document to each person to whom we have furnished a previous preliminary or final Offering Document. Our purchase of Securities registered under the 1933 Act or in any other offering to which the provisions of Rule

 

2


15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), are made applicable by notice from the Manager to us or otherwise, shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Prospectuses required for compliance with Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Our purchase of Securities exempt from registration under the 1933 Act shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Offering Circulars required for compliance with the applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters or initial purchasers.

4. Offering of the Securities . (a) The offering of the Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the Offering Document and to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. After the public offering of the Securities has commenced, the Manager may change the public offering price, public offering size, the selling concession and the reallowance. Any of the Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement are to be reoffered by us, subject to their receipt and acceptance by the Manager, to investors at the initial public offering price, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Offering Document. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Securities shall not be offered or sold by us below the initial public offering price before the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of the Securities, except that a reallowance from the initial public offering price of not in excess of the amount set forth in the invitation wire, telex, facsimile or electronic data transmission or other written communication (the “ Invitation ”) from the Manager inviting us to participate as a Selected Dealer in an offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement may be allowed to any Selected Dealer that (i) agrees that such amount is to be retained and not reallowed in whole or in part, (ii) makes the representations contained in Section 13, and (iii) unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or are such other securities as may be sold from time to time by a “bank” as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”), is not a Bank.

(b) The Manager as such and, with the Manager’s consent, any Underwriter may purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any of the Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters, and any Selected Dealer may buy Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Selected Dealer or any Underwriter, at the initial public offering price less all or any part of the concession to Selected Dealers.

(c) If we have received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession as to any Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement which, prior to the later of (i) the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities and (ii) the covering by the Manager of any short position created by the Manager in connection with the offering of such Securities, the Manager may have purchased or contracted to purchase for the account of any Underwriter (whether such Securities have been sold or loaned by us), then we agree to pay the Manager on demand for the accounts of the several Underwriters an amount equal to the Selected Dealers’ concession and, in addition, the Manager may charge us with any broker’s commission and transfer tax paid in connection with such purchase or contract to purchase. Securities delivered on such repurchases need not be represented by the identical certificates originally purchased. With respect to any such repurchased Securities as to which we

 

3


have not yet received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession, we shall be responsible for any such broker’s commission and transfer tax and the Manager shall not be obligated to pay any Selected Dealers’ concession as to such Securities.

(d) No expenses shall be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to us will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to us. However, we shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by us and shall pay our proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against us and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

5. Stabilization and Over-Allotment . The Manager may, with respect to the offering of the Securities, over-allot, purchase and sell Securities or any other securities that may, in whole or in significant part, determine the value of the Securities for long or short account, on such terms as the Manager may deem advisable, and stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. We agree that upon the Manager’s request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to an offering of Securities, we will report the amount of Securities purchased by us pursuant to such offering which then remain unsold by us and will, upon the Manager’s request at any such time, sell to the Manager for the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as the Manager may designate at the initial public offering price less an amount to be determined by the Manager not in excess of the Selected Dealers’ concession.

6. Compliance with Regulation M .

Unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, we represent that, at all times since we were invited to participate in the offering of the Securities, we have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to such offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If we have been notified by the Manager that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the offering of the Securities, we represent that, at all times since our receipt of such notice, we have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions.

If the Securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock and such common stock is subject to options traded on a securities exchange, we represent and warrant that we have not, since the day following the date of the Invitation, entered into a discount or parity opening uncovered writing transaction in options to acquire shares of such common stock for our account or for the account of any customer and we agree that we will not enter into any such transaction prior to the termination of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such offering of Securities. The term “discount or parity opening uncovered writing transaction” means an opening sale transaction where the seller is the writer of an option to purchase shares of such common stock which he does not then own or have the right to acquire upon exercise of conversion option rights, which option is sold at a price (exclusive of commissions) per optioned share which, when added to the amount per share payable upon exercise of the option, shall be equal to or less than the last reported sales price (exclusive of commissions) per share immediately prior to the time such option is sold.

 

4


7. Net Capital . We represent and warrant that the incurrence by us of our obligations hereunder in connection with the offering of the Securities will not place us in violation of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act, if such requirements are applicable to us, or, if we are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place us in violation of the capital requirements of such regulator or any other regulator to which we are subject.

8. Payment and Delivery . We agree that Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid for in an amount equal to the initial public offering price therefor or, if the Manager shall so advise us, at such initial public offering price less the Selected Dealers’ concession with respect thereto, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which the Underwriters are required to purchase the Securities, by delivery to the Manager, at its office, of payment in the manner and type of funds and currency specified in the payment instructions of the Manager given to us, payable to the order of “Wells Fargo Securities, LLC” If payment is made for Securities purchased by us at the initial public offering price, the Selected Dealers’ concession to which we may be entitled will be paid to us upon termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, if transactions in the Securities can be settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), if we are a member of DTC, we authorize you, in your discretion, to make appropriate arrangements for payment and/or delivery through the facilities of DTC of the Securities to be purchased by us, or, if we are not a member of DTC, settlement may be made through a correspondent that is a member of DTC pursuant to our timely instructions.

9. Blue Sky and Other Qualifications . It is understood and agreed that the Manager assumes no responsibility or obligation with respect to the right of any Selected Dealer or other person to sell the Securities in any jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information the Manager may furnish in that connection.

10. Termination; Amendment . (a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 5 and (iii) Section 6 of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Offering Provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement at the close of business on the 45th day after the date of the initial public offering of the Securities or at the close of business on the day of the closing of the purchase of the Securities by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, whichever is later, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such Offering Provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Manager may extend the effectiveness of such Offering Provisions up to an additional 15 days by notice to us to the effect that the Offering Provisions of this Agreement are extended to the date or by the number of days indicated in the notice. The Manager may terminate such Offering Provisions, other than Section 4(c), at any time by notice to us to the effect that the Offering Provisions of this Agreement are terminated and the Manager may terminate the provisions of Section 4(c) at any time at or subsequent to the termination of

 

5


the other Offering Provisions by notice to us to the effect that the penalty bid provisions of this Agreement are terminated. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to the offering of such Securities.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular offering of Securities, if you receive any such notice from us after you have notified us of the amount of Securities allotted to us in such offering, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as to such offering and shall terminate with respect to such offering and all previous offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

(c) This Agreement may be supplemented or amended by you by notice to us from you and, except for supplements or amendments set forth in the information relating to a particular offering of Securities, any such supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any offering to which this Agreement applies after the date of such supplement or amendment. Each reference to “this Agreement” herein shall, as appropriate, be to this Agreement as so supplemented and amended.

11. Role of the Manager; Role of the Selected Dealers; Legal Responsibility . (a) Wells Fargo is acting as representative of each of the Underwriters in all matters in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Underwriters’ purchases of the Securities. Any action to be taken, authority that may be exercised or determination to be made by the Manager or any co-managers hereunder may be taken, exercised or made by Wells Fargo on behalf of the Manager and all of the co-managers. The rights and liabilities of each Underwriter of Securities and each Selected Dealer shall be several and not joint.

(a) The Manager, as such, shall have full authority to take such action as it may deem necessary or advisable in all matters in pertaining to the offering of Securities or arising under this Agreement. The Manager will have no liability to any Selected Dealer for any act or omission except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager herein, and no obligations on the part of the Manager shall be implied hereby or inferred herefrom.

(b) We understand and agree that we are to act as principal in purchasing Securities and we are not authorized to act as agent for the Issuer, any selling securityholder or any of the Underwriters in offering the Securities to the public or otherwise.

(c) Nothing herein contained shall cause us to constitute an association, or partners, with the other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters, the Manager or any co-managers, or, except as otherwise provided herein, render us liable for the obligations of any other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters, the Manager or any co-managers. If the Selected Dealers among themselves or with the Underwriters or the Manager or any co-managers are deemed to constitute a partnership for Federal income tax purposes, then each Selected Dealer hereby elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and agrees not to take any position inconsistent with such election. The Manager is authorized, in its discretion, to execute on behalf of the Selected Dealers such evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

6


12. Notices . Except as otherwise set forth herein, any notices from the Manager to us shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, delivered by overnight courier, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), telegraphed, telexed or telecopied to us at the address set forth at the foot of this Agreement or at such other address we shall have advised you by notice in writing. Any notice from us to the Manager shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, delivered by overnight courier, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), telegraphed or telecopied to:

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue 4 th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: David Herman

Telephone: (212) 214-6161

Telecopy: (212) 214-5918

(or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as we shall be notified by Wells Fargo). Communications by telegram, telex, telecopy, wire or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be “written” communications.

13. NASD Matters; Other Laws . We represent and warrant that we are (a) a member of good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”), (b) a Bank that is not a member of the NASD, or (c) a foreign bank or dealer not eligible for membership in the NASD. In making sales of Securities, if we are such a member in good standing of the NASD, we agree that we will comply with all applicable interpretive materials (“ IM ”) and rules of the NASD, including without limitation, IM-2110-1 (the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding) and Rule 2740 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules, or, if we are such a foreign bank or dealer, we agree to comply with IM-2110-1 and Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though we were such a member and Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as it applies to a nonmember broker or dealer in a foreign country. If we are a Bank, we agree, to the extent required by applicable law or the Conduct Rules of the NASD, that we will not, in connection with the public offering of any Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or such other securities as from time to time may be sold by a Bank, purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Selected Dealer or otherwise accept any selling concession, discount or other allowance, or any portion of any management fee, global coordinator’s fee, or other similar fee, from any Underwriter or Selected Dealer, and we will comply with Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though we were a member. Without limitation to the other provisions of this Agreement, we agree that, in selling Securities and otherwise acting as Selected Dealer in any offering of Securities, we will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act and all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any applicable securities exchange or other applicable regulatory authority.

 

7


14. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name of Firm)

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Telecopy:

 

 

Telex:

 

 

Confirmed as of the date first above written:

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:   David H. Herman
Title:   Director

 

8

Ex. (j)

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this      day of August, 2011, by and between DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America with its principal place of business at Minneapolis, Minnesota (the “Custodian”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company;

WHEREAS, the Custodian is a bank having the qualifications prescribed in Section 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain the Custodian to act as custodian of its cash and securities; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  1.1 “Authorized Person” means any Officer or other person duly authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees to give Written Instructions on behalf of the Fund and named in Exhibit A hereto or in such resolutions of the Board of Trustees, certified by an Officer, as may be received by the Custodian from time to time.

 

  1.2 “Board of Trustees” shall mean the trustees from time to time serving under the Fund’s declaration of trust, as amended from time to time.

 

  1.3 “Book-Entry System” shall mean a federal book-entry system as provided in Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, in Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, or in such book-entry regulations of federal agencies as are substantially in the form of such Subpart O.

 

  1.4 “Business Day” shall mean any day recognized as a settlement day by The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., and any other day for which the Fund computes the net asset value of Shares of the Fund.

 

  1.5 “Fund Custody Account” shall mean any of the accounts in the name of the Fund, which is provided for in Section 3.2 below.

 

1


  1.6 “IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  1.7 “FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

  1.8 “Officer” shall mean the Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or any Managing Member of the Fund.

 

  1.9 “Proper Instructions” shall mean Written Instructions.

 

  1.10 “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  1.11 “Securities” shall include, without limitation, common and preferred stocks, bonds, call options, put options, debentures, notes, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, mortgage-backed securities or other obligations, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments or documents representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or any similar property or assets that the Custodian has the facilities to clear and service.

 

  1.12 “Securities Depository” shall mean The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing agency registered with the SEC under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), which acts as a system for the central handling of Securities where all Securities of any particular class or series of an issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of the Securities.

 

  1.13 “Shares” shall mean, with respect to a Fund, the units of beneficial interest issued by the Fund on account of the Fund.

 

  1.14

“Sub-Custodian” shall mean and include (i) any branch of a “U.S. bank,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, and (ii) any “eligible foreign custodian,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, having a contract with the Custodian which the Custodian has determined will provide reasonable care of assets of the Fund based on the standards specified in Section 3.3 below. Such contract shall be in writing and shall include provisions that provide: (i) for indemnification or insurance arrangements (or any combination of the foregoing) such that the Fund will be adequately protected against the risk of loss of assets held in accordance with such contract; (ii) that the Fund’s assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the Sub-Custodian or its creditors except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration, in the case of cash deposits, liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Sub-Custodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws; (iii) that beneficial ownership for the Fund’s assets will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration; (iv) that adequate records will be maintained identifying the assets as belonging to the Fund or as being held by a third party for the benefit of the Fund; (v) that the Fund’s independent public accountants will be given access to those records or confirmation of the contents of those records;

 

2


  and (vi) that the Fund will receive periodic reports with respect to the safekeeping of the Fund’s assets, including, but not limited to, notification of any transfer to or from a Fund’s account or a third party account containing assets held for the benefit of the Fund. Such contract may contain, in lieu of any or all of the provisions specified in (i) – (vi) above, such other provisions that the Custodian determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for Fund assets as the specified provisions.

 

  1.15 “Written Instructions” shall mean (i) written communications actually received by the Custodian and signed by any Authorized Person, (ii) communications by telex or any other such system from one or more persons reasonably believed by the Custodian to be Authorized Persons, or (iii) communications between electro-mechanical or electronic devices provided that the use of such devices and the procedures for the use thereof shall have been approved by resolutions of the Board of Trustees, a copy of which, certified by an Officer, shall have been delivered to the Custodian.

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN

 

  2.1 Appointment . The Fund hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash owned by or in the possession of the Fund at any time during the period of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement. The services and duties of the Custodian shall be confined to those matters expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Custodian hereunder.

 

  2.2 Documents to be Furnished . The following documents, including any amendments thereto, will be provided contemporaneously with the execution of the Agreement to the Custodian by the Fund:

 

  (a) A copy of the Fund’s articles of organization, certified by an Officer;

 

  (b) A copy of the resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Fund appointing the Custodian, certified by the Secretary;

 

  (c) A certification of the Secretary of the Fund setting forth the names and signatures of the current officers or managing members of the Fund and other Authorized Persons; and

 

  (d) An executed authorization required by the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985, attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

  2.3 Notice of Appointment of Transfer Agent . The Fund agrees to notify the Custodian in writing of the appointment, termination or change in appointment of any transfer agent of the Fund.

 

3


ARTICLE III

CUSTODY OF CASH AND SECURITIES

 

  3.1 Segregation . All Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian for the account of the Fund (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository or Book-Entry System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian (including the Securities and non-cash property of the other series of the Fund) and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement.

 

  3.2 Fund Custody Accounts . As to each Fund, the Custodian shall open and maintain in its trust department a custody account in the name of the Fund coupled with the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry all Securities, cash and other assets of such Fund which are delivered to it.

 

  3.3 Appointment of Agents .

 

  (a) In its discretion, the Custodian may appoint one or more Sub-Custodians to act as Securities Depositories or as sub-custodians to hold Securities and cash of the Fund and to carry out such other provisions of this Agreement as it may determine; provided, however, that the appointment of any such agents and maintenance of any Securities and cash of the Fund shall be at the Custodian’s expense and shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement. The Custodian shall be liable for the actions of any Sub-Custodians appointed by it as if such actions had been done by the Custodian.

 

  (b) If, after the initial approval of Sub-Custodians by the Board of Trustees in connection with this Agreement, the Custodian wishes to appoint other Sub-Custodians to hold property of the Fund, it will so notify the Fund and provide it with information reasonably necessary to determine any such new Sub-Custodian’s eligibility under Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, including a copy of the proposed agreement with such Sub-Custodian. At the meeting of the Board of Trustees next following receipt of such notice and information, the Fund shall give its written approval or disapproval of the proposed action.

 

  (c) The Agreement between the Custodian and each Sub-Custodian acting hereunder shall contain the required provisions set forth in Rule 17f-5(c)(2) under the 1940 Act.

 

  (d) At the end of each calendar quarter, the Custodian shall provide written reports notifying the Board of Trustees of the placement of the Securities and cash of the Fund with a particular Sub-Custodian and of any material changes in the Fund’s arrangements. The Custodian shall promptly take such steps as may be required to withdraw assets of the Fund from any Sub-Custodian that has ceased to meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.

 

4


  (e) With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 3.3, the Custodian hereby warrants to the Fund that it agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of property of the Fund. The Custodian further warrants that the Fund’s assets will be subject to reasonable care if maintained with a Sub-Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation: (i) the Sub-Custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls for certificated securities (if applicable), its method of keeping custodial records, and its security and data protection practices; (ii) whether the Sub-Custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for Fund assets; (iii) the Sub-Custodian’s general reputation and standing and, in the case of a Securities Depository, the Securities Depository’s operating history and number of participants; and (iv) whether the Fund will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Sub-Custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of the Sub-Custodian in the United States or the Sub-Custodian’s consent to service of process in the United States.

 

  (f) The Custodian shall establish a system to monitor the appropriateness of maintaining the Fund’s assets with a particular Sub-Custodian and the contract governing the Fund’s arrangements with such Sub-Custodian.

 

  3.4 Delivery of Assets to Custodian . The Fund shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian all of the Fund’s Securities, cash and other investment assets, including (i) all payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Fund with respect to such Securities, cash or other assets owned by the Fund at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (ii) all cash received by the Fund for the issuance of Shares. The Custodian shall not be responsible for such Securities, cash or other assets until actually received by it.

 

  3.5 Securities Depositories and Book-Entry Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities of the Fund in a Securities Depository or in a Book-Entry System, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (a) The Custodian, on an on-going basis, shall deposit in a Securities Depository or Book-Entry System all Securities eligible for deposit therein and shall make use of such Securities Depository or Book-Entry System to the extent possible and practical in connection with its performance hereunder, including, without limitation, in connection with settlements of purchases and sales of Securities, loans of Securities, and deliveries and returns of collateral consisting of Securities.

 

  (b) Securities of the Fund kept in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository shall be kept in an account (“Depository Account”) of the Custodian in such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository which includes only assets held by the Custodian as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers.

 

5


  (c) The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities of the Fund maintained in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository shall, by book-entry, identify such Securities as belonging to the Fund.

 

  (d) If Securities purchased by the Fund are to be held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, the Custodian shall pay for such Securities upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System or Securities Depository that such Securities have been transferred to the Depository Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund. If Securities sold by the Fund are held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, the Custodian shall transfer such Securities upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System or Securities Depository that payment for such Securities has been transferred to the Depository Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund.

 

  (e) The Custodian shall provide the Fund with copies of any report (obtained by the Custodian from a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository in which Securities of the Fund are kept) on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Securities deposited in such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from (i) the use of a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository by reason of any negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian, or (ii) failure of the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository. At its election, the Fund shall be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim against a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository or any other person from any loss or damage to the Fund arising from the use of such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage.

 

  (g) With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 3.5 and pursuant to Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, the Custodian hereby warrants to the Fund that it agrees to (i) exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain such assets, (ii) provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the Custodian’s internal accounting controls and financial strength, and (iii) require any Sub-Custodian to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain assets corresponding to the security entitlements of its entitlement holders.

 

6


  3.6 Disbursement of Moneys from Fund Custody Account . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall disburse moneys from the Fund Custody Account but only in the following cases:

(a) For the purchase of Securities for the Fund but only in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement and only (i) in the case of Securities (other than options on Securities, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts), against the delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of such Securities registered as provided in Section 3.9 below or in proper form for transfer, or if the purchase of such Securities is effected through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 3.5 above; (ii) in the case of options on Securities, against delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of such receipts as are required by the customs prevailing among dealers in such options; (iii) in the case of futures contracts and options on futures contracts, against delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of evidence of title thereto in favor of the Fund or any nominee referred to in Section 3.9 below; and (iv) in the case of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System or between the Fund and a primary dealer in U.S. Government securities, against delivery of the purchased Securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository with such Securities;

(b) In connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender, as set forth in Section 3.7(f) below, of Securities owned by the Fund;

(c) For the payment of any dividends or capital gain distributions declared by the Fund;

(d) In payment of the price of Shares repurchased in open market purchases or through tender offers as provided in Section 5.1 below;

(e) For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including, but not limited to, the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest; taxes; administration, investment advisory, accounting, auditing, transfer agent, custodian, director and legal fees; and other operating expenses of the Fund; in all cases, whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or in part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

(f) For transfer in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or of any similar organization or organizations) regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

(g) For transfer in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity

 

7


Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any contract market (or any similar organization or organizations) regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

(h) For the funding of any uncertificated time deposit or other interest-bearing account with any banking institution (including the Custodian), which deposit or account has a term of one year or less; and

(i) For any other proper purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, of a copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees, certified by an Officer, specifying the amount and purpose of such payment, declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

  3.7 Delivery of Securities from Fund Custody Account . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall release and deliver Securities from the Fund Custody Account but only in the following cases:

 

  (a) Upon the sale of Securities for the account of the Fund but only against receipt of payment therefor in cash, by certified or cashiers check or bank credit;

 

  (b) In the case of a sale effected through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.5 above;

 

  (c) To an offeror’s depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for Securities of the Fund; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  (d) To the issuer thereof or its agent (i) for transfer into the name of the Fund, the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian, or any nominee or nominees of any of the foregoing, or (ii) for exchange for a different number of certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new Securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  (e) To the broker selling the Securities, for examination in accordance with the “street delivery” custom;

 

  (f) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the issuer of such Securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such Securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement, including surrender or receipt of underlying Securities in connection with the issuance or cancellation of depository receipts; provided that, in any such case, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

8


  (g) Upon receipt of payment therefor pursuant to any repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement entered into by the Fund;

 

  (h) In the case of warrants, rights or similar Securities, upon the exercise thereof, provided that, in any such case, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  (i) For delivery in connection with any loans of Securities of the Fund, but only against receipt of such collateral as the Fund shall have specified to the Custodian in Proper Instructions;

 

  (j) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowings by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt by the Custodian of the amounts borrowed;

 

  (k) Pursuant to any authorized plan of liquidation, reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Fund;

 

  (l) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or of any similar organization or organizations) regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  (m) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any contract market (or any similar organization or organizations) regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund; or

 

  (n) For any other proper corporate purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, of a copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees, certified by an Officer, specifying the Securities to be delivered, setting forth the purpose for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such Securities shall be made.

 

  3.8 Actions Not Requiring Proper Instructions . Unless otherwise instructed by the Fund, the Custodian shall with respect to all Securities held for the Fund:

 

  (a) Subject to Section 9.4 below, collect on a timely basis all income and other payments to which the Fund is entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business;

 

9


  (b) Present for payment and, subject to Section 9.4 below, collect on a timely basis the amount payable upon all Securities which may mature or be called, redeemed, or retired, or otherwise become payable;

 

  (c) Endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;

 

  (d) Surrender interim receipts or Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;

 

  (e) Execute, as custodian, any necessary declarations or certificates of ownership under the federal income tax laws or the laws or regulations of any other taxing authority now or hereafter in effect, and prepare and submit reports to the IRS and the Fund at such time, in such manner and containing such information as is prescribed by the IRS;

 

  (f) Hold for the Fund, either directly or, with respect to Securities held therein, through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to Securities of the Fund; and

 

  (g) In general, and except as otherwise directed in Proper Instructions, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with Securities and other assets of the Fund.

 

  3.9 Registration and Transfer of Securities . All Securities held for the Fund that are issued or issuable only in bearer form shall be held by the Custodian in that form, provided that any such Securities shall be held in a Book-Entry System if eligible therefor. All other Securities held for the Fund may be registered in the name of the Fund, the Custodian, a Sub-Custodian, or any nominee of any of them, or in the name of a Book-Entry System, Securities Depository or any nominee of either thereof. The Fund shall furnish to the Custodian appropriate instruments to enable the Custodian to hold or deliver in proper form for transfer, or to register in the name of any of the nominees referred to above or in the name of a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, any Securities registered in the name of the Fund.

 

  3.10 Records .

 

  (a)

The Custodian shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to Securities, cash or other property held for the Fund, including (i) journals or other records of original entry containing an itemized daily record in detail of all receipts and deliveries of Securities and all receipts and disbursements of cash; (ii) ledgers (or other records) reflecting (A) Securities in transfer, (B) Securities in physical possession, (C) monies and Securities borrowed and monies and Securities loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and substitutions of such collateral), (D) dividends and interest received, and (E) dividends receivable and interest receivable; and (iii) canceled checks and bank records related thereto. The Custodian shall keep such other books and

 

10


  records of the Fund as the Fund shall reasonably request, or as may be required by the 1940 Act, including, but not limited to, Section 31 of the 1940 Act and Rule 31a-2 promulgated thereunder.

 

  (b) All such books and records maintained by the Custodian shall (i) be maintained in a form acceptable to the Fund and in compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, (ii) be the property of the Fund and at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be made available upon request for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees or agents of the SEC, and (iii) if required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, be preserved for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act.

 

  3.11 Fund Reports by Custodian . The Custodian shall furnish the Fund with a daily activity statement and a summary of all transfers to or from each Fund Custody Account on the day following such transfers. At least monthly, the Custodian shall furnish the Fund with a detailed statement of the Securities and moneys held by the Custodian and the Sub-Custodians for the Fund under this Agreement.

 

  3.12 Other Reports by Custodian . As the Fund may reasonably request from time to time, the Custodian shall provide the Fund with reports on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Securities which are employed by the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian.

 

  3.13 Proxies and Other Materials . The Custodian shall cause all proxies relating to Securities which are not registered in the name of the Fund to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such Securities.

 

  3.14 Information on Corporate Actions . The Custodian shall promptly deliver to the Fund all information received by the Custodian and pertaining to Securities being held by the Fund with respect to optional tender or exchange offers, calls for redemption or purchase, or expiration of rights as described in the Standards of Service Guide attached as Exhibit B . If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer or other similar transaction, the Fund shall notify the Custodian at least five Business Days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take such action. The Fund will provide or cause to be provided to the Custodian all relevant information for any Security which has unique put/option provisions at least five Business Days prior to the beginning date of the tender period.

ARTICLE IV

PURCHASE AND SALE OF INVESTMENTS OF THE FUND

 

  4.1

Purchase of Securities . Promptly upon each purchase of Securities for the Fund, Written Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian, specifying (i) the name of the issuer or writer of such Securities, and the title or other description thereof, (ii) the number of shares, principal amount (and accrued interest, if any) or other units

 

11


  purchased, (iii) the date of purchase and settlement, (iv) the purchase price per unit, (v) the total amount payable upon such purchase, and (vi) the name of the person to whom such amount is payable. The Custodian shall upon receipt of such Securities purchased by the Fund pay out of the moneys held for the account of the Fund the total amount specified in such Written Instructions to the person named therein. The Custodian shall not be under any obligation to pay out moneys to cover the cost of a purchase of Securities for the Fund, if in the Fund Custody Account there is insufficient cash available to the Fund for which such purchase was made.

 

  4.2 Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities Purchased . In any and every case where payment for the purchase of Securities for the Fund is made by the Custodian in advance of receipt of the Securities purchased and in the absence of specified Written Instructions to so pay in advance, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for such payment.

 

  4.3 Sale of Securities . Promptly upon each sale of Securities by the Fund, Written Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian, specifying (i) the name of the issuer or writer of such Securities, and the title or other description thereof, (ii) the number of shares, principal amount (and accrued interest, if any), or other units sold, (iii) the date of sale and settlement, (iv) the sale price per unit, (v) the total amount payable upon such sale, and (vi) the person to whom such Securities are to be delivered. Upon receipt of the total amount payable to the Fund as specified in such Written Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver such Securities to the person specified in such Written Instructions. Subject to the foregoing, the Custodian may accept payment in such form as shall be satisfactory to it, and may deliver Securities and arrange for payment in accordance with the customs prevailing among dealers in Securities.

 

  4.4 Delivery of Securities Sold . Notwithstanding Section 4.3 above or any other provision of this Agreement, the Custodian, when instructed to deliver Securities against payment, shall be entitled, if in accordance with generally accepted market practice, to deliver such Securities prior to actual receipt of final payment therefor. In any such case, the Fund shall bear the risk that final payment for such Securities may not be made or that such Securities may be returned or otherwise held or disposed of by or through the person to whom they were delivered, and the Custodian shall have no liability for any for the foregoing.

 

  4.5

Payment for Securities Sold. In its sole discretion and from time to time, the Custodian may credit the Fund Custody Account, prior to actual receipt of final payment thereof, with (i) proceeds from the sale of Securities which it has been instructed to deliver against payment, (ii) proceeds from the redemption of Securities or other assets of the Fund, and (iii) income from cash, Securities or other assets of the Fund. Any such credit shall be conditional upon actual receipt by Custodian of final payment and may be reversed if final payment is not actually received in full. The Custodian may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, permit the Fund to use funds so credited to the Fund Custody Account in anticipation of actual receipt

 

12


  of final payment. Any such funds shall be repayable immediately upon demand made by the Custodian at any time prior to the actual receipt of all final payments in anticipation of which funds were credited to the Fund Custody Account.

 

  4.6 Advances by Custodian for Settlement . The Custodian may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, advance funds to the Fund to facilitate the settlement of a Fund’s transactions in the Fund Custody Account. Any such advance shall be repayable immediately upon demand made by Custodian.

ARTICLE V

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

 

  5.1 Transfer of Funds . From such funds as may be available for the purpose in the relevant Fund Custody Account, and upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying that the funds are required to repurchase Shares of the Fund in open market purchases or pursuant to a tender offer, the Custodian shall wire each amount specified in such Proper Instructions to or through such bank or broker-dealer as the Fund may designate.

 

  5.2 No Duty Regarding Paying Banks . Once the Custodian has wired amounts to a bank or broker-dealer pursuant to Section 5.1 above, the Custodian shall not be under any obligation to effect any further payment or distribution by such bank or broker-dealer.

ARTICLE VI

SEGREGATED ACCOUNTS

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or Securities, including Securities maintained in a Depository Account:

 

  (a) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  (b) for purposes of segregating cash or Securities in connection with securities options purchased or written by the Fund or in connection with financial futures contracts (or options thereon) purchased or sold by the Fund;

 

  (c) which constitute collateral for loans of Securities made by the Fund;

 

13


  (d) for purposes of compliance by the Fund with requirements under the 1940 Act for the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and when-issued, delayed delivery and firm commitment transactions; and

 

  (e) for other proper corporate purposes, but only upon receipt of, in addition to Proper Instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Trustees, certified by an Officer, setting forth the purpose or purposes of such segregated account and declaring such purposes to be proper corporate purposes.

Each segregated account established under this Article VI shall be established and maintained for the Fund only. All Proper Instructions relating to a segregated account shall specify the Fund.

ARTICLE VII

COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN

 

  7.1 Compensation . The Custodian shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit C hereto (as amended from time to time). The Custodian shall also be compensated for such out-of-pocket expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by the Custodian in performing its duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify the Custodian in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, amounts owed by the Fund to the Custodian shall only be paid out of the assets and property of the particular Fund involved.

 

  7.2 Overdrafts . The Fund is responsible for maintaining an appropriate level of short term cash investments to accommodate cash outflows. The Fund may obtain a formal line of credit for potential overdrafts of its custody account. In the event of an overdraft or in the event the line of credit is insufficient to cover an overdraft, the overdraft amount or the overdraft amount that exceeds the line of credit will be charged in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit D hereto (as amended from time to time).

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  8.1 Representations and Warranties of the Fund . The Fund hereby represents and warrants to the Custodian, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

  (a) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

14


  (b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 

  (c) It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

  8.2 Representations and Warranties of the Custodian . The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

  (a) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Custodian in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Custodian, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 

  (c) It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

CONCERNING THE CUSTODIAN

 

  9.1

Standard of Care . The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Custodian shall not be liable for any error of

 

15


  judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with its duties under this Agreement, except a loss arising out of or relating to the Custodian’s (or a Sub-Custodian’s) refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement) or from its (or a Sub-Custodian’s) bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). The Custodian shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of any action taken or omitted by the Custodian pursuant to advice of counsel.

 

  9.2 Actual Collection Required . The Custodian shall not be liable for, or considered to be the custodian of, any cash belonging to the Fund or any money represented by a check, draft or other instrument for the payment of money, until the Custodian or its agents actually receive such cash or collect on such instrument.

 

  9.3 No Responsibility for Title, etc. So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  9.4 Limitation on Duty to Collect . Custodian shall not be required to enforce collection, by legal means or otherwise, of any money or property due and payable with respect to Securities held for the Fund if such Securities are in default or payment is not made after due demand or presentation.

 

  9.5 Reliance Upon Documents and Instructions . The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other instrument in writing received by it and reasonably believed by it to be genuine. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any Written Instructions actually received by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  9.6 Cooperation . The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Fund to keep the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the value of the assets of the Fund. The Custodian shall take all such reasonable actions as the Fund may from time to time request to enable the Fund to obtain, from year to year, favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to the Custodian’s activities hereunder in connection with (i) the preparation of the Fund’s reports on Form N-2 and Form N-SAR and any other reports required by the SEC, and (ii) the fulfillment by the Fund of any other requirements of the SEC.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

 

  10.1

Indemnification by Fund . The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian, any Sub-Custodian and any nominee thereof (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all

 

16


  claims, demands, losses, expenses and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that an Indemnified Party may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against an Indemnified Party by any person arising directly or indirectly (i) from the fact that Securities are registered in the name of any such nominee, (ii) from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Custodian or such Sub-Custodian (a) at the request or direction of or in reliance on the advice of the Fund, or (b) upon Proper Instructions, or (iii) from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any sub-custody agreement, provided that neither the Custodian nor any such Sub-Custodian shall be indemnified and held harmless from and against any such claim, demand, loss, expense or liability arising out of or relating to its refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement), or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the terms “Custodian” and “Sub-Custodian” shall include their respective directors, officers and employees.

 

  10.2 Indemnification by Custodian . The Custodian shall indemnify and hold harmless the Fund from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising out of any action taken or omitted to be taken by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Indemnified Party’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement), or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Custodian, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s directors, officers and employees.

 

  10.3 Security . If the Custodian advances cash or Securities to the Fund for any purpose, either at the Fund’s request or as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee incurs, in connection with its performance under this Agreement, any claim, demand, loss, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct), then, in any such event, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor, and should the Fund fail promptly to repay or indemnify the Custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash of such Fund and to dispose of other assets of such Fund to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement or indemnification.

 

  10.4 Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for consequential, special or punitive damages under any provision of this Agreement.

 

17


  (b) The indemnity provisions of this Article shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.

 

  (c) In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Article shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this section. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE XI

FORCE MAJEURE

Neither the Custodian nor the Fund shall be liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; acts of terrorism; sabotage; strikes; epidemics; riots; power failures; computer failure and any such circumstances beyond its reasonable control as may cause interruption, loss or malfunction of utility, transportation, computer (hardware or software) or telephone communication service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation; provided, however, that in the event of a failure or delay, the Custodian (i) shall not discriminate against the Fund in favor of any other customer of the Custodian in making computer time and personnel available to input or process the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) shall use its best efforts to ameliorate the effects of any such failure or delay.

ARTICLE XII

PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

The Custodian agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relative to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Custodian may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or (iii)

 

18


when so requested by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Custodian or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of the Custodian prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

Further, the Custodian will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, the Custodian shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.

ARTICLE XIII

EFFECTIVE PERIOD; TERMINATION

 

  13.1 Effective Period . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and will continue in effect for a period of three (3) years.

 

  13.2 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving 90 days prior written notice to the other party or such shorter period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by any party upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. In addition, the Fund may, at any time, immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by regulatory authorities or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  13.3 Appointment of Successor Custodian . If a successor custodian shall have been appointed by the Board of Trustees, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian, on such specified date of termination (i) deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities (other than Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository) and cash then owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian as custodian, and (ii) transfer any Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository to an account of or for the benefit of the Fund at the successor custodian, provided that the Fund shall have paid to the Custodian all fees, expenses and other amounts to the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled. In addition, the Custodian shall, at the expense of the Fund, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by the Custodian under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which the Custodian has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from the Custodian’s personnel in the establishment of books, records, and other data by such successor. Upon such delivery and transfer, the Custodian shall be relieved of all obligations under this Agreement.

 

19


  13.4 Failure to Appoint Successor Custodian . If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund on or before the date of termination of this Agreement, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company of its own selection, which bank or trust company (i) is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, and (ii) has aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits as shown on its most recent published report of not less than $25 million, all Securities, cash and other property held by Custodian under this Agreement and to transfer to an account of or for the Fund at such bank or trust company all Securities of the Fund held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository. Upon such delivery and transfer, such bank or trust company shall be the successor custodian under this Agreement and the Custodian shall be relieved of all obligations under this Agreement. In addition, under these circumstances, all books, records and other data of the Fund shall be returned to the Fund.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  14.1 Compliance with Laws . The Fund has and retains primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its Prospectus and statement of additional information. The Custodian’s services hereunder shall not relieve the Fund of its responsibilities for assuring such compliance or the Board of Manager’s oversight responsibility with respect thereto.

 

  14.2 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by the Custodian and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Trustees.

 

  14.3 Assignment . This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of the Custodian, or by the Custodian without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

  14.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Minnesota, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder.

 

  14.5 No Agency Relationship . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement.

 

20


  14.6 Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the Custodian from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder.

 

  14.7 Invalidity . Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.

 

  14.8 Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:

Notice to the Custodian shall be sent to:

U.S Bank, N.A.

1555 N. Rivercenter Dr., MK-WI-S302

Milwaukee, WI 53212

Attn: Tom Fuller

Phone: 414-905-6118

Fax: 866-350-5066

and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

c/o DoubleLine Capital LP

Attn: President

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

 

  14.9 Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed on two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

  14.10 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto to exercise, and no delay by such party in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. The exercise by either party hereto of any right hereunder shall not preclude the exercise of any other right, and the remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity.

 

21


  14.11 References to Custodian . The Fund shall not circulate any printed matter which contains any reference to Custodian without the prior written approval of Custodian, excepting printed matter contained in the prospectus or statement of additional information for the Fund and such other printed matter as merely identifies Custodian as custodian for the Fund. The Fund shall submit printed matter requiring approval to Custodian in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by Custodian and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.

[Signatures on the following page]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND     U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

23


EXHIBIT A

AUTHORIZED PERSONS

Set forth below are the names and specimen signatures of the persons authorized by the Fund to administer the Fund Custody Accounts.

 

Name

  

Telephone/Fax Number

 

Signature

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

24


Ex. (j)

EXHIBIT B

U.S. Bank Institutional Custody Services

Standards of Service Guide

U.S. Bank, N.A. (“USBank”) is committed to providing superior quality service to all customers and their agents at all times. We have compiled this guide as a tool for our clients to determine our standards for the processing of security settlements, payment collection, and capital change transactions. Deadlines recited in this guide represent the times required for USBank to guarantee processing. Failure to meet these deadlines will result in settlement at our client’s risk. In all cases, USBank will make every effort to complete all processing on a timely basis.

USBank is a direct participant of the Depository Trust Company, a direct member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, and utilizes the Bank of New York Mellon as its agent for ineligible and foreign securities.

For corporate reorganizations, USBank utilizes SEI’s Reorg Source, Financial Information, Inc., XCITEK, DTC Important Notices, Capital Changes Daily (CCH) and the Wall Street Journal .

For bond calls and mandatory puts, USBank utilizes SEI’s Bond Source, Kenny Information Systems, Standard & Poor’s Corporation, XCITEK, and DTC Important Notices. USBank will not notify clients of optional put opportunities.

Any securities delivered free to USBank or its agents must be received three (3) business days prior to any payment or settlement in order for the USBank standards of service to apply.

Should you have any questions regarding the information contained in this guide, please feel free to contact your account representative.

The information contained in this Standards of Service Guide is subject to change. Should any changes be made USBank will provide you with an updated copy of its Standards of Service Guide.

 

1


U.S. Bank Security Settlement Standards

 

Transaction Type  

Instructions Deadlines-

Central Time

Securities Eligible for DTC

•    Equities

•    Corporate & municipal bonds

•    Commercial paper

•    Medium-term notes

•    Collateralized mortgage issues

•    Zero coupon bonds (already at DTC)

  1:00 p.m. on Settlement Date

Federal Reserve book-entry securities

(includes treasuries, agencies, GNMAs)

  12:30 p.m. on Settlement Date
Bank of New York Mellon – physical securities   11::00 a.m. on Settlement Date minus one
Purchase of physical security to be held in Milwaukee vault. Includes private placements   1 day prior to Settlement Date

Sale of physical security held in Milwaukee vault

Proper documents must be included if asset in customer’s name

  2 days prior to Settlement Date

 

2


U.S. Bank Payment Standards

 

Security Type   Income   Principal
Equities   Payable Date  
Municipal Bonds*   Payable Date   Payable Date
Corporate Bonds*   Payable Date   Payable Date
Federal Reserve Bank Book Entry*   Payable Date   Payable Date
PTC GNMA’s (P&I)   Payable Date + 1   Payable Date + 1

CMOs *

DTC

  Payable Date + 1   Payable Date + 1
SBA Loan Certificates   When Received   When Received
Unit Investment Trust Certificates*   Payable Date   Payable Date
Certificates of Deposit*   Payable Date + 1   Payable Date + 1
Limited Partnerships   When Received   When Received
Foreign Securities   When Received   When Received

*  Variable Rate Securities

Federal Reserve Bank Book Entry

DTC

 

Payable Date

Payable Date + 1

 

Payable Date

Payable Date + 1

 

  NOTE : If a payable date falls on a weekend or bank holiday, payment will be made on the immediately following business day.

 

3


U.S. Bank Corporate Reorganization Standards

 

Type of Action  

Deadline for Client

Instructions

to U.S. Bank – Central Time

Voluntary offers including:

•    Rights

•    Warrants

•    Election mergers

•    Mandatory puts with option to retain

•    Optional puts

•    Voluntary tenders

•    Consents

•    Exchanges

•    Conversions

  24 hours prior to expiration

 

4


EXHIBIT C to the Custody Agreement

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOMESTIC CUSTODY SERVICES

FEE SCHEDULE at August, 2011

Annual Fee Based Upon Market Value Per Fund*

.40 basis point on average daily market value

Minimum annual fee per fund - $4,800

Plus portfolio transaction fees

Portfolio Transaction Fees

$4.00 /book entry DTC transaction/Federal Reserve transaction/principal paydown

$7.00 /U.S. Bank repurchase agreement transaction

$6.00 /short sale

$8.00 /option/future contract written, exercised or expired

$15.00 /mutual fund trade/Fed wire/margin variation Fed wire

$50.00 /physical security transaction

$5.00 /disbursement (waived if U.S. Bancorp is Administrator)

$150.00 /segregated account per year

 

   

A transaction is a purchase/sale of a security, free receipt/free delivery, maturity, tender or exchange.

   

No charge for the initial conversion free receipt.

   

Overdrafts – charged to the account at prime interest rate plus 2.

Out-Of-Pocket Expenses

Including but not limited to expenses incurred in the safekeeping, delivery and receipt of securities, shipping, transfer fees, deposit withdrawals at custodian (DWAC) fees, and extraordinary expenses based upon complexity.

 

* Subject to annual CPI increase, Milwaukee MSA.

Fees are billed monthly.

 

5


EXHIBIT D

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS ACT AUTHORIZATION

NAME OF FUND: DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

The Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 requires banks and trust companies to make an effort to permit direct communication between a company which issues securities and the shareholder who votes those securities.

Unless you specifically require us to NOT release your name and address to requesting companies, we are required by law to disclose your name and address.

Your “yes” or “no” to disclosure will apply to all securities U.S. Bank holds for you now and in the future, unless you change your mind and notify us in writing.

 

¨   YES

   U.S. Bank is authorized to provide the Fund’s name, address and security position to requesting companies whose stock is owned by the Fund.

¨   NO

   U.S. Bank is NOT authorized to provide the Fund’s name, address and security position to requesting companies whose stock is owned by the Fund.

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
By:  

 

 
Title:  

 

 
Date:  

 

 

 

6

Ex. (k)(1)

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this      day of August, 2011, by and among DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), TS CAPITAL, LLC (“TSC”) and U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC , a Wisconsin limited liability company (“USBFS”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Acts”), as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain USBFS to furnish administrative, fund accounting and transfer agent services; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain TSC as a service provider for certain duties and responsibilities to the Fund;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed among the parties hereto as follows:

 

1. Appointment, Acceptance and Services.

The Fund appoints USBFS as “Administrative Manager”. As Administrative Manager, USBFS will provide administrative services, as described below, on behalf of the Fund. When providing these services, USBFS will act in conformity with requirements of the Acts and all other applicable federal and state law regulations.

 

  A. Administrative Services . The Fund appoints USBFS to provide administrative services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided. Service will be provided in accordance with the policy and procedures set forth in Exhibit A.

 

  B. Fund Accounting Services . The Fund appoints USBFS to provide fund accounting services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided. Service will be provided in accordance with the policy and procedures set forth in Exhibit B.

 

  C. Transfer Agent Services . The Fund appoints USBFS to provide transfer agent services for the Funds, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided. Service will be provided in accordance with the policy and procedures set forth below and in Exhibit C.

 

1


  D. Other Services . The Fund appoints TSC to be a service provider for the Fund, and TSC accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services and duties, hereby set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided. Service will be provided in accordance with the policy and procedures set forth in Exhibit D.

 

2. Compensation

TSC and USBFS shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit E hereto (as amended from time to time) and shall be authorized and administered by TSC. USBFS and TSC shall also be compensated for such out-of-pocket expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by USBFS and TSC in performing their duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice from USBFS, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify USBFS in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, amounts owed by the Fund to USBFS and TSC shall only be paid out of the assets and property of the particular Fund involved

 

3. Representations and Warranties

 

  A. The Fund hereby represents and warrants to USBFS and TSC, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

  (1) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (2) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 

2


  (3) It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

  B. USBFS and TSC hereby represent and warrant to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

  (1) They are duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of their organization, with full power to carry on their business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform their obligations hereunder;

 

  (2) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by USBFS and TSC in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of USBFS and TSC, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 

  (3) They are conducting their business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and have obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on their business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on them and no provision of their charter, bylaws or any contract binding them or affecting their property which would prohibit their execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

4. Indemnification; Limitation of Liability

 

  A.

USBFS and TSC shall exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Neither USBFS, TSC nor their suppliers shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund or any third party in connection with the duties under this Agreement, including losses resulting from mechanical breakdowns or the failure of communication or power supplies beyond USBFS’s or TSC’s control, except a loss arising out of or relating to USBFS’s or TSC’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of their duties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if USBFS or TSC has exercised reasonable care in

 

3


the performance of their duties under this Agreement, the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless USBFS, TSC and their suppliers from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that USBFS, TSC and their suppliers may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against USBFS, TSC and their suppliers by any person arising out of or related to any action taken or omitted to be taken by them in performing the services hereunder (i) in accordance with the foregoing standards, or (ii) in reliance upon any written or oral instruction provided to USBFS and TSC by any duly authorized officer of the Fund, as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, or the Data, or any information, service, report, analysis or publication derived therefrom, except for any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities arising out of or relating to USBFS’s and TSC’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “USBFS” and “TSC” shall include USBFS’s and TSC’s directors, trustees, officers and employees.

USBFS and TSC shall indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising out of any action taken or omitted to be taken by USBFS and TSC as a result of USBFS’s and TSC’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of USBFS and TSC, their successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s trustees, officers and employees.

In the event of a mechanical breakdown or failure of communication or power supplies beyond its control, USBFS and TSC shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues. USBFS and TSC will make every reasonable effort to restore any lost or damaged data and correct any errors resulting from such a breakdown at the expense of USBFS and TSC. USBFS and TSC agree that it shall, at all times, have reasonable contingency plans with appropriate parties, making reasonable provision for emergency use of electrical data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available. Representatives of the Fund shall be entitled to inspect USBFS’s and TSC’s premises and operating capabilities at any time during regular business hours of USBFS and TSC, upon reasonable notice to USBFS and TSC. Moreover, USBFS and TSC shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent accountants on the internal controls and procedures of USBFS and TSC relating to the services provided by USBFS and TSC under this Agreement.

 

4


Notwithstanding the above, USBFS and TSC reserve the right to reprocess and correct administrative errors at its own expense.

In no case shall either party be liable to the other for (i) any special, indirect or consequential damages, loss of profits or goodwill (even if advised of the possibility of such); (ii) any delay by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, mechanical breakdown, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots, or failure beyond its control of transportation or power supply.

 

  B. In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this section shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this section. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.

 

  C. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 4 shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.

 

  D. If USBFS and TSC are acting in another capacity for the Fund pursuant to a separate agreement, nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve USBFS and TSC of any of its obligations in such other capacity.

 

5. Notification of Error

The Fund will notify USBFS of any discrepancy between USBFS and the Fund, including, but not limited to, failing to account for a security position in the Fund’s portfolio, upon the later to occur of: (i) three business days after receipt of any reports rendered by USBFS to the Fund; (ii) three business days after discovery of any error or omission not covered in the balancing or control procedure; or (iii) three business days after receiving notice from any shareholder regarding any such discrepancy.

 

5


6. Data Necessary to Perform Services

The Fund or its agent shall furnish to USBFS the data necessary to perform the services described herein at such times and in such form as mutually agreed upon.

 

7. Proprietary and Confidential Information

 

  A. USBFS and TSC agree on behalf of themselves and their directors, trustees officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relative to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of their responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where USBFS or TSC may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or (iii) when so requested by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of USBFS and TSC or any of their employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of USBFS and TSC prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

Further, USBFS and TSC will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, USBFS and TSC shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

  B. The Fund, on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees, will maintain the confidential and proprietary nature of the Data and agrees to protect it using the same efforts, but in no case less than reasonable efforts, that it uses to protect its own proprietary and confidential information.

 

8. Records

USBFS and TSC shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder in the form and manner, and for such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund, but not inconsistent with the rules and regulations of appropriate government authorities, in particular, Section 31 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder. USBFS and TSC agree that all such records prepared or maintained by USBFS and TSC relating to the services to be performed by USBFS and TSC hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, maintained, and made available in accordance with such applicable sections and rules of the Acts and will be promptly surrendered to the Fund or its designee on and in accordance with its request.

 

6


9. Compliance with Laws

The Fund has and retains primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the Acts, the Code, the SOX Act, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its current prospectus and statement of additional information. USBFS’s or TSC’s services hereunder shall not relieve the Fund of its responsibilities for assuring such compliance or the Board of Trustee’s oversight responsibility with respect thereto.

 

10. Term of Agreement; Amendment

This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and will continue in effect for a period of five (5) years. This Agreement may be terminated by any of the parties upon giving 90 days prior written notice or such shorter period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by any of the parties upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by USBFS, TSC and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

 

11. Duties in the Event of Termination

In the event that, in connection with termination, a successor to any of USBFS’s or TSC’s duties or responsibilities hereunder are designated by the Fund by written notice to USBFS and TSC, USBFS and TSC will promptly, upon such termination and, in the absence of material breach by USBFS and TSC at the expense of the Fund, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence and other data established or maintained by USBFS and TSC under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which USBFS and TSC has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from USBFS’s and TSC’s personnel in the establishment of books, records and other data by such successor. If no such successor is designated, then such books, records and other data shall be returned to the Fund.

 

12. Assignment

This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of USBFS and TSC, or by USBFS and TSC without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Fund’s Board of Trustees.

 

7


13. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder.

 

14. No Agency Relationship

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement.

 

15. Services not Exclusive

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict USBFS or TSC from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder

 

16. Invalidity

Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties

 

17. Notices

Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:

Notice to USBFS shall be sent to:

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC

615 East Michigan Street

 

8


Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attn: President

Fax: 414-905-7991

Notice to TSC shall be sent to

TS Capital, LLC

Wall Street Plaza

88 Pine St

Suite 2430

New York, NY 10005

Attn: Tina Singh

and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

c/o DoubleLine Capital LP

Attn: President

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

 

19. Multiple Originals

This Agreement may be executed on two counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date first above written.

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:   Michael R. McVoy
Title:   Executive Vice President

TS CAPITAL, LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:   Tina Singh
Title:   CEO

 

10


Exhibit A

FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES

Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following fund administration services for the Fund, including but not limited to:

 

  A. General Fund Management:

 

  (1) Act as liaison among the Fund’s service providers.

 

  (2) Supply:

 

  a. Office facilities (which may be in USBFS’, or an affiliate’s own office).

 

  b. Non-investment-related statistical and research data as requested.

 

  (3) Coordinate the Fund’s board of trustees (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Trustees”) communications, such as:

 

  a. Prepare meeting agendas and resolutions, with the assistance of Fund counsel.

 

  b. Prepare reports for the Board of Trustees based on financial and administrative data.

 

  c. Assist with the selection of the independent auditor.

 

  d. Secure and monitor fidelity bond and director and officer liability coverage, and make the necessary Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) filings relating thereto.

 

  e. Prepare minutes of meetings of the Board of Trustees and the Fund’s shareholders.

 

  f. Recommend dividend declarations to the Board of Trustees and prepare and distribute to appropriate parties notices announcing declaration of dividends and other distributions to shareholders.

 

  g. Attend Board of Trustees meetings and present materials for Trustees’ review at such meetings including preparation and distribution of the Board of Trustees books for such meetings.

 

11


  (4) Audits:

 

  a. For the annual Fund audit, prepare appropriate schedules materials, provide requested information to the independent auditor and facilitate the audit process.

 

  b. For the SEC or other regulatory audits, provide requested information to the SEC or other regulatory agencies and facilitate the audit process.

 

  c. For all audits, provide office facilities as needed.

 

  (5) Assist with overall operations of the Fund.

 

  (6) Pay Fund expenses upon written authorization from the Fund.

 

  (7) Keep the Fund’s governing documents, including its charter, bylaws and minute books, but only to the extent such documents are provided to USBFS by the Fund or its representatives for safe keeping.

 

  B. Compliance:

 

  (1) Regulatory Compliance:

 

  a. Monitor compliance with the Acts including:

 

  (i) Asset and diversification tests.

 

  (ii) Total return and SEC yield calculations.

 

  (iii) Maintenance of books and records under Rules 31a-1, 31a-2 and 31a-3.

 

  (iv) Code of ethics requirements under Rule 17j-1 for the disinterested Trustees.

 

  b. Monitor Fund’s compliance with the policies and investment limitations as set forth in its prospectus (the “Prospectus”) and statement of additional information (the “SAI”).

 

  c. Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Fund in connection with: (i) any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) or any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, and (ii) the operation of USBFS’s compliance program as it relates toe the Fund, provided the same shall not be deemed to change USBFS’ standard of care as set forth herein.

 

  d. Monitor applicable regulatory and operational service issues, and update Board of Trustees periodically.

 

12


  (2) SEC Registration and Reporting:

 

  a. Assist Fund counsel in annual update of the Registration Statement.

 

  b. Prepare and file annual and semiannual shareholder reports, Form N-SAR, Form N-CSR,
Form N-Q filings and Rule 24f-2 notices. As requested by the Fund, prepare and file Form N-PX filings.

 

  c. Coordinate the printing, filing and mailing of Prospectuses and shareholder reports, and amendments and supplements thereto.

 

  d. File fidelity bond under Rule 17g-1.

 

  e. Monitor sales of Fund shares and ensure that such shares are properly registered or qualified, as applicable, with the SEC and the appropriate state authorities.

 

  f. Assist Fund counsel in preparation of proxy statements and information statements as requested by the Trust.

 

  (3) IRS Compliance:

 

  a. Monitor the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including without limitation, review of the following:

 

  (i) Diversification requirements.

 

  (ii) Qualifying income requirements.

 

  (iii) Distribution requirements.

 

  b. Calculate required distributions (including excise tax distributions).

 

  C. Financial Reporting:

 

  (1) Provide financial data required by the Prospectus and SAI.

 

  (2) Prepare financial reports for officers, shareholders, tax authorities, performance reporting companies, the Board of Trustees, the SEC, and the independent auditor.

 

  (3) Supervise the Fund’s custodian and fund accountants in the maintenance of the Fund’s general ledger and in the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements, including oversight of expense accruals and payments, the determination of net asset value and the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders.

 

  (4) Compute the yield, total return, expense ratio and portfolio turnover rate of each class of the Fund.

 

  (5) Monitor expense accruals and make adjustments as necessary; notify the Fund’s management of adjustments expected to materially affect the Fund’s expense ratio.

 

13


  (6) Prepare financial statements, which include, without limitation, the following items:

a. Schedule of Investments

b. Schedule of Assets and Liabilities.

c. Statement of Operations.

d. Statement of Changes in Net Assets.

e. Statement of Cash Flows (if applicable).

f. Financial Highlights

 

  (7) Pursuant to Rule 31a-1(b)(9) of the 1940 Act, prepare quarterly broker security transaction summaries.

 

  D. Tax Reporting:

 

  (1) If applicable, prepare and file on a timely basis appropriate federal and state tax returns including any necessary schedules.

 

  (2) Prepare state income breakdowns where relevant.

 

  (3) File Form 1099 for payments to disinterested Trustees and other service providers.

 

  (4) Monitor wash sale losses.

 

  (5) Calculate eligible dividend income for corporate shareholders.

 

  E. Repurchase Offers

Provide the coordination and processing of all repurchase offers as stipulated in the prospectus. This will include:

 

  (1) the tabulation and calculation of requested shares for repurchase;

 

  (2) calculation of total shares available for repurchase;

 

  (3) calculation of actual percentage of requested shares to be redeemed.

License of Data; Warranty; Termination of Rights

 

  A . USBFS has entered into an agreement with MSCI index data services (“MSCI”) and Standard & Poor Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) which obligates USBFS to include a list of required provisions listed below. The index data services being provided to the Fund by USBFS pursuant hereto (collectively, the “Data”) are being licensed, not sold, to the Fund. The required provisions below shall not have any affect upon the standard of care and liability USBFS has set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

  B. The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless USBFS, its information providers, and any other third party involved in or related to the making or compiling of the Data, their affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, as incurred, arising in and any manner out of the Fund’s or any third party’s use of, or inability to use, the Data or any breach by the Fund of any provision contained in this Agreement. The immediately preceding sentence shall not have any effect upon the standard of care and liability of USBFS as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

14


REQUIRED PROVISIONS OF MSCI and S&P

 

   

The Trust shall represent that it will use the Data solely for internal purposes and will not redistribute the Data in any form or manner to any third party.

 

   

The Trust shall represent that it will not use or permit anyone else to use the Data in connection with creating, managing, advising, writing, trading, marketing or promoting any securities or financial instruments or products, including, but not limited to, funds, synthetic or derivative securities (e.g., options, warrants, swaps, and futures), whether listed on an exchange or traded over the counter or on a private-placement basis or otherwise or to create any indices (custom or otherwise).

 

   

The Trust shall represent that it will treat the Data as proprietary to MSCI and S&P. Further, the Trust shall acknowledge that MSCI and S&P are the sole and exclusive owners of the Data and all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights in or to the Data.

 

   

The Trust shall represent that it will not (i) copy any component of the Data, (ii) alter, modify or adapt any component of the Data, including, but not limited to, translating, decompiling, disassembling, reverse engineering or creating derivative works, or (iii) make any component of the Data available to any other person or organization (including, without limitation, the Trust’s present and future parents, subsidiaries or affiliates) directly or indirectly, for any of the foregoing or for any other use, including, without limitation, by loan, rental, service bureau, external time sharing or similar arrangement.

 

   

The Trust shall be obligated to reproduce on all permitted copies of the Data all copyright, proprietary rights and restrictive legends appearing on the Data.

 

   

The Trust shall acknowledge that it assumes the entire risk of using the Data and shall agree to hold MSCI or S&P harmless from any claims that may arise in connection with any use of the Data by the Trust.

 

   

The Trust shall acknowledge that MSCI or S&P may, in its sole and absolute discretion and at any time, terminate USBFS’ right to receive and/or use the Data.

 

   

The Trust shall acknowledge that MSCI and S&P are third party beneficiaries of the Customer Agreement between S&P, MSCI and USBFS, entitled to enforce all provisions of such agreement relating to the Data.

THE DATA IS PROVIDED TO THE TRUST ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS, AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA MAKE NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE DATA (OR THE RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE USE THEREOF). USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE

 

15


MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

THE TRUST ASSUMES THE ENTIRE RISK OF ANY USE THE TRUST MAY MAKE OF THE DATA. IN NO EVENT SHALL USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA, BE LIABLE TO THE TRUST, OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY, FOR ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE INABILITY OF THE TRUST TO USE THE DATA, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, EVEN IF USBFS, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS, OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF OR OTHERWISE MIGHT HAVE ANTICIPATED THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

16


EXHIBIT B

FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following fund accounting services for the Fund, including but not limited to:

 

  A. Portfolio Accounting Services:

 

  (1) Maintain portfolio records on a trade date+1 basis using security trade information communicated from the Fund’s investment adviser.

 

  (2) For each valuation date, obtain prices from a pricing source approved by the board of trustees of the Fund (the “Board of Trustees”) and apply those prices to the portfolio positions. For those securities where market quotations are not readily available, the Board of Trustees shall approve, in good faith, procedures for determining the fair value for such securities.

 

  (3) Identify interest and dividend accrual balances as of each valuation date and calculate gross earnings on investments for each accounting period.

 

  (4) Determine gain/loss on security sales and identify them as short-term or long-term; account for periodic distributions of gains or losses to shareholders and maintain undistributed gain or loss balances as of each valuation date.

 

  (5) On a daily basis, reconcile cash of the Fund with the Fund’s custodian.

 

  (6) Transmit a copy of the portfolio valuation to the Fund’s investment adviser daily.

 

  (7) Review the impact of current day’s activity on a per share basis, and review changes in market value.

 

  B. Expense Accrual and Payment Services:

 

  (1) For each valuation date, calculate the expense accrual amounts as directed by the Fund as to methodology, rate or dollar amount.

 

17


  (2) Process and record payments for Fund expenses upon receipt of written authorization from the Fund.

 

  (3) Account for Fund expenditures and maintain expense accrual balances at the level of accounting detail, as agreed upon by USBFS and the Fund.

 

  (4) Provide expense accrual and payment reporting.

 

  C. Fund Valuation and Financial Reporting Services:

 

  (1) Account for Fund share purchases, sales, exchanges, transfers, dividend reinvestments, and other Fund share activity as reported by the Fund’s transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

  (2) Apply equalization accounting as directed by the Fund.

 

  (3) Determine net investment income (earnings) for the Fund as of each valuation date. Account for periodic distributions of earnings to shareholders and maintain undistributed net investment income balances as of each valuation date.

 

  (4) Maintain a general ledger and other accounts, books, and financial records for the Fund in the form as agreed upon.

 

  (5) Determine the net asset value of the Fund according to the accounting policies and procedures set forth in the Fund’s current prospectus.

 

  (6) Calculate per share net asset value, per share net earnings, and other per share amounts reflective of Fund operations at such time as required by the nature and characteristics of the Fund.

 

  (7) Communicate to the Fund, at an agreed upon time, the per share net asset value for each valuation date.

 

  (8) Prepare monthly reports that document the adequacy of accounting detail to support month-end ledger balances.

 

  (9) Prepare monthly security transactions listings.

 

  D. Tax Accounting Services:

 

  (1) Maintain accounting records for the investment portfolio of the Fund to support the tax reporting required for “regulated investment companies” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

18


  (2) Maintain tax lot detail for the Fund’s investment portfolio.

 

  (3) Calculate taxable gain/loss on security sales using the tax lot relief method designated by the Trust.

 

  (4) Provide the necessary financial information to calculate the taxable components of income and capital gains distributions to support tax reporting to the shareholders.

 

  E. Compliance Control Services:

 

  (1) Support reporting to regulatory bodies and support financial statement preparation by making the Fund’s accounting records available to the Fund, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the independent accountants.

 

  (2) Maintain accounting records according to the Acts and regulations provided thereunder.

 

  (3) Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Trust in connection with any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) or any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, provided the same shall not be deemed to change USBFS’s standard of care as set forth herein.

 

  (4) Cooperate with the Fund’s independent accountants and take all reasonable action in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to ensure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants for the expression of their opinion on the Fund’s financial statements without any qualification as to the scope of their examination.

License of Data; Warranty; Termination of Rights

 

  A. The valuation information and evaluations being provided to the Fund by USBFS pursuant hereto (collectively, the “Data”) are being licensed, not sold, to the Fund. The Fund has a limited license to use the Data only for purposes necessary to valuing the Fund’s assets and reporting to regulatory bodies (the “License”). The Fund does not have any license nor right to use the Data for purposes beyond the intentions of this Agreement including, but not limited to, resale to other users or use to create any type of historical database. The License is non-transferable and not sub-licensable. The Fund’s right to use the Data cannot be passed to or shared with any other entity.

 

19


The Fund acknowledges the proprietary rights that USBFS and its suppliers have in the Data.

 

  B. THE FUND HEREBY ACCEPTS THE DATA AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER.

 

  C. USBFS may stop supplying some or all Data to the Fund if USBFS’s suppliers terminate any agreement to provide Data to USBFS. Also, USBFS may stop supplying some or all Data to the Fund if USBFS reasonably believes that the Fund is using the Data in violation of the License, or breaching its duties of confidentiality provided for hereunder, or if any of USBFS’s suppliers demand that the Data be withheld from the Fund. USBFS will provide notice to the Fund of any termination of provision of Data as soon as reasonably possible.

Pricing of Securities

 

  A. For each valuation date, USBFS shall obtain prices from a pricing source recommended by USBFS and approved by the Board of Trustees and apply those prices to the portfolio positions of the Fund. For those securities where market quotations are not readily available, the Board of Trustees shall approve, in good faith, procedures for determining the fair value for such securities.

If the Fund desires to provide a price that varies from the price provided by the pricing source, the Fund shall promptly notify and supply USBFS with the price of any such security on each valuation date. All pricing changes made by the Fund will be in writing and must specifically identify the securities to be changed by CUSIP, name of security, new price or rate to be applied, and, if applicable, the time period for which the new price(s) is/are effective.

 

  B.

In the event that the Fund at any time receives Data containing evaluations, rather than market quotations, for certain securities or certain other data related to such securities, the following provisions will apply: (i) evaluated securities are typically complicated financial instruments. There are many methodologies (including computer-based analytical modeling and individual security evaluations) available to generate approximations of the market value of such securities, and there is significant professional disagreement about which method is best. No evaluation method, including those used by USBFS and its suppliers, may consistently generate approximations that correspond to actual “traded”

 

20


  prices of the securities; (ii) methodologies used to provide the pricing portion of certain Data may rely on evaluations; however, the Fund acknowledges that there may be errors or defects in the software, databases, or methodologies generating the evaluations that may cause resultant evaluations to be inappropriate for use in certain applications; and (iii) the Fund assumes all responsibility for edit checking, external verification of evaluations, and ultimately the appropriateness of using Data containing evaluations, regardless of any efforts made by USBFS and its suppliers in this respect.

 

21


EXHIBIT C

TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent services to the Fund:

 

  A. Receive and process all orders for the purchase and/or repurchase of shares in accordance with applicable rules under the Acts.

 

  B. Process purchase orders with prompt delivery, where appropriate, of payment and supporting documentation to the Fund’s custodian, and issue the appropriate number of uncertificated shares with such uncertificated shares being held in the appropriate shareholder account.

 

  C. Process repurchase requests received in good order and, where relevant, deliver appropriate documentation to the Fund’s custodian.

 

  D. Pay monies upon receipt from the Fund’s custodian, where relevant, in accordance with the instructions of shareholders participating in a repurchase offer.

 

  E. If applicable, process transfers of shares in accordance with the shareholder’s instructions, after receipt of appropriate documentation from the shareholder as specified in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information (“Prospectus”).

 

  F. Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Fund with respect to the Fund, after deducting any amount required to be withheld by any applicable laws, rules and regulations and in accordance with shareholder instructions.

 

  G. Serve as the Fund’s agent in connection with accumulation, open account or similar plans (e.g., periodic investment plans).

 

  H. Make changes to shareholder records, including, but not limited to, address changes in plans (e.g., automatic investment, dividend reinvestment).

 

  I. Handle load and preferred share processing.

 

22


  J. Record the issuance of shares of the Fund and maintain, pursuant to Rule 17Ad-10(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a record of the total number of shares of the Fund which are authorized, issued and outstanding.

 

  K. Prepare shareholder name and address lists, if necessary.

 

  L. Mail shareholder reports and Prospectuses to current shareholders.

 

  M. Prepare and file U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate information returns required with respect to dividends, distributions and repurchases for all shareholders.

 

  N. Provide shareholder account information upon request and prepare and mail confirmations and statements of account to shareholders for all purchases, repurchases and other confirmable transactions as agreed upon with the Fund.

 

  O. Deduct and remit to the Fund any applicable redemption fee from repurchases pursuant to the Fund’s Prospectus.

 

  P. Calculate Fund’s average assets and make approved Rule 12b-1 payments.

 

  Q. Mail requests for shareholders’ certifications under penalties of perjury and pay on a timely basis to the appropriate federal authorities any taxes to be withheld on dividends and distributions paid by the Fund, all as required by applicable federal tax laws and regulations.

 

  R. Answer correspondence from shareholders, securities brokers and others relating to USBFS’s duties hereunder.

 

  S. Reimburse the Fund each month for all material losses resulting from “as of” processing errors for which USBFS is responsible in accordance with the “as of” processing guidelines set forth below.

Lost Shareholder Due Diligence Searches and Servicing

The Fund hereby acknowledges that USBFS has an arrangement with an outside vendor to conduct lost shareholder searches required by Rule 17Ad-17 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Costs associated with such searches will be passed through to the Fund as an out-of-pocket expense in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit C hereto. If a shareholder remains lost and the shareholder’s account unresolved after completion of the mandatory Rule 17Ad-17 search, the Fund hereby authorizes vendor to enter, at its discretion, into fee sharing arrangements with the lost shareholder (or such lost shareholder’s representative or executor) to conduct a more in-depth search in

 

23


order to locate the lost shareholder before the shareholder’s assets escheat to the applicable state. The Fund hereby acknowledges that USBFS is not a party to these arrangements and does not receive any revenue sharing or other fees relating to these arrangements. Furthermore, the Fund hereby acknowledges that vendor may receive up to 35% of the lost shareholder’s assets as compensation for its efforts in locating the lost shareholder.

As of Processing Policy

USBFS will reimburse each Fund for any Net Material Loss that may exist on the Fund’s books and for which USBFS is responsible, at the end of each calendar month. “Net Material Loss” shall be defined as any remaining loss, after netting losses against any gains, which impacts a Fund’s net asset value per share by at least  1 / 2 cent. Gains and losses will be reflected on the Fund’s daily share sheet, and the Fund will be reimbursed for any Net Material Loss on a monthly basis. USBFS will reset the as of ledger each calendar month so that any losses which do not exceed the materiality threshold of  1 / 2 cent will not be carried forward to the next succeeding month. USBFS will notify the advisor to the Fund on the daily share sheet of any losses for which the advisor may be held accountable.

 

24


EXHIBIT D

OTHER SERVICES – TSC

Services and Duties of TSC as a Service Provider

Subject to the supervision of USBFS and if applicable, TSC will:

A. Assist the Fund , as the Fund may request from time to time, in replying to requests for information concerning the Fund from Shareholders or prospective shareholders, brokers or the public;

B. Aid the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the secondary market support of the Fund through written and oral communications with the Fund’s New York Stock Exchange specialist, the closed-end fund analyst community and various information providers specializing in the dissemination of closed-end fund information;

C. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the preparation of reports to be sent to Shareholders and assist in the printing and dissemination of such reports to Shareholders, each with the assistance of the Fund and its service providers;

D. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the preparation of all reports required to be filed by the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), each with the assistance of the Fund and its service providers;

E. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the preparation and dissemination to Shareholders of the Fund’s proxy materials, each with the assistance of the Fund and its service providers;

F. Assist DL, as DL may request from time to time, in the analysis of amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Fund to its Shareholders, with the assistance of the Fund and its service providers;

G. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the production of marketing and road-show materials for the offering(s) of the Fund’s Common Shares and Preferred Shares (if any), each with the assistance of the Fund and its service providers;

H. At the request of the Fund from time to time, communicate to the investment community any changes made to the Fund’s trading strategies;

I. At the request of the Fund, provide materials regarding the Fund to the investment community (excluding prospective investors);

J. At the request of the Fund, assist in the review of materials made available to shareholders and prospective investors;

K. With the assistance of the Fund, the Fund and its service providers, and as requested by the Fund from time to time, assist in the filing of advertisements and sales materials relating to the Fund, including information on the Fund’s website, as necessary, with the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Fund and its operations;

 

25


L. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the dissemination the Fund’s daily, weekly and month-end net asset value, market price and discount (with the assistance of the Fund and its service providers);

M. Host analyst meetings as appropriate;

N. Assist in the identification of persons to serve as officers and trustees of the Fund, as the Fund may request;

O. In consultation with its business partners, maintain ongoing contact with brokers in branch offices whose clients hold Fund shares or whose clients may have an interest in acquiring Fund shares, including providing, among other things, progress reports on the Fund, dividend announcements and performance updates;

P. At the request of the Fund, assist in the drafting of press releases to the public;

Q. At the request of the Fund, make such reports and recommendations to the Board as the Board and/or the Fund may reasonably request or deem appropriate;

R. Consult with the Fund regarding leverage strategies and other structural matters relating to the Fund ; and

S. Provide such other services as the parties may mutually agree from time to time.

 

26


Exhibit E – Master Services Agreement

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING

ANNUAL FEE SCHEDULE at August, 2011

Shareholder Servicing Fee Based Upon Average Total Managed Assets Per Fund*

15 basis points on average total managed assets

Minimum annual fee: $350,000 per portfolio

Services Included in Annual Fee Per Fund .

 

   

Fund Accounting

 

   

Fund Administration

 

   

Transfer Agent

 

   

Advisor Information Source Web portal

 

   

Chief Compliance Officer Support Fee

 

   

TSC as a Service Provider

Out-Of-Pocket Expenses

Including but not limited to pricing services, corporate action services, fair value pricing services, factor services, customized reporting, third-party data provider costs, postage, stationery, programming, special reports, proxies, insurance, EDGAR/XBRL filing, tax e-filing, wash sale reporting (Gainskeeper), federal and state regulatory filing fees, expenses from Board of directors meetings, third party auditing and legal expenses, mailing, envelopes, record retention, disaster recovery charges, Fed wire charges, voice response (VRU) maintenance and development, data communication and implementation charges, listing fees and travel.

Additional Services

Available but not included above are the following services – legal administration (e.g., registration statement update), Section 15(c) reporting, daily compliance testing (Charles River), electronic Board book portal (BookMark), client dedicated line data access, training, expedited CUSIP setup, dividend reinvestment fees, additional share classes and additional services mutually agreed upon.

 

* Subject to annual CPI increase, Milwaukee MSA.

Fees are billed monthly.

 

27

Ex. (k)(2)

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made, as of August     , 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ABAX Brokerage Services LLC (“ ABAX ”) and DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Adviser ”), relating to certain services to be provided by ABAX to the Adviser with respect to a proposed closed-end investment company to be registered and currently referred to as the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser is the investment adviser to the Fund;

WHEREAS, the Fund will be operated as a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ 1940 Act ”);

WHEREAS, the Fund will offer for sale shares of its common stock (the “ Shares ” and the holders of the Shares being referred to herein as the “ Shareholders ”); and

WHEREAS, the Adviser wishes to retain ABAX to provide the distribution and marketing services set forth herein to the Adviser under the terms and conditions stated below, and ABAX is willing to provide such services for the compensation set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. APPOINTMENT. The Adviser hereby retains ABAX to furnish, and ABAX hereby agrees to furnish, the services set forth in Section 2 below.

 

2. SERVICES AND DUTIES OF ABAX. At such times and to the extent that the Adviser may reasonably request, ABAX will assist the Adviser with the distribution of the Shares in a public offering by:

 

  (a) making their sales force available to the Adviser and the Fund to aid in the distribution of the Shares and to generally provide sales services with respect to the Shares;

 

  (b) developing and coordinating a targeted “road show” with respect to the offering of the Shares;

 

  (c ) customizing marketing materials for use by, and presentations to the sales networks at, broker-dealers that distribute the Shares;

 

  (d) organizing and hosting meetings with key financial advisers, closed-end fund wholesalers, analysts, service providers and ratings and information organizations that cover closed-end funds;

 

  (e) making such reports and recommendations to the board of directors of the Fund as the board and/or the Adviser may reasonably request or deem appropriate;


  (f) replying to requests for information from broker-dealers or prospective shareholders concerning the Shares or the Fund;

 

  (g) reviewing materials made available to prospective shareholders and broker-dealers;

 

  (h) assisting in the drafting of press releases in connection with the offering of Shares, and providing the sales support and marketing services typical for an offering of the Shares; and

 

  (i) providing such other services as the parties may mutually agree from time to time.

For the avoidance of doubt, ABAX acknowledges and agrees that it is not authorized to provide any information or make any representation regarding the Fund or its Shares other than as contained in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information or any sales literature and advertising materials specifically approved by the Adviser for use by ABAX in connection with the performance of the services provided by such parties hereunder.

 

3. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. In all matters pertaining to the performance of this Agreement, ABAX will act in conformity with the reasonable directions of the Adviser and the board of directors/trustees, officers and employees of the Fund and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including, without limitation rules and regulations promulgated by the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”).

 

4. SERVICE NOT EXCLUSIVE. The services to be provided hereunder by ABAX are not deemed to be exclusive, and ABAX and each of its members, officers, employees and affiliates are free to render such services to other funds or clients as long as ABAX’s services under this Agreement are not materially impaired thereby.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF ABAX.

 

  (a) ABAX represents and warrants that it has obtained all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in order to perform the services provided in this Agreement. In addition, ABAX represents, warrants and agrees that it is registered as an broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member firm of FINRA, and is registered in any state where such registration or notification is required. ABAX covenants to maintain all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

  (b) ABAX agrees that it shall promptly notify the Adviser (i) in the event that the SEC, FINRA or any other regulatory authority has censured its activities, functions or operations, suspended or revoked any registration, license or approval, or has commenced proceedings or an investigation that may result in any of these actions, (ii) in the event that there is a change of control or a change in its senior management or (iii) of any change to ABAX that materially and adversely affects its ability to perform services under this Agreement.

 

- 2 -


  (c) ABAX represents, warrants and agrees that: (i) it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement, when signed by or on its behalf, shall be validly executed and delivered and shall be valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (iii) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it is bound that prevent or make unlawful its execution or performance of this Agreement, (iv) its performance of this Agreement and its conduct in connection with the provision of the services described in this Agreement do not, and will not, violate any applicable provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject, and do not and will not cause the Adviser to violate any such law, statute, rule, or regulation, (v) none of the information it has supplied to the Adviser or any representative of the Adviser in connection with the services intentionally misstates a material fact or intentionally omits information necessary to make the information supplied not materially misleading, and (vi) it will not improperly disclose to the Adviser, or mis-use, or induce the Adviser to mis-use, any proprietary information or trade secrets of any third party in connection with its performance of this Agreement.

 

  (d) Without limiting clause (iv) of subsection (c) above, ABAX hereby further represents, warrants and agrees that it has reviewed and understands Rule 206(4)-5 (the “ Rule ”) promulgated by the SEC under the U. S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and that ABAX shall not, and shall cause each of its members, managers, employees and affiliates (each of the foregoing, together with ABAX, the “ ABAX Representatives ”) not to engage in conduct that would reasonably be expected to (i) cause paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of the Rule to apply to the Adviser or any of its affiliates (taking into account the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of the Rule, to the extent applicable) or (ii) constitute a violation of paragraph (a)(2) of the Rule with respect to the Adviser or its affiliates, in either case, as though each ABAX Representative was a covered associate of the Adviser or its affiliates. ABAX hereby further represents and warrants that (except to the extent disclosed in writing to the Adviser as of the date hereof) no ABAX Representative has, in the two year period prior to the date of this Agreement, engaged in conduct that would reasonably be expected to cause paragraph (a)(1) of the Rule to apply to the Adviser or its affiliates (taking into account the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of the Rule, to the extent applicable) as though each ABAX Representative was a covered associate of the Adviser or its affiliates. Each of the representations, warranties and agreements in this Section 5(d) shall be subject to and interpreted in accordance with the other paragraphs of the Rule, including, without limitation, paragraphs (c) and (d) thereof. Terms used in this subsection shall have the same meanings ascribed to them as set forth in paragraph (f) of the Rule.

 

- 3 -


6. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF ADVISER.

 

  (a) The Adviser represents, warrants and agrees that it is registered as an investment adviser under the U. S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and in any state where registration is required.

 

  (b) The Adviser hereby represents, warrants and agrees that: (i) the Adviser has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement, when signed by or on behalf of the Adviser, shall be validly executed and delivered by the Adviser and shall be valid, binding and enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with its terms, (iii) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings, oral or written, to which the Adviser is a party or by which the Adviser is bound that prevent or make unlawful the Adviser’s execution or performance of this Agreement, (iv) the Adviser’s performance of this Agreement does not, and will not, violate any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Adviser is subject, (v) none of the information supplied by the Adviser to ABAX in connection with its engagement by the Adviser intentionally misstates a material fact or intentionally omits information necessary to make the information supplied not materially misleading, and (vi) the Adviser will not improperly disclose to ABAX, or mis-use, or induce ABAX to mis-use, any proprietary information or trade secrets of any third party in connection with the Adviser’s performance of this Agreement.

 

  (c) The Adviser agrees that it shall promptly notify ABAX (i) in the event that the SEC or any other regulatory authority has censured its or the Fund’s activities, functions or operations, suspended or revoked any registration, license or approval, or has commenced proceedings that may result in any of these actions, (ii) in the event that there is a change of control of the Adviser or a change in its senior management or (iii) of any change to the Adviser that materially and adversely affects ABAX’s ability to provide its services under this Agreement and/or the Adviser’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (d)

The Adviser represents, covenants and agrees that (i) the Fund has filed or will file a Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”) on Form N-2 and that the Registration Statement (including the prospectus and any statement of additional information), when filed, conforms in all material respects to the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder), (ii) the Fund has made or will make such filings with the SEC, FINRA and other regulators related thereto, as required by all applicable laws and regulations, (iii) the Fund has disclosed or will disclose in its Registration Statement on Form N-2 such information about this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein as required by all applicable laws and regulations; (iv) to the extent required by all applicable laws and regulations, the Fund is or will be registered and its Shares qualified for sale in all states and other jurisdictions in the United States or its territories where registration or qualification is required, and the Registration Statement (including the prospectus and any statement of additional information) as filed, and any sales materials

 

- 4 -


  relating to the Fund do not intentionally contain any untrue statement of a material fact or intentionally omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

7. COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by ABAX to the Adviser under this Agreement, the Adviser shall pay ABAX a distribution fee, due and payable within 30 business days of the closing date of the initial offering of the Fund’s Shares (the “ Closing Date ”), in an amount equal to 0.10% (10 bps) of the total price to the public of Shares sold in this offering (including any Shares offered pursuant to an underwriter’s overallotment option).

 

8. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. The Adviser will promptly reimburse ABAX for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it and its registered representatives providing services in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation expenses associated with hosting events and meetings as contemplated under this Agreement and expenses associated with travel, lodging, meals, printing, shipping, mailing expenses and other similar expenses. ABAX shall invoice the Adviser and provide reasonable evidence of such expenses.

 

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF ABAX. ABAX will not be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Adviser, the Fund or its Shareholders in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement (“ ABAX Disabling Conduct ”).

The Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold ABAX and any person who controls ABAX within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, “ ABAX Indemnified Persons ”), free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) that any ABAX Indemnified Persons may incur arising out of or relating to (i) Adviser’s breach of any of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or (ii) Adviser’s failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations (including, without limitation, any misstatement of a material fact or the failure to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements made not misleading, in the Fund’s Registration Statement or prospectus (including its statement of additional information, if any) or marketing materials), but only to the extent that such liability or expense incurred by the ABAX Indemnified Persons or resulting from such claims or demands shall not arise out of or be based upon ABAX Disabling Conduct with respect to the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF ADVISER. Adviser will not be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by ABAX in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement (“ Adviser Disabling Conduct ”).

 

- 5 -


ABAX agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Fund, the Adviser, their several officers and directors, and any person who controls Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 (collectively, “ Adviser Indemnified Persons ”), free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) that any Adviser Indemnified Persons may incur arising out of or relating to (i) ABAX’s breach of any of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or (ii) ABAX’s failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, but only to the extent that such liability or expense incurred by the Adviser Indemnified Persons or resulting from such claims or demands shall not arise out of or be based upon Adviser Disabling Conduct with respect to the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

11. TERMINATION. This Agreement is effective on the Effective Date. ABAX or the Adviser may terminate this Agreement upon 10 days’ prior written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by any other party. This Agreement may also be terminated (i) upon mutual agreement of the parties upon 30 days’ prior written notice and (ii) by any of the parties on or after             , 2011 if the Offering of Shares has not commenced by that date. Should this Agreement be terminated by any party prior to the Closing Date, upon such termination of the Agreement, the Adviser shall pay any amounts due to ABAX through that date and any expenses incurred prior to that date pursuant to Section 8 above.

 

12. AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged, amended or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by ABAX and the Adviser.

 

13.

CONFIDENTIALITY. ABAX, on the one hand, and the Adviser, on the other hand each acknowledge that it may obtain certain confidential information of the other parties to this Agreement and, in the case of ABAX, of the Fund or its shareholders during the performance of its duties under this Agreement and each party hereto agrees to treat all such confidential information as proprietary information of the applicable party and to keep such information confidential by using the same care and discretion it uses with respect to its own confidential information, property and trade secrets, provided that a party may disclose confidential information if such information is or becomes (i) generally known by the public, absent breach by a party of its obligations hereunder, (ii) otherwise known or developed by a party without reference to information provided by or on behalf of other party or any of its affiliates, (iii) disclosed in a legal proceeding relating to the enforcement of this Agreement, (iv) such disclosure is approved in writing by the applicable party to which the confidential information relates or originates, or (v) such disclosure is required by applicable laws, rules, and regulations, or such disclosure is made in response to a valid request by a regulatory authority. ABAX confirms that it is aware that securities laws of various jurisdictions restrict persons from trading in securities of a company while in possession of material non-public information regarding

 

- 6 -


  such company, and from communicating such information to a person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person may trade in such securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a party is required or requested to disclose confidential information of another party pursuant to (v) above, such party shall, if permitted by applicable law: immediately notify the other parties to this Agreement in order to provide such parties the opportunity to pursue such legal or other action as such parties may desire to prevent or limit the release of such confidential information, and such party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to any party seeking to prevent or limit the release of such confidential information, at the expense of the requesting party.

 

14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules, before a single arbitrator sitting in the City and State of New York, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

15. BOOKS AND RECORDS.

 

  (a) In compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, ABAX hereby agrees that all records which it may maintain for the Fund or the Adviser are the property of the Adviser and the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Adviser or the Fund any of such records upon request.

 

  (b) ABAX hereby agrees to furnish to regulatory authorities having the requisite authority any information or reports in connection with services that ABAX renders pursuant to this Agreement which may be requested in order to ascertain whether the operations of Adviser and/or the Fund are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations. Subject to the proviso below, if ABAX is required or requested to provide any information or reports to regulatory authorities, ABAX shall immediately notify Adviser in order to provide Adviser the opportunity to pursue such legal or other action as it may desire to prevent the release of the information or reports, and ABAX agrees to provide reasonable assistance to Adviser in seeking to prevent the release of the information, in each case provided such disclosure by ABAX is not prohibited by applicable law.

 

16. BENEFIT TO OTHERS. The understandings contained in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and, except as otherwise provided herein, they shall not be construed as conferring, and are not intended to confer, any rights on any other persons except as specifically provided herein.

 

17. BINDING NATURE OF AGREEMENT; NO ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that no party may assign or transfer its rights nor delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

 

- 7 -


18. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against the any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as signatories. Delivery of an executed counterpart hereof by facsimile or as a .pdf attachment to an e-mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as herein contained. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.

 

20. WAIVERS. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party to this Agreement to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

21. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

- 8 -


22. NOTICES. All notices required to be sent under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be duly given and received on the first business day after transmission by electronic or facsimile transmission; when delivered personally upon receipt; one business day after being deposited for next-day delivery with Federal Express or another nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or seven business days after being sent by first class mail, in all cases, all charges prepaid, properly addressed to the party to receive such notice at that party’s address indicated below, or at any other address that either party may designate by notice to the other:

If to the Adviser:

DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue

18th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Ronald R. Rendell, CFA

e-mail: ron.redell@doubleline.com

Or if to ABAX:

ABAX Brokerage Services LLC

c/o Tina Singh

52 Thomas Street, Suite 4C

New York, New York 10013

e-mail: tina.singh@tscapitalllc.com

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

ABAX BROKERAGE SERVICES LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Tina Singh
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:  

 

Name:   Ronald R. Rendell, CFA
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

- 10 -

Ex. (k)(3)

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OFFERING EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this [    ] day of [        ], 2011, by and between DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Adviser ”).

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Adviser have separately entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated [            ], 2011 (the “ Management Contract ”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and in connection with the establishment and commencement of operations of the Fund, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1. [The Adviser agrees to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. The Adviser also agrees to pay, if the initial public offering occurs, the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs of the initial offering of common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“shares”) exceed $0.04 per share. The expenses for which the Fund is being reimbursed pursuant to this Agreement do not include (x) management fees payable by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Management Contract and (y) any sales load or underwriting discount paid by shareholders, but do include any reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Fund’s underwriters in connection with the initial public offering.] For avoidance of doubt, the Adviser shall not pay any operating expenses of the Fund incurred after the commencement of operations of the Fund.

 

2. This Agreement may be terminated only by the vote of (a) the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including the vote of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Fund within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and (b) a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

 

3. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule, or otherwise, the remainder shall not be thereby affected.

 

4. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund and the Adviser have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2012

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [•], 2012 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “ Fund ”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Adviser ”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1. Fee .

In consideration of your services assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

2. Term .

This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.

3. Indemnification .

The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4. Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .

The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform


any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).

5. Not Exclusive .

Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).

6. Assignment .

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

7. Amendment; Waiver .

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

9. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

2


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Agreed and Accepted:

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Jerry Raio
Title:   Managing Director

[Structuring Fee Agreement]


Indemnification Agreement

[ ], 2012

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, DoubleLine Capital LP, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2012 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless


such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE

 

5


SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

6


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
DoubleLine Capital LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Agreed and Accepted:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:   Jerry Raio
Title:   Managing Director

[Indemnification Agreement]

Ex. (k)(5)

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2012

UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This agreement is between DoubleLine Capital LP (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Adviser”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (the “Fund”).

1. Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Adviser in assisting the Adviser in structuring and organizing the Fund, including without limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity, analysis of the trading performance of comparable funds and guidance around investment policies and portfolio characteristics, it being understood that the ultimate decision with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund shall rest with the Adviser, the Adviser shall pay a fee to UBS of $[ ] (the “Fee”). In the event the offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ ], 2012 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among the Fund, the Adviser and each of the underwriters named therein. The Fee shall be paid on the closing of the purchase and sale of the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or as otherwise agreed to by the parties.

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4. Confidential Advice. Except (a) to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Adviser, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS, each in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement, will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Adviser or any of its affiliates or any of its agents, without UBS’ prior written consent.

 

1


5. Information. The Adviser recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Adviser and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. The information provided by the Adviser contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and each Omitting Prospectus (as such terms are defined in the Underwriting Agreement), was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Adviser will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Adviser to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.

6. Not an Investment Advisor. The Adviser acknowledges that you have not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an advisor to the Adviser, and the Adviser’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any partners, shareholders, employees or creditors, as applicable, of the Adviser or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Adviser.

7. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

9. Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Adviser and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Adviser and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.

11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

2


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Agreed and Accepted:

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Signature page to Structuring Fee Agreement ]


Indemnification Agreement

[ ], 2012

UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Adviser”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement, dated             , 2012, between the Adviser and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Adviser or its partners or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the matters (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided that, in no event shall the

 

1


Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in the case of a Proceeding involving only the payment of money damages), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of UBS from all liability in any way related to or arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not impose any actual or potential liability upon UBS and does not contain any factual or legal admission by or with respect to UBS or any adverse statement with respect to the character, professionalism, due care, loyalty, expertise or reputation of UBS or any action or inaction by UBS. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Adviser agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Adviser resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM

 

2


ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE ADVISER IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Adviser and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Adviser’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

3


Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:
UBS SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Signature page to Indemnification Agreement ]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of our report dated November 14, 2011, relating to the statement of assets and liabilities of DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.

LOGO

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

December 16, 2011

Ex. (p)

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

Form of Subscription Agreement

This Subscription Agreement made as of             , 2011, by and between DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and DoubleLine Asset Management Company LLC (the “ Subscriber ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Fund has been formed for the purposes of carrying on business as a closed-end management investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Subscriber is an affiliate of the investment manager to the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Subscriber wishes to subscribe for and purchase, and the Fund wishes to sell to the Subscriber, [                ] common shares of beneficial interest, par value [                ], or such other amounts as the officers of the Fund may approve (the “ Shares ”), for a purchase price of [                ] per share, or at such other prices as the officers of the Fund may approve.

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. The Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Fund the Shares for a purchase price of [                ] per Share and an aggregate purchase price of [                ], or at such other prices as the officers of the Fund may approve. The Subscriber agrees to make payment for the Shares at such time as demand for payment may be made by an officer of the Fund.

2. The Fund agrees to issue and sell said Shares to the Subscriber promptly upon its receipt of the aggregate purchase price.

3. To induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber represents that it is informed as follows:

(a) That the Shares being subscribed for have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), or registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state;

(b) That the Shares will be sold by the Fund in reliance on one or a series of exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

(c) That the Fund’s reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is predicated in part on the representations and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement;

(d) That, when issued, the Shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) and cannot be sold or transferred by Subscriber unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and


(e) That there do not appear to be any immediately available exemptions from the registration provisions of the Securities Act available to the Subscriber for resale of the Shares. In the future, certain exemptions may possibly become available, including an exemption for limited sales in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144, which would not be available to an affiliate of the Fund for one year and may be limited by the overall outstanding shares of the Fund, among various limiting factors.

The Subscriber understands that a primary purpose of the information acknowledged in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above is to put the Subscriber on notice as to certain restrictions on the transferability of the Shares. The Subscriber acknowledges that other restrictions may apply and that none of the Fund or its affiliates has provided any legal, tax or investment advice related to this transaction.

4. To further induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber:

(a) Represents and warrants that the Subscriber is an accredited investor;

(b) Represents and warrants that the Shares subscribed for are being and will be acquired for investment for its own account and not on behalf of any other person or persons and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any public distribution thereof;

(c) Agrees that any certificates representing the Shares subscribed for may bear a legend substantially in the following form:

The shares represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other federal or state securities law. These shares may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred unless registered under said securities laws or unless some exemption from registration is available;

And that in the absence of a certificate, this Subscription Agreement provides the notice and legend required under Rule 144; and

(d) Consents, as the sole holder of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest and pursuant to Section 23(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, to the issuance by the Fund of common shares of beneficial interest at a price per share as set forth in the underwriting agreement relating to the public offering of the common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.

5. This Subscription Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon the legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. This Subscription Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes.


6. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Subscription Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually, and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Subscription Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the day and date first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DOUBLELINE ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Ex. (r)(1)

LOGO

Code of Ethics

for

DoubleLine Capital LP

DoubleLine Funds Trust

and

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Effective Date: August 25, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
I.    Introduction      1   

A.

  

Applicable to all Personnel

     1   

B.

  

Access to the Code

     3   

C.

  

Regulatory Requirements

     3   

D.

  

Other Topics Covered In the Code

     4   

E.

  

Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies

     4   

F.

  

Best Judgment and Further Advice

     5   
II.    Duty to Report Violations of this Code, Sanctions and Acknowledgement      6   

A.

  

Duty to Report Violations of this Code

     6   

B.

  

SANCTIONS

     8   

C.

  

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     8   
III.    General Standard of conduct      11   

A.

  

Fiduciary Duty

     11   

B.

  

Adherence to Good Business Practices

     12   

C.

  

Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements

     12   

D.

  

Client Representations

     12   
IV.    Conflicts of Interest      14   

A.

  

General Statement of Policy

     14   

B.

  

General Description of Conflicts

     14   

C.

  

Particular Conflicts

     15   

D.

  

General Antifraud Prohibitions

     16   
V.    CONFIDENTIALITY/PRivacy      18   

A.

  

General Statement of Policy — Confidentiality

     18   

B.

  

Sharing of Information Within the Companies

     18   

C.

  

Sharing of Information Outside the Companies

     19   

D.

  

Reasonable Safeguards

     20   

E.

  

Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach

     20   
VI.    PROHIBITION Against Insider Trading      22   

A.

  

Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading

     22   

B.

  

Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information

     22   

C.

  

Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information

     24   

D.

  

Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information

     27   

E.

  

Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer

     28   

F.

  

Reporting of Insider Trading Activity

     31   

G.

  

Annual Attestation

     32   
VII.   

Reporting of ACcounts AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING Securities and OTher Financial Products

     33   

A.

  

General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification

     33   

B.

  

Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications

     39   
VIII.   

INVESTMENT Activities

     41   

A.

  

Overview

     41   

B.

  

Provisions of General Applicability

     41   

C.

  

Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability

     42   

D.

  

Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons

     46   

 

- i -


IX.    Outside Business Activities      49   

A.

  

General Policy

     49   

B.

  

Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation

     50   

C.

  

Annual Attestation

     51   
X.    Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities      52   

A.

  

Gifts and Gratuities

     52   

B.

  

Political Contributions

     56   

C.

  

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     59   

D.

  

Annual Attestation

     60   
XI.    CLient Complaints And Indications of INAPPROPRIATE Conduct      61   

A.

  

General Statement of Policy

     61   

B.

  

Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer

     61   
XII.    Annual Review by Trustees      62   

ATTACHMENTS

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics (consultants)

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Amended Code of Ethics

 

Exhibit I.A.:    New Access Person Introduction Checklist
Exhibit VII A1:    Annual or Initial Holdings Report
Exhibit VII A2:    Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements
Exhibit VIII C:    Request for Preauthorization – Personal Trades
Exhibit X. A.:    Annual Non-Cash Compensation Acknowledgement and Certification (aka: Gift Form)
Exhibit XI C:    Required Annual Attestations and Disclosures

 

- ii -


I.        INTRODUCTION

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, a closed-end mutual fund (“DOC”), DoubleLine Funds Trust, a registered investment company (the “ Trust ”), each with its registered adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Adviser ”), which provides operational support for DOC and the Trust and will perform all actions discussed herein on behalf of DOC and the Trust, have jointly adopted this Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) to set forth the ethical and professional standards required by DOC, the Trust and the Adviser (collectively, the “ Companies ”) and to demonstrate the commitment of the Companies and their management to maintaining the trust and confidence of the investors in the funds offered by DOC and the Trust (collectively, the “ Funds ”) and of the adviser’s clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and with the Companies’ internal policies and procedures.

 

A. Applicable to all Personnel

The Code covers all personnel of DOC, the Trust and the Adviser, including partners, officers, directors (and other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employees, as well as individuals associated with the Companies in any manner that provide investment advice on their behalf and are subject to their supervision and control (collectively, hereinafter, the “ DoubleLine Personnel ” or “ Personnel ”). The term “Personnel” shall also include any individuals who are members of the DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, the Adviser’s general partner.

Temporary employees and consultants that, in each case, are engaged to provide clerical, administrative or professional services that are not directly investment related will not be considered to be Personnel subject to this Code except to the extent the Chief Compliance Officer notifies them to the contrary.

New employees shall be briefed as to the requirements of the Code of Ethics, with Exhibit I. A. serving as a guideline to that introduction. The briefing is not a substitute for all employees reading the Code in its entirety at least annually. The fact that a briefing has not occurred or that the CCO has not made a determination of any existing employee’s change of status does not in any way limit the obligation of any person to comply with all applicable provisions of the Code.

 

  1. Applicability of this Code to the Disinterested Trustees

Various provisions of this Code either do not apply to the Trustees of the Trust or DOC who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Disinterested Trustees ”), or applies only in a limited fashion.

The following Sections of this Code do not apply to the Disinterested Trustees:

 

   

Section VIII (Investment Activities)

 

   

Section IX (Outside Business Activities)

Effective Date: January 17, 2010


   

Section X (Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities)

In addition, Disinterested Trustees are required to comply with only Subsection A(5) of Section VII (Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products).

 

  2. Authority to Exempt Any Person from Coverage

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Compliance Officer may exempt any person from all or any portion of the Code upon a finding that such person is neither an “ Access Person, ” as defined at Rule 17j-1(a)(1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”) or Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) or a “ supervised person ,” as defined at Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act, and that, such person’s duties and responsibilities are such that application of all or any particular portion of this Code to such person is not reasonably necessary. Accordingly, all persons subject to the Code shall be considered to be Access Persons, regardless of whether they meet any particular definition thereof while persons that have been exempted from all or any particular portion of the Code shall not be considered to be Access Persons to the extent of that exemption.

The Chief Compliance Officer also may waive provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis, after reviewing the circumstances surrounding the request for a waiver. An example of such a waiver would be the waiver of the two-day requirement to execute a trade. The Chief Compliance Officer shall keep a written record of all such waivers and the basis for such waiver.

 

  3. Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible (i) for maintaining a record of all personnel associated from time-to-time with the Companies and, as to each individual, the dates of such person’s association, the title or position held by such individual and whether such person was exempted from all or any portion of the Code and, therefore is not considered to be an Access Person, and, (ii) as to all persons exempted from all or any portion of the Code, for documenting the basis for such exemption.

 

- 2 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: A record of all Trustees, officers and employees of the Fund and documentation of the basis for any exemption from the Code

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such record was created, provided any documentation as to any exemption from the Code shall be maintained for a minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the relevant individual’s association with the Companies was terminated.

 

Regulatory Reference: Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(D) and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(ii)

 

B. Access to the Code

All Personnel will be provided access to the Code, either in hard copy or on the Companies’ internal electronic systems. Personnel should keep the Code available for easy reference.

 

C. Regulatory Requirements

The Code has been adopted in connection with the Companies’ compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) and Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”), as applicable thereto.

As a registered investment adviser, the Adviser, pursuant to Rule 204A-1, is required to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum:

 

   

Sets forth the general standard of conduct required of all supervised persons, which standard reflects the fiduciary duties that the Adviser and all such individuals owe to the Adviser’s clients.

 

   

Requires compliance by all supervised persons with applicable federal securities laws.

 

   

Requires certain supervised persons to report, and for the Adviser to review, their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically.

 

   

Requires prompt reporting by all supervised persons of any violations of this Code.

 

   

Requires distribution by the Adviser of the Code and of any amendments to all supervised persons and for the Adviser to obtain written acknowledgements from all such individuals as to their receipt of the Code.

 

- 3 -


DOC, the Trust and the Adviser also are required pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act to adopt a written code of ethics that contain provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their “Access Persons,” as defined in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(1), from:

 

   

employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Fund;

 

   

making any untrue statement of a material fact to a Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

   

engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a Fund; or

 

   

engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund.

 

D. Other Topics Covered In the Code

In addition to the minimum requirements set forth above, the Code also addresses the Companies’ policies and procedures regarding:

 

   

Sanctions for violating the Code

 

   

Safeguarding and maintaining confidential information

 

   

Prohibitions against insider trading

 

   

Investment activities

 

   

Outside business activities

 

   

Giving and receiving of gifts and entertainment

 

   

Political activities

 

   

Client complaints

 

   

Annual review by Trustees

 

E. Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies

The Code has been drafted in a manner that allows it to apply equally to all Personnel regardless of their specific functions or responsibilities. As a result of this “one size fits all” approach, the Companies may, from time-to-time, supplement the Code as it applies to Personnel that perform certain functions or that have particular responsibilities by the adoption of separate, more specialized policies and procedures. Where this is the case, Personal to whom these separate policies and procedures apply must comply with both the Code and these additional policies – or the more restrictive of the two in the case of a

 

- 4 -


conflict. More generally, the existence of the Code should not be understood as relieving Personnel, in any manner, from their continuing responsibility to familiarize themselves, and to comply, with all applicable policies and procedures of the Companies.

 

F. Best Judgment and Further Advice

It is not reasonable to expect this Code or other applicable policies or procedures of the Companies to cover all of the possible situations that Personnel may encounter. For this reason, nothing in this Code removes the need for all Personnel to use their best judgment in order to maintain high professional standards and to consult with their supervisor s as well as appropriate legal or compliance Personnel, as needed.

Personnel that are unsure how to handle a particular situation are urged to consult with their supervisor or legal or compliance personnel for advice.

 

 

References:

  

 

Advisers Act Section 202(a)(25): Definitions (definition of “Supervised Person”)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of code of ethics)

  

Investment Company Act Section 17: Transaction of Certain Affiliated Persons and Underwriters

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

 

 

- 5 -


II.        DUTY TO REPORT VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE, SANCTIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

A. Duty to Report Violations of this Code

DoubleLine Personnel are required to report promptly any violation or potential violation of the Code to the Companies’ Chief Compliance Officer. Any such report shall be maintained in confidence and no retaliation shall be made against the individual making such report and, indeed, any retaliation for the reporting of a violation of the Code shall itself constitute a violation of the Code.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Any individual that becomes aware of a violation of this Code must promptly report such violation.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Any applicable individual

 

  1. Review and Investigation

The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the prompt review and investigation of any violations of the Code reported to, or independently discovered by, the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for reporting any substantiated material violations of the Code to appropriate senior management within the Companies and to the Board of Trustees of the Trust or DOC (as applicable) (the “ Trustees ”) and for appropriately documenting such review and investigation, the reporting thereof to senior management, and any action, including any sanctions, taken as a result thereof.

 

  2. Heightened Supervision or Other Responsive Actions

The Chief Compliance officer shall be responsible for determining whether any violation of the Code that is brought to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention indicates a need (i) for heightened supervisor y procedures, and, if so, the means by which such need should be addressed, and (ii) any change in the Companies’ procedures or policies or applicable controls. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer, after conferring with legal, shall also be responsible for determining whether the violation, or any sanction imposed as a result thereof, requires disclosure or reporting, including to the Companies’ clients or, any regulatory, law enforcement or other outside party. The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for appropriately documenting each determination.

 

  3. Involvement of Legal Counsel

Notwithstanding the assignment of responsibility to the Chief Compliance Officer with respect to the review and investigation and reporting of violations, where either the Chief Compliance Officer, counsel, or the Disinterested Trustees determine that sufficient reasons

 

- 6 -


exist for any such review, investigation, or reporting to be conducted under the direction of legal counsel or such outside counsel as shall engage for such purpose shall have the ultimate responsibility for the conduct of such review, investigation, and the reporting and documentation thereof.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the review and investigation of violations of the Code, for reporting of any substantiated material violations to the Companies’ senior management and/or the Trustees, as applicable, for determining whether the violation indicates a need for heightened supervisor y procedures, changes to procedures or policies or applicable controls, and whether there is any requirement to disclose or report the violation or any sanction imposed as a result thereof.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documentation of the review and investigation of purported violations of the Code and the reporting, if applicable, thereof to senior management and/or the Trustees of any action taken as a result thereof.

 

Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the documentation was created, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B).

 

  4. Where the Chief Compliance Officer is Implicated by the Violation Being Reported

Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a person making a report believes that the Chief Compliance Officer is implicated in any violation being reported, the reporting person may report such violation to any of the Companies’ senior management, including the Disinterested Trustees, as such individual believes is appropriate (the “ Receiving Person ”). Upon the receipt of a report of a violation, the Receiving Person shall either cause the Companies to undertake such review and investigation of the reported violation and to take such other action as is contemplated above or promptly report such matter to another member of senior management as the Receiving Person believes is appropriate, who, upon receipt of such report, shall have the responsibility of a Receiving Person.

 

- 7 -


 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each Receiving Person , if any, is responsible for either causing the Adviser to undertake such review and investigation of any violation of the Code as is contemplated above or for promptly reporting such matter to another member of senior management who shall, thereupon, assume the responsibilities of a Receiving Person.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each Receiving Person

 

 

References:

  

 

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (duty to report violations)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of any violation of the Code and action taken as a result)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding periods for certain required records)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii)(A): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Administration of Code of Ethics)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

 

 

B. SANCTIONS

 

  1. Requirement that Chief Compliance Officer be Informed of all Internal Discipline

No internal discipline shall be imposed on any DoubleLine Personnel for violation of this Code without the underlying matter and the sanction to be imposed being first brought to the attention of the Companies’ Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  2. Possible Sanctions

Possible sanctions for violation of this Code may include, but need not be limited to, reprimands, monetary fines, suspensions, reduction in responsibilities, grade or title, or termination. Sanctions are imposed by the firm’s senior management.

 

C. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

All Personnel must read, understand and adhere to this Code as well as any amendments to the Code. Personnel (with the exception of the Trustees) are also required to sign an

 

- 8 -


Acknowledgement that they have read the entire Code, and from time-to-time, any amendments, and have had an opportunity to review any portions with their supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department.

By signing the Acknowledgement, each signatory agrees to perform fully all applicable responsibilities and to comply with all applicable restrictions, limitations, and requirements set forth in the Code and acknowledge that any such failure may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Failure to comply with the terms of this Code can also subject the Companies and responsible supervisor s and involved individuals to fines, penalties and potentially even criminal proceedings in addition to significant reputational harm and regulatory sanctions. From time-to-time, the Companies may ask any recipient of this Code may be asked to certify his or her continued compliance with the applicable terms and/or with any other applicable restrictions, limitations or requirements and to sign an Acknowledgement with respect to any amendments hereto.

A copy of the Acknowledgement can be found at the end of this Code. Each recipient is required to return the completed Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each recipient is responsible for providing a signed copy of the Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each recipient

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for obtaining a signed copy of the Acknowledgement from each recipient with respect to the Code and any amendments thereto.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

- 9 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Acknowledgement relating to receipt and review of Code and any amendments thereto

 

Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii).

 

 

References:

  

 

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(5): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (written acknowledgement)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of written acknowledgement)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

 

 

- 10 -


III.        GENERAL STANDARD OF CONDUCT

The Companies are committed to maintaining the trust and confidence of their shareholders and clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its own internal policies and procedures.

Compliance with these standards is crucial to the Companies’ long term success. Simply put, the Companies’ continued success is dependent upon its reputation and there is no more certain way to diminish the Companies’ reputation than by failing to put their shareholders and clients first. If the Companies serve their shareholders and clients honestly and equitably and to the best of their abilities, their success will follow.

The general standard of conduct required by all Personnel reflects a number of underlying requirements including:

 

   

the fiduciary duty owed by the Companies and their Personnel to the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients;

 

   

the Companies’ intent to adhere to good business practices;

 

   

applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures; and

 

   

representations that the Companies have made to its clients in agreements, offering documents or other written materials.

 

A. Fiduciary Duty

The Companies’ and all Personnel owe a fiduciary duty to the Funds’ shareholders and to the Adviser’s clients. This means that the Companies and their Personnel must always place the interests of the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients first and may not put their own interests ahead of their shareholders’ and clients’ interests or otherwise abuse their position of trust and responsibility. More specifically, the Companies’ fiduciary duty to their shareholders and clients requires that Personnel adhere to the following standards:

 

   

Any recommendation to a client must have a reasonable basis and must be suitable for the client in light of the client’s needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives;

 

   

Facts that may be material to the client’s economic interest or decision-making must be disclosed fully and fairly and Personnel must refrain from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct;

 

   

Best execution should be provided with respect to client transactions; and

 

- 11 -


   

Conflicts of interest should be fully disclosed and fairly managed (as discussed more fully at Section IV hereof).

 

B. Adherence to Good Business Practices

The Companies expect all Personnel to adhere to the principles of good business practice. At a minimum, this requires Personnel to engage in fair and honest conduct in all their dealings and to perform their functions and meet their responsibilities with a degree of professionalism reasonable to the circumstances.

 

C. Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements

Inherent in the above standard is the requirement that the Companies and all Personnel comply at all times with all applicable securities laws as well as the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures.

While many applicable legal and regulatory requirements are reflected in this Code or the Companies’ other policies and procedures, Personnel should not assume that this is true of every relevant securities law or regulation. As a result, Personnel must take the responsibility to inform themselves of, and understand, the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their activities. For this same reason, the Companies expect all Personnel to stay current with respect to applicable regulatory and legislative developments.

 

D. Client Representations

The Companies and all Personnel are also expected to comply with any representations that the Companies have made to their clients, including, but not limited to, representations that are made in formal agreements between the Companies and their clients or the offering documents for any of the Companies’ products (where applicable). This is particularly relevant with respect to adherence to stated objectives and constraints applicable to a portfolio or fund.

 

- 12 -


 

References:

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(e)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethic (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

 

 

- 13 -


IV.        CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

A. General Statement of Policy

The fiduciary duties imposed on the Companies and Personnel require all Personnel to be sensitive to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, in transactions with clients. This includes conflicts between the interest of the Companies or their Personnel and their clients and conflicts between two clients. As a general matter, conflicts should be avoided. Where they cannot be avoided, it will generally be the case that they should be disclosed and specific consent obtained from the client with respect thereto. When in doubt, Personnel should contact their supervisor or a member of legal or compliance for advice.

 

B. General Description of Conflicts

While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, in general, conflicts will include various practices in which the Companies or any Personnel have a pecuniary or other interest in recommending or undertaking a transaction for a client. It is important to understand that a conflict does not require that the client suffer any actual harm. It also does not require that the improper interest in question be tangible or otherwise quantifiable or even certain. It is enough if the improper interest is, or could be viewed as, a motivating factor in the Companies or Personnel recommending or undertaking the transaction.

An improper interest may be economic, personal or otherwise. In the case of an economic interest, the interest may be a positive benefit or the avoidance, or minimization of, a negative economic result, e.g. , the avoidance of an expense or a loss, or loss minimization.

Improper interests can include a wide variety of situations, including situations where:

 

   

The transaction allows the Companies or Personnel to generate fees or profits, or avoid losses or expenses, from another relationship as, for example, is the case with respect to soft dollars (discussed further below), the receipt of finder’s fees, outside commissions or bonuses;

 

   

The Companies or Personnel are directly interested in the transaction as, for example, is the case with respect to principal transactions;

 

   

The transaction benefits a third party in which the Companies or any Personnel has an ownership or other economic interest;

 

   

The transaction provides a benefit to a third party, rather than to the Companies or any Personnel directly, for an improper purpose as, for example, one that:

 

   

involves any quid pro quo, e.g. , where the benefit is returned to the Companies or Personnel in some manner;

 

- 14 -


   

is done to benefit a spouse or child or other person for personal reasons; or

 

   

is done to repay a favor or out of gratitude or for the purpose of obtaining or continuing to receive lavish gifts or entertainment (as discussed further below).

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all Personnel should avoid any investment, interest, association or other relationship that interferes, might interfere, or even might be perceived as interfering with the independent exercise by the individual of good judgment in the best interest of the Adviser’s clients or the Funds’ shareholders.

 

C. Particular Conflicts

 

  1. Conflicts Related to the Provision of Disinterested and Impartial Advice or Undertaking a Transaction on Behalf of a Client

Any advice or recommendation, or transaction undertaken on behalf of a client, must be disinterested and impartial. An interest in a security or issuer, whether direct or indirect, or a relationship with an issuer, may support an inference that advice or a recommendation or the undertaking concerning such security or the securities of an issuer was not disinterested and impartial.

Accordingly, to minimize the possibility of such conflicts the Companies have adopted policies discussed elsewhere herein with respect to:

 

   

the investment activities of DoubleLine Personnel (see Sections VII and VIII hereof);

 

   

the holding of any position ( e.g. , as a director or trustee) with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof); or

 

   

any present or proposed business relationship with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof).

 

  2. Appropriation of Client Information for Personal Benefit

DoubleLine Personnel may not trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of client information, including information related to client positions, trades, or strategies. This means that trades and recommended trades by Personnel should always be based upon an investment assessment that is independent of any nonpublic client information.

 

  3. Soft Dollars

The term “soft dollars” is generally understood as an arrangement under which research or brokerage products or services, other than execution of securities transactions, are obtained by an adviser from or through a broker-dealer in exchange for the direction by the adviser of client brokerage transactions to the broker-dealer. Because such arrangements can have the effect of using client assets to pay for services that benefit the adviser, rather than the client

 

- 15 -


directly, participation by an adviser in such arrangements is considered to violate an adviser’s fiduciary duty to its clients and, therefore, is generally prohibited. The one exception to the foregoing is found in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), which exempts the provision of brokerage and research services from the foregoing prohibition. Any arrangements for brokerage and research services, however, should comply with any separate policies or procedures that may be adopted from time-to-time.

 

  4. Selecting Suppliers and Service Providers

The acceptance of any compensation or other benefit from a supplier or service provider to the Companies, especially one involving expenses that are, directly or indirectly, borne by the Adviser’s clients, may also be perceived as a conflict in that it may lead to a perception that the provider’s selection may not be in the clients’ best interest. Accordingly, the Companies’ use of any brokerage firm or other vendor, or service provider may be subject to separate policies and procedures of the Companies subjecting such use to a pre-approval process and other requirements for the purpose of minimizing the possibility of such conflicts. Moreover, Personnel may not accept compensation, whether in the form of cash or otherwise, for their own benefit from a service provider except in accordance with the provisions of Subsection B of Section IX hereof, which relates to receipt or payment of third party compensation, and Section X hereof, which relates to gifts and entertainment.

 

D. General Antifraud Prohibitions

DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from:

 

   

employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud a client or prospective client;

 

   

engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit upon a client or prospective client;

 

   

making any untrue statement of a material fact to a client or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make a statement made not misleading; or

 

   

engaging in any act, practice or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.

 

- 16 -


 

 

References:   

Exchange Act Section 28(e): Effect on Existing Law (exchange, broker, and dealer commissions; brokerage and research services)

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

 

 

 

- 17 -


V.        CONFIDENTIALITY/PRIVACY

 

A. General Statement of Policy — Confidentiality

All DoubleLine employees have a duty to safeguard and treat as confidential all nonpublic information concerning the Companies, investors in the Funds, clients of the Adviser, and all transactions in which the Adviser or its clients are involved. This includes all information concerning a client’s financial circumstances and holdings, and advice furnished to the client. Moreover, employees may only use Companies or client information within the scope of their employment and, accordingly, may not appropriate such information for their own use or benefit or the use or benefit of any third party.

 

B. Sharing of Information Within the Companies

DoubleLine employees should only share client or proprietary information within the Companies with individuals that have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information. In addition, employees should not share information in violation of any Information Walls implemented by the Companies as a means of isolating certain kinds of sensitive information within the Companies so that it is not available to employees that perform “public” functions, such as the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. Employees should bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by other Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each individual that becomes aware of any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual

 

  1. Presentations to the Fund’s Trustees

In presenting or furnishing a report to the Fund’s Trustees, representatives of service providers to the Funds should generally refrain from identifying or discussing Fund portfolio transactions that occurred within the preceding 15 calendar days or Fund portfolio transactions that will occur or are actively being considered within the following 15 calendar days (a “ Disclosed Portfolio Transaction ”). Exceptions to the foregoing policy may be made upon the request of a Trustee, with the permission of the Chief Compliance Officer or as is otherwise necessary for the Trustee’s to fulfill their oversight responsibilities.

 

- 18 -


(i) Notification to Disinterested Trustees

For the purposes of assisting the Disinterested Trustees in fulfilling their reporting obligations under the Code, whenever the Chief Compliance Officer is informed or otherwise becomes aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, the Chief Compliance Officer shall provide the Disinterested Trustees with specific notice of such fact and remind them of the reporting requirements applicable to the Disinterested Trustees with respect to the applicable securities. Notwithstanding such obligation on the part of the Chief Compliance Officer, any failure by the Chief Compliance Officer to provide such notice shall not affect or otherwise lessen in any way any reporting obligation that the Disinterested Directors may have under this Code or otherwise.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer, upon becoming aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, shall provide notice of such fact to the Disinterested Trustees.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Notification to the Disinterested Trustees of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction

 

Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the notice is given, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Fund and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practices.

 

C. Sharing of Information Outside the Companies

DoubleLine employees should not discuss or share client or proprietary information with individuals outside the Companies, other than with parties that both have a legitimate need to know such information and have either provided a confidentially agreement that covers such information, which, in accordance with the Companies’ policies, has been reviewed and approved by the Companies’ Compliance Department (or legal counsel, as appropriate) or are themselves under a separate duty to maintain the confidentiality of the information, such as, for example, the Companies’ outside counsel or accounting firm, or employees of regulated entities such as prime brokers, clearing firms or transfer agents. When any doubt exists as to the need for a confidentially agreement, employees should contact the Companies’ Compliance Department or legal counsel if appropriate.

 

- 19 -


D. Reasonable Safeguards

DoubleLine employees should use special care to limit the possibility of inadvertent disclosure of client or proprietary information. In particular, Personnel should:

 

   

keep their desk and work areas clear of all confidential information when they are not present;

 

   

secure all laptops, mobile phones, blackberries and other such devices when unattended;

 

   

dispose of confidential documents by shredding them or placing them in confidential document waste bins or otherwise complying with proper document destruction procedures;

 

   

keep sensitive information removed from the office out of public view;

 

   

limit discussions of such information within the Companies to individuals who have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information; and

 

   

consider whether the use of a code name in place of an issuer’s name may be advisable.

Employees should not :

 

   

leave confidential information in the open, including in a conference room, once a meeting is over;

 

   

discuss confidential information in places where it may be inadvertently overheard by unauthorized persons, such as in elevators, public transportation, restaurants or the like;

 

   

discuss confidential information while using a speaker-phone that is turned up loud enough to be overhead by visitors or unauthorized Personnel; or

 

   

discuss confidential information with individuals outside the Companies except in accordance with the policy set forth above.

 

E. Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach

Employees should promptly bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel (if deemed appropriate) any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information.

 

- 20 -


  1. Special Considerations Involving Information Disclosure About Publicly Traded Clients

The inadvertent disclosure of nonpublic information about a client that has publicly traded securities outstanding may trigger a disclosure requirement on the part of the client. Accordingly, anyone who unintentionally discloses nonpublic information regarding a client that has securities that trade publicly should immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer so that a determination can be made as to whether there is a need to take any action, including alerting such client of such disclosure so that it will have an opportunity to publicly disclose such information.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each individual should promptly bring any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information to the attention of the Chief Compliance Office or the General Counsel.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual

 

- 21 -


VI.        PROHIBITION AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

 

A. Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading

It is unlawful for any person to trade on one’s own behalf or on behalf of others, or to “tip” or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material nonpublic, or “inside” information concerning an issuer or to pass such information to others. Violations of the foregoing can result in severe civil and criminal penalties for the individuals involved and can result in the imposition of significant penalties on the Companies.

The possession of material nonpublic information by any employee or other Personnel may be attributed to the Companies generally unless the information is effectively isolated by the use of Information Walls so that it is not available to employees that perform public functions, including trading and the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. A breach of the Companies’ Information Walls so that nonpublic information is not confined to Personnel that do not perform public functions, can result in the Companies being required to suspend activities involving trading and the making of recommendations in whole or in part for some indefinite period of time in certain circumstances.

As a result, strict compliance with all applicable procedures that the Companies institute to contain the flow of material nonpublic information is required of all Personnel. Moreover, and as described more fully below, Personnel that become aware of material nonpublic information must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

The provisions of this Article VI shall, and shall be construed so as to, apply to the Trustees of the Trust or DOC who are not interested persons of DOC, the Trust or the Adviser only in respect or their status and activities as such.

Personnel that have questions concerning the requirements of the policies set forth in this Section are urged to consult with their supervisor , the individual responsible for the Chief Compliance Officer or other legal counsel as appropriate.

 

B. Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information

 

  1. Nonpublic Information

Typically, for purposes of the U.S. securities laws, information is considered “nonpublic” if the issuer to which such information relates has not broadly disseminated that information to investors in the marketplace, such as by releasing the information over the news wires, disclosing it in public filings ( e.g. , Forms 10-K or 10-Q) or otherwise disseminating it in a manner that makes it fully available to investors and a reasonable time has elapsed to allow such dissemination.

 

- 22 -


  2. Materiality

Information is considered “material” if: (1) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision; or (2) a reasonable investor would consider it as having significantly altered the total mix of information relating to the issuer’s securities. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which would have a meaningful effect on the price of an outstanding security.

Determining materiality is a fact-specific inquiry, requiring a careful assessment of the inferences a reasonable person would draw from a given set of facts. By way of guidance, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated the following as examples of the types of information or events that may be considered material:

 

   

impending or potential mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures, or changes in assets, such as a large disposal of the same;

 

   

earnings or revenue information and changes in previously disclosed financial information;

 

   

events regarding the issuer’s securities, e.g ., advance knowledge of a ratings downgrade, defaults on securities, calls of securities for redemption, public or private sales of additional securities, stock splits or changes in dividends, repurchase plans or changes to the rights of security holders;

 

   

new products or discoveries, or developments regarding clients or suppliers ( e.g ., the acquisition or loss of a major contract);

 

   

significant changes in control or management;

 

   

changes in auditors or auditor notification that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;

 

   

impending bankruptcies or receiverships;

 

   

information relating to the market for an issuer’s securities, such as a large order to purchase or sell securities; and

 

   

prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press.

Because assessments of materiality are necessarily highly fact-specific, when in doubt DoubleLine Personnel should err on the side of caution and treat the matter in question as material and bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer for further consideration.

 

  3. Breach of Fiduciary Duty or Duty of Trust or Confidence

Generally, except in the case of tender offers (as described in the immediately following subparagraph), the legal prohibitions on the use of material nonpublic information are dependent upon such information being obtained under a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence. Nevertheless, even where information is obtained outside of a fiduciary

 

- 23 -


relationship or relationship of trust or confidence, the use of material nonpublic information may still trigger regulatory investigations and reputational concerns. For this reason, as a general policy, the Companies prohibit use of any material nonpublic information by all Personnel, regardless of whether the information is obtained pursuant to a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence, except to the extent explicit written approval is obtained from the Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Compliance Officer (collectively, the “Approving Officers”).

(i) Special Situations — Tender Offers

Exchange Act Rule 14e-3 specifically prohibits trading or “tipping,” e.g ., providing information to third parties, while in the possession of material nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either – irrespective of whether the information was obtained in breach of a fiduciary duty or similar duty of trust and confidence. Personnel that become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

C. Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information

Nonpublic information may come to the attention of DoubleLine Personnel in a variety of ways. Personnel should be aware of the most likely situations so that they can either avoid being “tainted” with such information, which as discussed above may impact their ability to perform their usual functions for the Companies as well as the Companies’ ability to engage in business as usual, or take such actions as are described below to minimize the impact such information may have on the Companies and the affected employee.

In the event any Personnel comes into possession of, or is otherwise exposed to, nonpublic information, such individual must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below. Upon being informed of any such matter, the Chief Compliance Officer will make a determination of whether trading (as a firm or for personal trades or both) or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result or lead to any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees.

 

- 24 -


 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each individual contacted for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not been publicly disclosed, is responsible for directing the other party to the Chief Compliance Officer and for bring such contact to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The applicable individual

 

  1. Pre-Sounding

From time to time, investment banks may contact Personnel for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed. Because of the potential for such conversations, even when conducted on a hypothetical or no names basis, to result in the disclosure of material, nonpublic information, such conversations must be coordinated through the Chief Compliance Officer and comply with any restrictions or other requirements imposed thereby.

Personnel that are contacted for such purpose must promptly interrupt the investment bank representatives and inform them that applicable policies require that such calls be coordinated through the Companies’ General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. After providing the investment banking representatives with contact information for the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer, the contacted Personnel should terminate the call and promptly bring the call to the attention to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  2. Involvement by the Companies in a Nonpublic Transaction

From time-to-time the Adviser may bid for, or cause one of its clients to bid for, securities in a company, purchase securities in a private placement, serve on a creditors’ committee with respect to a bankrupt entity, or otherwise be involved in another type of transaction with an issuer through which the Adviser may be made aware of material nonpublic information. In such situations, the head of the business unit involved in such transactions is responsible for the Chief Compliance Officer being informed of such involvement at or before the initiation thereof, to the extent practical, but in any event before any material nonpublic information is provided to the Adviser or any Personnel.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The head of the business unit involved in any transaction with an issuer that may result in the receipt by the Adviser of material nonpublic information, is responsible for bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The applicable business unit head

 

- 25 -


  3. Contacts with Officials of Publicly-Held Companies

Contacts with public companies may constitute an important part of the Companies research efforts and investment decisions may be made based on conclusions formed through these contacts, as well as through an analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, Personnel become aware of material nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if an issuer’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an individual associated with the Companies, or an investor relations representative selectively discloses significant news to a handful of investors. In such situations, the Companies must make a judgment as to its further conduct. Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information from an issuer should promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information from an issuer is responsible for promptly bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual

 

  4. Board Seats

DoubleLine Personnel are sometimes asked to sit or act as Board members for an issuer of publicly held securities. As noted at Section IX A hereof, any such arrangement must be pre-approved and, in connection therewith, the Chief Compliance Officer, in accordance with Subsection E below, will make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as is required to comply with any restrictions imposed by the issuer on its directors. It should be noted that such approval generally will not be granted.

In addition, Board members of public issuers may also be exposed to material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies that may have dealings with the company on whose board they sit. Personnel sitting on the board of a company who receive materially nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

  5. Creditors’ Committees

Participants on creditors’ committees are often exposed to nonpublic information regarding the debtor company. This exposure may affect the Companies’ ability to trade in securities in that company. Accordingly, Personnel should not agree to sit on any creditor’s committee, whether official or informal (including preliminary meetings that precede creditors’ committees), without first contacting the Chief Compliance Officer, who will obtain any necessary approvals and make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or

 

- 26 -


controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as may otherwise be required of members of the creditor committee.

 

  6. Other Situations

(i) Information Originating within the Companies

DoubleLine Personnel that are contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material nonpublic information as to which the employee was previously unaware must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer regardless of whether any nonpublic information is actually communicated and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

(ii) Information Originating Outside the Companies

Similarly, all Personnel that come into receipt of nonpublic information, no matter what the source may be or under what circumstances and no matter whether the information is obtained in the individual’s personal capacity, must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information or who has been contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating nonpublic information of which the individual was previously generally unaware, must promptly bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual

 

D. Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information

Personnel who believe they have been exposed to or may possess material nonpublic information should cease any further actions in any way related to such information or any issuer to which it relates and immediately take the following steps:

 

   

contact the Chief Compliance Officer or Compliance or legal Personnel;

 

   

refrain from disclosing the information internally (other than with, or at the direction of, the Chief Compliance Officer or Legal or compliance Personnel) or externally;

 

   

refrain from recommending or purchasing or selling the subject securities or related securities (whether for a personal account or an account of a client) or otherwise attempting to take advantage of the information whether for one’s own benefit, that of the Companies, a client or any other person; and

 

- 27 -


   

comply with any restrictions or controls that are put in place by the Companies in response to such exposure or possession.

Compliance with the foregoing will help protect the individual involved, the Adviser’s clients, and the Companies.

 

E. Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer

 

  1. Upon Receipt of Notification of Possible Receipt of Material, Nonpublic Information/Imposition of Information Barriers

Upon the receipt of any notification with respect to the receipt by Personnel of possible material, nonpublic information, the Chief Compliance Officer, in conjunction with legal counsel if deemed necessary, shall be responsible for making a determination of whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, whether any actions or precautions should be taken, including restricting the Companies’ activities in any way or placing an Information Wall around the individual involved in such matter together with any other relevant individuals from the public portions of the Companies.

(i) Restrictions on Communication and Information Barriers

Individuals subject to information barriers are prohibited from discussing the information that gave rise to the information barrier except:

 

   

among other individuals who are part of the same walled off group;

 

   

with the Companies’ legal counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or such other persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall specifically direct.

Individuals subject to information barriers should use care to maintain the information that gave rise to the information barrier in confidence and shall:

 

   

take reasonable steps, including such steps as are set forth at Subsection D of Section V hereof, to safeguard the protected information;

 

   

not discuss such matter externally with anyone except as specifically provided above; and

 

   

in accordance with Subsection B of Section V hereof, bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain such information unless they have a legitimate business need or reason.

(ii) Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for documenting any notice received, any review undertaken, and any action taken.

 

- 28 -


 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for determining whether any matter reported is material and nonpublic and, if so, the Companies’ response thereto.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Notice of any receipt of material nonpublic information by any individual and the Companies’ response thereto.

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years , such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practices

 

  2. Pre-Sounding

Upon the receipt of any notification that Personnel have been contacted for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for managing the Companies’ participation in any response thereto.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for managing the Companies’ response to any pre-sounding request.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

- 29 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documentation of any response to a pre-sounding request.

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practices

 

  3. Maintenance of Restricted and Watch List

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Restricted and Watch Lists.

The Restricted List is disclosed to DoubleLine Personnel and consists of a list of issuers , e.g ., companies, in which Personnel are prohibited from trading, absent an exemption from such restriction.

The Watch List is not generally disclosed to Personnel and consists of a list of issuers as to which a limited or select group of Personnel may be in possession of nonpublic material information or other sensitive information. The Watch List facilitates monitoring of trading in such issuer without “tipping” a wider group of Personnel as to the status of the issuer.

As a general matter, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the determination to add or remove an issuer from either list.

In considering whether an issuer should be added or removed from the Restricted or Watch List, the following presumptions shall apply:

 

   

Issuers that are the subject of an Information Wall or similar controls should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List.

 

   

Issuers as to which Personnel are in possession of material nonpublic information should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List, provided that if such information is widely known among Personnel, the issuer should be placed on the Companies’ Restricted List.

 

   

Issuers for whom Personnel serve as directors or members of official creditors’ committee should be placed on the Restricted Lists.

 

- 30 -


 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Watch and Restricted Lists.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documentation of any consideration to add an issuer to the Companies’ Watch or Restricted Lists.

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practices

 

F. Reporting of Insider Trading Activity

All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information. Upon receipt of such notice, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for conducting such review with respect thereto as the Chief Compliance Officer believes appropriate and, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, for determining whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto, including reporting such matter to any official, as may be required or appropriate and for documenting such notice, review and determination.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Any individual who is aware of any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon nonpublic information, shall promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual

 

- 31 -


 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for conducting a review upon receipt of a report of possible insider trading and for determining, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documentation of the review and investigation of purported insider trading activity and the Adviser’s response thereto

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

 

G. Annual Attestation

Personnel will be required to attest annually to their compliance with the foregoing policies on insider-trading. See the form at Exhibit XI C .

 

 

References:

  

Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Exchange Act, Section 9: Manipulation of Security Prices

  

Exchange Act, Section 10: Manipulative and Deceptive Devices

  

Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1: Trading on the Basis of Material Nonpublic Information in Insider Trading Cases

    

Exchange Act Rule 14e-3: Transactions in Securities on the Basis of Material, Nonpublic Information in the Context of Tender Offers

 

 

- 32 -


VII.        REPORTING OF ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SECURITIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL PRODUCTS

 

A. General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification

All DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, are required to notify the Companies promptly, in the manner provided below, upon opening any outside account for a Covered Person or Immediate Family Member , each as hereinafter defined, for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial product, e.g. , a security, future, commodity, or any derivative thereon, provided that no notice shall be required with respect to an account of an Immediate Family Member to the extent the individual has no direct or indirect influence or control over such account and that Personnel shall be required to certify in writing that they have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account.

The term “Covered Person” shall mean any account that is beneficially owned by (i) an individual who is subject to these procedures; (ii) such individual’s spouse or domestic partner; (iii) such individual’s child or a child of the individual’s spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, the individual; and (iv) any account as to which the individual has discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which an individual acts as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for an Adviser’s client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf of the Adviser.

The term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law, but only to the extent such family member shares a household with the individual.

Personnel who are new to the Companies, or whose employment predates the date this Code was first put into effect, must, promptly notify the Companies of all existing accounts that would otherwise fall within the foregoing notification requirement.

All DoubleLine Personnel are also required to notify the Companies promptly upon any change in the account set up information, e.g. , a change to the name of the account or the account number, or the closing of such account.

 

  1. Account and Initial Holdings Notification

All account and initial holding notifications, including account openings, changes to an account and account closings, must be made in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer, and in the case of accounts, shall include the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with whom the account was established. Such notification should be provided using a copy of the form (or its substantial equivalent) attached hereto as Exhibit VII A1 . All initial holding notifications shall be submitted within ten (10) days of a person being designated as an Access Person and being subjected to the requirements of the Code. Information submitted in initial holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. Information submitted in annual holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date submitted.

 

- 33 -


At the time any such notification is made, the brokerage or other firm that is to carry the account must also be notified of the need to provide copies of account statements and confirmations to the Companies. Such notification should be provided by completing and mailing a copy of the form letter attached hereto as Exhibit VII A2 .

 

  2. Right of Companies to Limit Where Accounts May be Carried

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Companies reserve the right to limit the particular firms at which personal securities accounts may be opened and carried, provided that the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to such policy in the case of hardship or for other good cause.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with prompt notification with respect to all financial accounts related to holdings of securities, futures, commodities, or any derivative.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documentation related to account and initial position notification

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  3. Disclosure and Furnishing of Quarterly Transaction Reports Regarding Financial Products

No later than thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter, all Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, must provide the Chief Compliance Officer with the following information with respect to all transactions during such quarter involving a security or financial product, other than “ Excluded Transaction ,” as defined below, in which they have any direct or indirect beneficial interest:

 

   

The date of the transaction, the type of product and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security or financial product involved;

 

- 34 -


   

The price of the security or financial product at which the transaction was effected;

 

   

The name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

   

The date that the report is submitted.

(i) Excluded Transactions

For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Transaction” means any of the following:

 

   

A transaction involving an Excluded Product or a Non-Volitional Transaction

 

   

A transaction as to which all of the information required to be reported is contained in a broker trade confirmation or account statement that has been previously provided to the Adviser;

 

   

A transaction pursuant to an “ Automatic Investment Plan ,” which, in accordance with Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(11), means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation and which includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with timely quarterly transaction reports.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel

 

- 35 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Quarterly transaction reports

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  4. Annual Holdings Reports

As required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, not later than 45 days after October 1 st , all Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, are required to report in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer the following information, which must be current as of October 1st:

 

   

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security or financial product, other than an Excluded Product, in which the individual has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

   

The name of any broker, dealer, bank or other party through whom an account is held for the direct or indirect benefit of the individual.

 

   

The timing of the submission of these reports is designed to coincide with a quarterly transaction report to alleviate confusion about the submission of reports.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Adviser with timely annual holdings reports using the form (or a substantially equivalent version) found at Exhibit VII A1 .

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel

 

- 36 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Annual holdings reports

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  5. Reporting Requirements Applicable to Disinterested Trustees

While Disinterested Trustees are not subject to the foregoing reporting requirements they are required to report any transaction, other than a “ Non-Reportable Transaction ” (as hereinafter defined), involving a security, other than one that is an Excluded Product, undertaken by the Disinterested Trustee or any Covered Person or any Immediate Family Member, if the Disinterested Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during a 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, (i) the Fund purchased or sold such security, or (ii) the Fund or an adviser to the Fund was considering the purchase or sale of such security (such transaction a “ Covered Transaction ”).

(i) Reporting Requirements

Any Disinterested Trustee that is required to report a Covered Transaction shall, no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction occurred, file such report containing such information with respect to such transaction and any account in which the transacted securities were held with the person responsible for the Control Function.

(ii) Definition of Non-Reportable Transaction

For purposes hereof, the term “ Non-Reportable Transaction ” means any transaction taken as part of an Automatic Investment Plan or a Non-Volitional Transaction.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each Disinterested Trustee is responsible for providing the Adviser with timely quarterly transaction reports, as applicable.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each Disinterested Trustee

 

- 37 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Quarterly transactions reports for Disinterested Directors

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  6. Other Reports or Information

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Personnel may be required to provide such additional information regarding any holdings of, or transactions in, financial products at such times and in such manner as the individual responsible for the Control Function may request.

 

  7. Excluded Products

For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Products” means the following:

 

   

Direct obligations of the government of the United States (Note: this does not include obligations of any state, including obligations of any municipality or state agency).

 

   

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

   

Shares issued by money market funds.

 

   

Shares in open-end investment companies (Note: this does not include open-end investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or any affiliate).

 

   

Exchange traded funds (“ ETFs ”).

 

   

Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by the Adviser or any affiliate.

 

   

Nonfinancial commodities ( e.g ., pork belly contracts).

 

   

Investments in 529 plans not managed, distributed, marketed or underwritten by the Adviser or any of its affiliates. 1

 

- 38 -


  8. Non-Volitional Transaction

For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Volitional Transaction” means any transaction effected for any account over which the applicable Personnel had no direct or indirect influence or control, including transactions such as demutualization, stock splits, stock from mergers or spin-offs, automatic tender offers or stock dividends.

 

B. Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications

On a monthly basis, compliance shall review any account statement and any Holding Report Notification form submitted by Personnel. Personnel shall arrange for duplicates of account statements and confirmations by using Exhibit VII A2 (or its substantial equivalent). Should an Access Person be designated to review account statements and holding reports, an independent Access Person (independent of and senior to the reviewing Access Person) shall review the primary reviewer’s account statements and holding reports.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the completion of any required review.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documentation relating to the review of employee trading

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the matter reported related, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(C)

 

 

1  

See SEC no-action letter, WilmerHale, July 28, 2010.

 

- 39 -


 

 

References:

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a) (3): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (review of securities transactions and holdings)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(b): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (reporting requirements)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of report with respect to securities transactions)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding period for certain records)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(d): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Reporting Requirements of Access Persons)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Preapproval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

 

 

 

- 40 -


VIII.        INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

 

A. Overview

The Companies impose a number of restrictions on trading and investment activities by DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees. These restrictions are designed to assist the Companies in complying with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; to help avoid conflicts of interest, including apparent conflicts; and, ultimately, to protect the Companies’ reputation.

 

B. Provisions of General Applicability

 

  1. Prohibition on Doing Indirectly What Cannot Be Done Directly

DoubleLine Personnel are expected to comply with both the letter and the spirit of the restrictions and prohibitions set forth in this Code. Accordingly, to the extent any transaction would put an individual in an economic position that would be substantially equivalent to a prohibited or restricted transaction, such transaction is similarly prohibited or restricted. By way of illustration, where a long position in an underlying equity would be prohibited, it would be prohibited for an individual to establish a derivative or synthetic position that achieves similar economics.

 

  2. When in Doubt

When in doubt as to the applicability of these restrictions and prohibitions to any transaction, Personnel should either refrain from entering into the transaction or discuss the matter with their supervisor or a member of Compliance or Legal.

 

  3. Breaking Trades

As all or part of a sanction imposed, the Companies may require that Personnel break or unwind any transaction entered into by any Personnel in violation of these provisions. In such case, the Companies shall not have any obligation to reimburse the individual for any loss suffered as a result thereof and any realized profits shall be disgorged and provided to a charitable organization chosen by the Companies.

 

  4. Hardship

The Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to certain restrictions or prohibitions set forth herein in the case of hardship or for other good cause, provided that any such exemption shall be documented and otherwise in compliance with any applicable legal requirements.

 

- 41 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documents related to any decision to approve a hardship or other exception

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer, as applicable

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and 204A-1(c)

 

C. Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability

 

  1. Prohibited Transactions

Nonpublic Information . All DoubleLine Personnel are strictly prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity, including without limitation the making of any recommendation, whether on their own behalf or on behalf of a shareholder or client of the Companies or other third party, on the basis of material nonpublic information or nonpublic client information, including client securities information.

Manipulative Conduct . Personnel are strictly prohibited from engaging in any trading or investment activity that constitutes manipulative conduct. This would includes trades that do not have a bona fide purpose, e.g ., that are done to influence market price or convey a false appearance of price movement or volume.

Fraud . Personnel are strictly prohibited from participating in any investment activity that is known to any such individual to involve fraudulent activities such as forgery, non-disclosure or misstatement of material facts or the taking of any action that is meant to conceal or misrepresent the actual facts of a matter. This would include, for example, knowingly backdating a document or recording a trade as occurring at an incorrect time.

Restricted List . Absent an exception specifically granted by the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity in any security on the Companies’ Restricted List.

Use of Strategy or Research . Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any transaction, other than a transaction on behalf of the Companies, a shareholder or client, involving use of the Companies’ strategy or research.

Uncovered Short Trade . Personnel are prohibited from entering into an uncovered short trade.

 

- 42 -


Uncovered Option . Personnel are prohibited from writing an uncovered option.

 

  2. Transactions Requiring Pre-Approval

All DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any Restricted Transaction (as defined below) without first obtaining prior approval by the Approving Officers. In considering any such trade, Personnel should understand that the Approving Officers will be under no obligation to respond to any request for approval within any stated time and once any such matter is considered may withhold approval for any reason or for no reason at all and, in any event, will withhold approval where it is determined that any such transaction may be legally uncertain, may give the appearance of a conflict of interest, or may expose the Companies to reputational risk, risk of regulatory inquiry or other harm, no matter how remote. Pre-approval shall be obtained using the form provided as Exhibit VII C (or its equivalent as determined in the judgment of the Chief Compliance Officer).

For purposes hereof, a Restricted Transaction shall mean:

 

   

acquiring ownership, directly or indirectly, in any security issued in an initial public offering or a limited offering or private placement (each as defined below), including any interest in a hedge fund

 

   

transfers of interest in private placements sponsored by the Companies, other than transfers for estate planning purposes or that are court-mandated

Requests for approval must be submitted directly to the Chief Compliance Officer. When considering approval of any request, the Approving Officers will take into consideration whether the investment opportunity is one that should have been reserved for the Adviser’s clients and whether the opportunity is being offered by virtue of the individual’s position with the Adviser.

(i) Initial Public Offering Defined

For purposes of the foregoing, the term “initial public offering” shall mean an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(ii) Limited Offering and Private Placement Defined

For purposes of the foregoing, the terms “limited offering” or “private placement” shall each mean an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), which provides an exemption for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, or Section 4(6), which involve offers or sales by an issuer solely to one or more accredited investors, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 of Regulation D, which allow offerings for a limited dollar amount and/or to a limited number of investors.

 

- 43 -


 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining pre-approval of all Restricted Transactions.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel.

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documents related to any decision of a request to approve a Restricted Transaction including the reason supporting any approval

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e)

 

 

References:

  

 

Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(c): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (pre-approval of certain investments)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of decision regarding certain securities acquisitions)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Pre-Approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)

 

 

  3. Transactions Requiring Pre-Clearance

Except as otherwise set forth below, all DoubleLine Personnel must obtain pre-clearance for any investment transaction in an account for which notification is required to be given pursuant to Section VII A hereof or as to which a Holdings Report Notification form would be required pursuant to Section VII B hereof.

Pre-clearance requests must be made directly to the Chief Compliance Officer or to such persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall otherwise direct. Individuals that make a pre-clearance request may be required to supply certain key information and to make certain

 

- 44 -


certifications, such as that they have no knowledge that the financial product is under active consideration for purchase or sale by the Companies for their shareholders and/or clients. Pre-clearance shall be obtained using the form provided as Exhibit VII C (or its equivalent in the judgment of the Chief Compliance Officer).

Any transaction as to which pre-clearance has been obtained must be completed two business days following the day pre-clearance is obtained. Transactions, or portions thereof, not completed within these times constraints must be immediately canceled and, thereafter, may only be completed following the obtaining of a new pre-clearance. The Chief Compliance Officer may waive the two day requirement in the CCO’s sole judgment.

Limit orders, once approved, are not subject to further pre-approval, unless the limit or other factors is changed.

NOTE: Post-approval is not permitted. Any trade completed before pre-clearance is obtained or after the approval window has terminated may be broken or unwound as provided at Section VIII. B. 4 and may result in disciplinary action.

(i) Pre-clearance is not required for the following types of transactions:

 

   

Purchase or sales involving an Excluded Product;

 

   

Purchase or sales pursuant to an Automated Investment Plan;

 

   

Assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration;

 

   

Purchase or sales of shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by the Adviser or any affiliate; and

 

   

Investments in unregistered funds sponsored by the Companies.

(ii) De minimis exception

Preclearance also is not required for any trade of any equity security of 1,000 shares or $50,000, whichever is less in dollar terms except for trades involving Reportable Funds, IPOs or other items otherwise prohibited or restricted under the Code. Municipal bonds may be traded up through and including the $50,000 level without preclearance.

 

- 45 -


By way of example, the de minimis exception may not be used for:

 

   

Any bond (debt security) trade (except trades in direct obligations of the government of the United States or municipal bonds) 2

 

   

Any security issued by a client

 

   

To trade any security for which pre-approval has been denied within the past fifteen days

 

   

To trade any security for which pre-approval is required under this Code (examples include initial public offerings, private placements and restricted securities)

In no event may any Access Person use the de minimis exception to avoid compliance with other aspects of this Code.

The de minimis exception shall apply to trades in a Reportable Fund (any fund advised or sub-advised by the Firm) that do not exceed $50,000. Furthermore, the de minimis exception shall cover any Access Person’s payroll deduction purchase of a Reportable Fund within the Adviser’s 401(k) plan.

 

D. Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons

 

  1. Transactions with a Heightened Approval Requirement

To avoid potential conflict situations and the appearance of a conflict, Access Persons shall not enter into any transactions that could reasonably be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction, each as described below, unless the particular transaction has been pre-approved by Approving Officers. The applicable Approving Officers shall only approve such a transaction where they (i) have documented their awareness of such facts as would allow the specific transaction to be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction and (ii) have a reasonable belief that the transaction will not adversely impact the client’s position or strategy. In making such determination, the Approving Officers shall consider such factors, such as the size of the transaction or the liquidity of the market for such product, as they reasonably believe are relevant to such determination.

Contrary Transaction . A contrary transaction is one that reflects a view that is contrary to:

 

   

any currently contemplated, but unexecuted, shareholder or client transaction or current recommendation made to a shareholder or client or other transaction under active consideration, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such contemplated transaction or recommendation;

 

 

2  

Municipal bonds currently are not traded for client accounts. Should municipal bonds be traded for client accounts, personal municipal bond trades will no longer be permitted under the de minimis exception.

 

- 46 -


   

any trade made on behalf of a shareholder or client by such individual or by the Companies during the previous fifteen (15) days, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such trade; and

 

   

any current position known by the individual to be held by a shareholder or client as a result of either or both of the Companies’ recommendation or decision.

For purposes of the foregoing, any strategy or research shall be considered to be a recommendation that has been made to a shareholder or client to the extent it has been made known to the applicable shareholder or client, is being prepared for the benefit of such shareholder or client, or is being used in connection with the exercise by the Companies of trading discretion on behalf of such shareholder or client.

Trading Ahead Transaction A “trading ahead transaction” is one that seeks to take advantage of market movements that are likely to result from an impending trade, e.g. , an increase in price as a result of the purchase of a large position, or the execution of contemplated strategy or research.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Each Access Person is responsible for any pre-approval obtained with respect to a contrary transaction or trading ahead transaction to reflect awareness of such facts as requires the specific transaction to be so characterized.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Access Persons

 

  2. Round Trip Transactions within 60 Day Window

Access Persons shall forfeit any profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities, other than Excluded Products and pre-cleared ETFs, within any sixty (60) day period. Such profits will be calculated by matching most recent purchases against a given sale or most recent sales against a given purchase.

For the sake of clarity, this provision does not prevent an Access Person from transacting within the sixty-day period to limit losses. However, if any such trades are effected without pre-approval (including trades that otherwise would not require pre-approval under the de minimis provisions of this Code), should such trades prove to be profitable, the profit shall be disgorged under the provisions of this Code. Other limitations under this Code on such a transaction may apply.

Note: This prohibition effectively limits the utility of options trading and short sales of securities and could make legitimate hedging activities less available.

 

- 47 -


  3. Additional Restrictions Applicable to Portfolio Managers

A portfolio manager is prohibited from:

 

   

purchasing or selling any security for any client account as to which the portfolio manager serves as the portfolio manager within fifteen days after the purchase or sale of such security for an account for which the portfolio manager is required to provide notification pursuant to Subsection A of Section VII hereof.

 

   

purchasing (selling) any security for an account for which the portfolio manager is required to provide notification pursuant to Subsection A of Section VII hereof for a period of fifteen calendar days after that security is sold (bought) on behalf of any Adviser client for which the portfolio manager serves as portfolio manager or any investment company client for which the portfolio manager serves as investment manager.

Violation of this policy will result in reversal of the transaction in the portfolio manager’s account, with any profits realized subject to disgorgement.

Determination of the status of an individual as a portfolio manager rests in the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer, who may rely on marketing materials, human resource records, or other available information, as ascertained by the CCO in the CCO’s sole discretion.

 

 

References:

  

 

Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

    

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (list of Access Persons)

 

 

- 48 -


IX.         OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 

A. General Policy

It is the policy of the Companies to require all DoubleLine Personnel to obtain written pre-approval from the Approving Officers before accepting any outside employment or compensation, e.g .., other than with the Companies, the General Partner or any affiliate thereof. This includes engaging in any business activity other than a passive investment and would include being an officer, director, limited or general partner, member of a limited liability company, employee or consultant.

DoubleLine Personnel that are registered representatives of a broker dealer also must request written pre-approval from that broker dealer before accepting any outside employment or compensation.

 

  1. Non-Profit Entities

The foregoing requirement does not apply to service by Personnel, other than investment advisory services, on an uncompensated basis as an officer or director of a charitable, professional, civic or non-profit entity, provided such entity is not an Adviser client and has no business relationship with the Companies.

 

  2. Directorships

Approval of any Personnel to serve on the board of directors/trustees of any issuer entity will only be granted based upon a determination that the board service will not create an actual or potential conflict with the interest of the Companies’ shareholders or clients. Where board service is authorized, the Chief Compliance Officer shall make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees and as is required to comply with any restriction imposed by the issuer on its directors/trustees.

Where the board service is within the scope of the individual’s employment by the Companies, whether because the Companies hold a position in the entity or the Adviser’s clients hold a position in the entity, all compensation awarded to directors, in the form of cash or securities, shall be for the benefit of the Adviser’s clients holding such interest, and, if none, for the Companies’ benefit and accordingly individuals serving in such capacity shall disgorge all compensation received.

 

  3. Fiduciary Appointments

DoubleLine Personnel may not accept appointment as (i) a fiduciary, including as an executor, trustee, guardian, or conservator, or (ii) a consultant in connection with fiduciary or active money management matters, without the written pre-approval from the Approving Officers. The foregoing prohibition does not apply to appointments involving estates of family members.

 

- 49 -


  4. Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval of all outside business activities from the Approving Officers .

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documents related to the approval of outside business activities

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

 

B. Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation

Except with the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are not allowed to accept compensation for their own benefit from, or pay to, a third party regardless of whether the compensation is in the form of cash or non-cash compensation. All commission and other payments must be paid to, or by, the Companies and cannot be paid directly to, or by, an employee.

 

  1. Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.

 

- 50 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before accepting or paying any compensation directly to a third party.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 

Document: Documents related to the approval of the receipt or payment of third party compensation

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

 

C. Annual Attestation

Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI C .)

 

- 51 -


X.        GIFTS AND GRATUITIES AND POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

Giving, receiving or soliciting a gift in a business setting, sponsoring lavish client entertainment or soliciting or making political contributions may create an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest. In order to minimize these concerns, the Companies have adopted the following limitations on soliciting, receiving or giving gifts or soliciting or making political contributions.

 

A. Gifts and Gratuities

 

  1. Solicitations of Gifts

Except as otherwise provided at Subsection B below, Personnel are prohibited from soliciting, directly or indirectly, any item of value (a “ Gift ”), e.g ., gifts, loans, favors, or lavish entertainment from any individual employed by any entity with which the Adviser, DOC or the Trust has, or hopes to have, a business or client relationship (a “ Covered Individual ”).

 

  2. Receipt of Gifts and Entertainment

(i) General Exclusion

DoubleLine Personnel may accept Gifts from any individual if the individual giving the gift is related to the recipient by blood or marriage or a close personal friend and the gift is consistent with such relationship.

(ii) Unsolicited Gifts

DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited Gifts from Covered Individuals, provided such Gift falls within one of the following exceptions:

 

   

the gift has a value of less than $100 and is consistent with customary business practices;

 

   

the gift is perishable and the recipient shares it generally with co-workers at the Companies; or

 

   

acceptance of the gift is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.

Personnel may not accept cash gifts from Covered Individuals.

Such gifts shall be reported on Exhibit X.A.

(iii) Unsolicited Entertainment

DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited entertainment from Covered Individuals, provided (i) such entertainment is consistent with customary business practices and the host

 

- 52 -


is in attendance; (ii) the entertainment is being provided to attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the host without Personnel being singled out, or (iii) the entertainment is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(iv) Exceptions

 

   

Registered persons (i.e. persons carrying a securities license through FINRA) may not give or accept any gifts [is this intended to include entertainment?]exceeding $100 under any circumstances, nor may any exception be granted to the gift limitation rules for registered persons. (See FINRA Rule 3220.)

 

   

Non-registered persons must receive permission from the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel to receive a gift exceeding $100.

(v) Notification of the Receipt of Unsolicited Gifts or Entertainment

All employees must declare all gifts received during the calendar year to Compliance using Exhibit X. A . Such reports must be received by January 15 of the subsequent year.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel must notify the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis regarding the receipt of any unsolicited gift or entertainment.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel

 

 

  3. Giving of Gifts and Entertainment

DoubleLine Personnel are required to obtain the written approval of an Approving Officer 3 prior to giving any Gift, other than “reasonable entertainment costs” (as described below), to any Covered Individual or other person covered by any of the provisions below.

 

 

3  

For purposes of the Gift and Entertainment section of the Code of Ethics, “Approving Officers” is construed to include members of DoubleLine’s Executive Committee or any Principal. The Executive Committee includes the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Executive Vice President of Marketing and Director of Marketing. Principals is the term used within DoubleLine to refer to equity partners of the firm.

 

- 56 -


(i) Permitted Entertainment

Approving Officers control decisions regarding permitted entertainment. Receipts from such entertainment shall set forth the date, parties in attendance and their employers, the entertainment provided, the business purpose therefore, and include an itemized list of the costs associated therewith. To be considered reasonable entertainment, both the host and the guest must attend the entertainment together. Moreover, any entertainment shall be appropriate for business entertainment such as, for example, sporting, civic or cultural events, and meals.

(ii) Special Treatment Regarding Foreign Officials, Regulators and Pension Plans

DoubleLine Personnel may not give any Gift or other thing of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any representative of a governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory organization, pension plans or any foreign official without the written pre-approval of an Approving Officer. The foregoing restriction shall not include the offering of coffee, tea, a soda or the like, or of a snack or light refreshment to a representative attending a meeting at one of the Companies, any food or drink that is offered generally to other attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the Companies, or other offerings of similar character and intent.

(iii) Special Treatment Regarding Unions and Union Officials

Special reporting rules apply when officers of the Companies furnish gifts or entertainment to labor unions or union officials. These special rules are independent of, and in addition to, any approval procedures otherwise applicable under this Code. The Companies may be required to file Form LM-10 with the Department of Labor by March 31 st of the calendar year following any year in which the Companies or any Personnel made any payments, gave any gifts, or entertained any union officials, including union pension fund trustees. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that all information required to be reported on Form LM-10 related to gifts or entertainment furnished to labor unions or labor officials (as defined under applicable laws and regulations pertaining to Form LM-10) is captured within accounting records.

(iv) Personnel may not give anything of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any union or union representative, including a union pension fund trustee, without the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.

(v) Requirements of Clients and Other Third Parties

Personnel shall not provide a gift or entertainment to a client, potential client or other third party in violation of any policy established by such client, potential client or other third party.

Personnel subject to any Code of Ethics or similar policies of any client, issuer, or other third party must comply with such policies as though such policies were set forth herein and made a part hereof.

 

- 54 -


  4. Notice and Approval Process

All requests by DoubleLine Personnel with respect to the approval of a Gift or any entertainment, other than permitted reasonable entertainment costs, shall be in writing and provided to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  5. Gift Log

The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a Gift Log, which shall consist of the compilation of each Employee’s Gift Logs, as prepared and presented annually. (See Exhibit X A ).

The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that the DoubleLine’s accounting records capture such additional information as may be necessary in connection with any filing that may be required in connection with Form LM-10 or any other gift and entertainment reporting scheme to which the Companies and/or their Personnel may be subject.

(i) Review of Gift Log

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the review of the Gift Log on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for the review of DoubleLine’s accounting records on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns.

(ii) Filing of Forms

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for the timely filing of Form LM-10 and any other gifts and entertainment reports that the Companies may be required to make.

(iii) Documentation

In addition to the Gift Log, the Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review of the Gift Log. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Financial Officer’s annual review of accounting records and all entertainment notices and any filings as to which the Companies are subject.

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that accounting records accurately reflect, with sufficient details necessary, any transaction required to be reported on Form LM-10.

 

- 55 -


 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documents related to Gifts and entertainment, including the Gift and Entertainment Log and any Forms LM-10 filed

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as described above.

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

 

References:   

Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959

Form LM-10

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977

 

 

B. Political Contributions

In the U.S., both federal and state laws impose limitations, and in some cases restrictions, on certain kinds of political contributions and activities. These laws apply not only to U.S. citizens, but also to foreign nationals and both U.S. and foreign corporations and other institutions. Accordingly, the Companies have adopted policies and procedures concerning political contributions and activities regarding federal, state, and local candidates, officials and political parties.

This policy regarding activities and political contributions applies to the Companies and all Personnel. Failure to comply with these rules could result in civil or criminal penalties for the Companies and the individuals involved.

These policies are intended solely to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to avoid any appearance of impropriety. These policies are not intended to otherwise interfere with an individual’s right to participate in the political process.

 

  1. General Prohibition on Contributions to Obtain Business

Both the Companies and DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from making or soliciting political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisor contracts with government entities. For purposes hereof, the term political contribution includes contributions to a current office holder, candidate, political party, or party or political committees (including committees supporting or opposing ballot initiatives, e.g .., referendum).

 

- 56 -


  2. Prohibition and Restrictions on Contributions by the Companies

Federal law prohibits political contributions by the Companies or in their name in support of candidates for federal office. Accordingly, such contributions are prohibited. Because restrictions may also apply with respect to contributions to state and local officials, no such contributions may be made by the Companies or in their names except to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.

 

  3. Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel

Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, Personnel are free to give to candidates for federal, state and local office as a matter of personal choice, provided that preclearance from the Chief Compliance Officer must be obtained before any contribution may be made to a candidate or official that serves or is seeking to serve on the governing board of any of the Companies’ shareholders or clients.

Personnel also must seek preclearance before making contributions 4 to officials 5 of government entities 6 who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser in connection with money management mandates. 7 Preclearance is not required for contributions of $350 or less to any one candidate for whom Personnel may vote (per election), and $150 or less to candidates for whom Personnel may not vote (per election, where primaries and general elections are considered two separate elections). Payments to a political party of a state or locality where the investment adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity also are covered by this requirement.

Personnel also are prohibited from seeking the assistance of others (including Political Action Committees) to bundle or coordinate the solicitation of such contributions. In sum, Personnel shall not attempt to do indirectly what they may not do directly.

Personnel detecting that they have made a contribution without receiving preclearance should report such contributions to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer immediately. In certain cases, it is possible that seeking (and achieving) the return of the contribution can preclude application of the SEC rules and penalties. However, because the rule is new, there can be no assurance that any attempt to preclude application of the statutory penalties will be completely successful. Personnel are advised to comply with the requirements at all times, to avoid the potential difficulty of attempting to unwind an impermissible political contribution.

 

 

4  

A contribution is defined to include a gift, subscription, loan, advance, deposit of money, or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing an election for a federal, state or local office, including any payments for debts incurred in such an election or payments towards the transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for state or local office.

5  

An official includes an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a government entity if the office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser or has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser.

6  

Government entities include all state and local governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, and all public pension plans and other collective government funds, including participant-directed plans such as 403(b), 457, and 529 plans.

7  

See SEC Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act.

 

- 57 -


These prohibitions exist whether the government entity seeks Adviser’s services through a separate account, a covered pooled investment vehicle (such as a hedge fund or other private investment vehicle) or a registered investment company (such as the Funds), if the Funds are an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity that is participant directed.

The Adviser is required to retain chronological records of any such contributions made by its Personnel or the Adviser. Any contributions (whether or not subject to the de minimis exclusion) made by Personnel shall be annotated on the quarterly reports submitted on Exhibit VII A.3. Records of contributions by the Adviser to government officials able to influence the selection of investment advisers for money management mandates and to Political Action Committees and other records related to this requirement shall be maintained by Corporate Accounting.

As part of the Initial Reports, new Access Persons are required to provide information regarding their political contributions for the two year period prior to becoming an Access Person, to allow the Adviser to verify whether any such contributions have the potential to disqualify Adviser from future or current business opportunities with government entities.

See the Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual for a discussion of how DoubleLine conforms to the requirements under California laws pertaining to state and local public pension plans.

(i) Restrictions on Foreign Nationals

Political contributions, expenditures and disbursements, whether directly or indirectly, to U.S. candidates by persons who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited by law. Accordingly, Personnel who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited from making political contributions, expenditures or disbursements with respect to U.S. candidates.

(ii) Restrictions on Reimbursement of Contributions by Others

As such action is against the law, Personnel (and the Companies) are prohibited from reimbursing others for political contributions.

 

  4. Solicitations of Political Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel

In soliciting political contributions, Personnel must avoid any confusion that suggests, in any way, that either Company has approved, supports or is otherwise involved in the solicitation. Without limitation, Personnel involved in soliciting political contributions must not:

 

   

use the address or name of either Company; and

 

   

in soliciting other Personnel must clearly state that the contribution is entirely voluntary on the part of the person being solicited.

 

- 58 -


  5. Prohibition on Use of Paid Third Party Solicitors for Government Entity Advisory Business

Personnel of the Adviser shall not engage third parties to solicit government entities for advisory business unless such third parties are certain registered broker-dealers or registered investment advisers. Only the Approving Officers may authorize use of a third party (which must be a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser subject to rules prohibiting “pay to play” practices) to solicit government entities for advisory business. Prior to the Approving Officers granting such approval, the Adviser shall adopt appropriate policies and procedures to monitor and oversee such activities.

 

  6. Use of Companies’ Facilities for Political Purposes

The Companies’ facilities may only be used for political purposes to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.

 

  7. Use of Companies’ Name and Address of the Companies

No use of the Companies’ names or addresses may be used in connection with explicit political activities unless required by law or permission has been first obtained in writing from the Approving Officers. This includes listing of the Companies’ names in biographical or professional descriptions.

 

C. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

  1. Discussion

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (“FCPA” or the “Act’), in pertinent part, makes it illegal for a U.S. issuer, domestic concern, or any person other than an issuer or domestic concern while in the territory of the United States, to utilize the mails or any instrumentality of U.S. commerce, corruptly, in furtherance of a payment, or the provision of anything of value, or an offer, promise or authorization thereof directly or indirectly, to a foreign government official, political party or candidate, for the purpose of influencing his or her official actions or securing any improper advantage, or inducing such foreign official to use his or her influence with a foreign government to affect or influence any act or decision of such government in order to assist the U.S. company in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. The statute further prohibits payments or gifts of anything of value to any person while “knowing” that such payment or gift will be given to a foreign official for a business purpose.

 

  2. Actions

a. Personnel will be required to complete Exhibit XI. D. upon becoming an Access Person or upon any changes in their status regarding non-US government officials. Also, certain persons that are not Access Persons may be required to complete Exhibit XI. D because of the nature of their responsibilities with the Adviser or as a result of their contractual relationship with the Adviser.

 

- 59 -


b. The CFO shall ensure that any payments made by the Adviser or the Funds to a foreign official are properly recorded in the financial books and records of the Adviser or the Funds.

 

D. Annual Attestation

Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI E .)

 

- 60 -


XI.        CLIENT COMPLAINTS AND INDICATIONS OF INAPPROPRIATE CONDUCT

 

A. General Statement of Policy

All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly bring to the Chief Compliance Officer any communication received, whether verbal, electronic, e.g. , email, text message, instant messenger ( e.g ., “chat”), or fax, hard copy, or otherwise, that contains (or appears to contain) any form of complaint about impermissible or inappropriate conduct of the Companies. Similarly, and in accordance with Section VI hereof, Personnel should also bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer, any communication received that contains a nonpublic or confidential information about a security or issuer that is inappropriate for receipt by the employee. Employees should bring to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention the receipt of any other information that may reasonably be of concern ( e.g. , possible illegal activities, allegations of misconduct on the part of any employee, allegations of mistreatment of any client).

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for bringing to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any client complaints.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel.

 

B. Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer

 

  1. Review and Reporting

Upon being notified of a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall promptly review the complaint and make a determination as to whether, in light of any such review, the facts underlying the complaint indicate a need to notify the Companies’ legal counsel or otherwise take any immediate action including imposition of restrictions or heightened supervision with respect to any individual or Supervisor and/or is otherwise indicative of a weakness or other shortcoming in the Companies’ procedures or policies.

Upon notification of a matter not involving a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall undertake such review and take such additional action as the Chief Compliance Officer shall think appropriate.

 

  2. Acknowledgement

The Chief Compliance Officer, working with the applicable senior management, will arrange for an acknowledgement to be sent in response to all written complaints.

 

- 61 -


  3. Documentation

For each written complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall create a record, which shall include the complainant’s name and address; the date the complaint was received; the name of any Personnel identified in the complaint and the identification of any Personnel responsible for subject matter of the complaint; a description of the nature of the complaint; and the disposition of the complaint.

For each complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall also maintain a narrative (or correspondence) involving any review or investigation and follow up activities, indicating who undertook the investigation, what the findings were and what follow-up steps have been taken.

 

 

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN

 

Upon notification of a complaint or certain other matters, Chief Compliance Officer shall make such review and make such filings as are appropriate and cause the Companies to acknowledge any such complaint in writing. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for appropriate documentation regarding the above.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Documents related to all client complaints.

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

XII.        ANNUAL REVIEW BY TRUSTEES

No less frequently than annually, the Chief of Compliance and other senior management shall furnish a written report to the Trustees, which shall:

 

   

describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or “material compliance matter,” as such term is defined at Rule 38a-1(e)(2) of the Investment Company Act, not previously reported to the Trustees, including any information regarding sanctions and remedial actions taken in response thereto;

 

- 62 -


   

list all waivers given by quantity and type and describe any waivers that might be considered material or important by the Trustees;

 

   

list all approvals of investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings that were granted;

 

   

certify that the Chief Compliance Officer has reviewed the Code and the compliance and supervisory policies and procedures of the Companies and has found that they are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws and of the Code itself.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide reports similar to those described above (and elsewhere in the Code) to the boards of trustees (or directors) of other registered investment companies for which the Adviser serves as an adviser or sub-adviser.

 

 

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT

 

Document: Annual Reports to Trustees/Directors

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report was made, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2 and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1

 

- 63 -


LOGO

DoubleLine New Employee Introduction (as of November 2010)

Exhibit I. A.

 

¨ Overview of DoubleLine and affiliates

 

¨ Overview of DoubleLine executive management

 

¨ Compliance Policies and Procedures

 

   

G drive

 

¨ Code of Ethics

 

   

Overview

 

   

Securities Account Reporting – Initial/ Quarterly/ Annual

 

   

Initial reports-within ten days

 

   

Trading Reporting/Preclearance

 

   

Sixty Day Holding Period

 

   

Outside Business Activities

 

   

Political contributions

 

   

Gifts

 

¨ Overview of DoubleLine Insider Trading Policy

 

¨ Anti-Money Laundering-Customer Identification Procedures (AML-CIP)

 

  ¨ Briefer to check this box if Anti-Money Laundering Training is required

 

¨ Overview of DoubleLine Privacy Policy

 

¨ Overview of DoubleLine Email Policy

 

¨ Overview of DoubleLine’s BCP procedures

I have been briefed on DoubleLine’s compliance policies and procedures and acknowledge that the briefing is not a substitution for reading and referring to DoubleLine’s compliance policies and procedures, including the Code of Ethics.

 

Signature:                                                                      
Print Name:                                                                   
Date:                                                                              

 

- 64 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

AND

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT

OF

CODE OF ETHICS

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I hereby acknowledge that I have read the Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP) and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer or other member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.

I acknowledge further that if I use the de minimis exception to make any personal trades while I remain an Access Person under the Code of Ethics that the following statements are true:

 

   

I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities traded under the de minimis exception.

 

   

If selling, I have held the security for more than sixty days.

 

   

The purchase was not an IPO or restricted security.

 

   

If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

Signature:                                                                      

Print Name:                                                                   

Date:                                                                              

 

- 65 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT

OF

CODE OF ETHICS (CONSULTANTS)

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I have received and read the Code of Ethics (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP) for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”). I understand that, as a consultant, I may be exposed to certain information pertaining to DoubleLine’s portfolio management or trading strategies, including securities traded by DoubleLine on behalf of its clients.

If I am exposed to such information, I will notify the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. I understand that, in such cases, I may be required to conform to the requirements of the Code of Ethics for access persons.

I acknowledge further that if I use the de minimis exception to make any personal trades while I remain an Access Person under the Code of Ethics that the following statements are true:

 

   

I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities traded under the de minimis exception.

 

   

If selling, I have held the security for more than sixty days.

 

   

The purchase was not an IPO or restricted security.

 

   

If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

Signature:                                                                      

Print Name:                                                                   

Date:                                                                              

 

- 66 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF AMENDED

CODE OF ETHICS

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the amended Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP), dated as of                     , and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.

I acknowledge further that if I use the de minimis exception to make any personal trades while I remain an Access Person under the Code of Ethics that the following statements are true:

 

   

I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities traded under the de minimis exception.

 

   

If selling, I have held the security for more than sixty days.

 

   

The purchase was not an IPO or restricted security.

 

   

If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

Signature:                                                                      

Print Name:                                                                   

Date:                                                                              

 

- 67 -


Exhibit VII. A1.

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

Annual or Initial Holdings Report

Data is complete as of                     

 

Account

(Brokerage

firm name)

   Account
Number
   CUSIP    Security
Name
   # shares    Total $    Notes
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

(For initial reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within ten days of the date of hire. If the date of this report is more than ten days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)

(For annual reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within forty five days of the date that this report is required to be submitted. If the date of this report is more than forty five days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

DATE

 

VII A-3


Exhibit VII A2

DoubleLine Capital LP

Sample Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements

Date:

[Address of Outside Firm]

 

RE: (NAME OF INDIVIDUAL)

ACCOUNT #

Dear Sir/Madam:

Please be advised that [insert employee name] is an employee of DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”) and in compliance with NASD conduct rule 3050, Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and/or DoubleLine’s employee Code of Ethics, this account is subject to a requirement that duplicate account statements and trade confirmations be sent to our compliance department at the address below:

In connection with the above account, please send duplicate confirmations and account statements to my employer at the following address:

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer

DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Ave, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

If you have any questions or comments relative to the foregoing, please do not hesitate to contact me. Thank you for your kind attention to this matter.

Very truly yours,

 

VII A-3


Exhibit VII A.3. Code of Ethics – version December 2010

 

QUARTERLY REPORT OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS - Quarter ending   LOGO

A. Trading Activity . Please list all reportable transactions or you may attach current statements and indicate “ no trades other than the trades listed on the attached statements from                          ” [include name(s) of all brokerage accounts]. If duplicate statements for ALL accounts are being provided to DoubleLine, you may indicate “ No reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance .”

If you have not made any reportable transactions, please check the box for “NO TRADES”.

 

Date of

Trans.

 

Type

 

Security Name

 

Symbol/Cusip

 

Quantity

 

Price

 

Broker

 

Account Number

             
             
             

 

  ¨ “No Reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance.”

 

  ¨ No trades.

 

B. New Accounts . Have any new brokerage accounts been established in the most recent quarter in which securities were held for your direct or indirect benefit? ¨  Yes ¨  No

If yes, please list.

 

Account Name

 

Brokerage Firm or Bank Name

 

Account Number

 

Date Established

     

 

C. Political Contributions : Please list all political contributions made during the prior quarter here. If none, check here: ¨

 

Recipient

 

City &

State

(location) of

election

 

Election (year &

type)

Ex: 2009 general

election or 2008

primary election

 

Candidate for office of (ex.
President, Governor, Mayor)

 

Were you eligible

to vote in the

election?

(Y or N)

 

Date of Political

Contribution

 

Total $

           

 

D. I confirm that the above information is complete and accurate.

 

Printed Name

 

Signature

 

Date Completed

   

 

VII A-3


Exhibit VIII C

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

AND

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

REQUEST FOR PREAUTHORIZATION — PERSONAL TRADES

Any transaction as to which pre-clearance/pre-approval has been obtained must be completed two business days following the day pre-clearance/pre-approval is obtained. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not so completed will require a New Approval. I will apply for an extension if required.

 

Date:  

 

Name:  

 

 

Name of

Security

 

Symbol

CUSIP

 

Price if

limit order

 

Buy or Sell

 

#of

Shares/Units

 

Brokerage

Firm

 

Account

Number

 

Private

Placement?

             
             
             

If an option or warrant, describe the underlying security:                     

 

   

I request pre-clearance authorization to effect transaction(s) in the security indicated above for my personal account(s) or another account(s) in which I have a beneficial interest. I am familiar with and certify that this request is made in compliance with the Codes of Ethics.

 

   

I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities listed above.

 

   

If selling, I have held this security for more than sixty days.

 

   

Unless indicated, this purchase is not an IPO or restricted security.

 

   

If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

    Transaction Authorized
    By:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

 

   
  Signature of Person Requesting Authorization    

 

VIII C


Exhibit X. A.

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

AND

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

ANNUAL NON-CASH COMPENSATION — ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION

Instructions : Complete all sections of form. If not applicable, please indicate N/A or None.

 

Name

 

 

  Date  

 

I hereby acknowledge and certify that I understand the rules and procedures under the DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Capital LP Code of Ethics regarding Non-Cash Compensation and Gifts.

I further certify that during the last twelve months I have not directly or indirectly accepted or made payments or offers of payments of any non-cash compensation, except for:

 

  a) usual and customary promotional items, of de minimis value, such as hats, pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor’s logo

 

  b) gifts of nominal value (i.e. under $100 to or from any single individual associated with a vendor per year) or;

 

  c) an occasional meal or entertainment such as a sporting event, a show, or comparable events, with the vendor present. If the vendor does not accompany you to such events then the cost of the tickets are subject to the gift and dollar limitations above. All entertainment or meals should be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and may not be preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or volume of trades.

Report all gifts given or received below (you are not required to report the usual or customary promotional items such as hats, pins, t-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor’s logo):

For period January 1,              through December 31,             .

 

Date

  

Gift Description

  

From whom received or to whom given
Name/Organization

  

Est. Value

 

Signature:  

 


DoubleLine Capital LP

Code of Ethics

Exhibit X.B.

Initial Political Contributions Report

Data is complete as of December 31, 2010

Please indicate all political contributions made for the two year period prior to the date of this report. Contributions to political parties need not indicate election cycle or candidate, unless the contribution to the political party was earmarked for a particular election or candidate. Political contributions to political action committees also must be indicated on this form. All political contributions must be recorded on this form, regardless of the size of the contribution.

Please list in chronological order, starting oldest to newest.

 

¨ None.

 

Recipient

  

City and State
(location) of election

  

Election (year and

type. Ex. 2009

general election or

2008 primary

election)

  

Candidate for

office of (ex.

President,

Governor,

Mayor)

  

Were you eligible to

vote in the election

(Yes or No)

  

Date of Political

Contribution

  

Total $

                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

I certify that the above information is complete and correct. I further certify that I have not paid or otherwise influenced another to make a political contribution.

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

                    

DATE


DOUBLELINE CAPITAL, LP

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) Questionnaire

Exhibit XI D

In keeping with DoubleLine’s adherence to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), we require that all new Access Persons (and certain other persons) complete this questionnaire. Please respond to questions 1 and 2 below.

1. Are you now or have you ever been a Non-U.S. Government Official?*

Yes ¨              No ¨

If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:

 

Your Name

 

       

Official Title

 

       

Name of Government Body

(Agency, Regulator, State Owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)

 

     

Country

 

       

Dates you were (are)Non-U.S. Government Official

 

  From (mm/dd/year)   To (mm/dd/year)
Describe the Scope of your responsibilities        

Attach additional information if more than one person and /or with more than one government body.

2. Is any member of your family (e.g., Spouse/Partner, Parent, Grandparent, In-laws, Sibling, Child,) a Non-U.S. Government Official, or do you have a close relationship with a Non-U.S. Government Official who has the ability to influence DoubleLine’s Business?

Yes ¨             No ¨             

If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:

 

Your Name

 

        

Name of Non-U.S. Government Official

 

        

Official Title

 

      

Name of Government Body

(Agency, Regulator, State owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)

 

        

Country

 

      

Dates this Individual was (is) Non-U.S. Government Official

 

   From (mm/dd/year)   To (mm/dd/year)

Describe the scope of this Official’s responsibility

 

        
Did this Non-U.S. Government Official refer you to DoubleLine?    Yes ¨         No ¨

Attach additional information if more than one position and/or with more than one government body.

 

 

    

 

                                 
Print Name      Signature
Date     

 

DoubleLine defines a *Non-U.S. Government Official as:

“Non-U.S. Government Official” is broadly defined and includes any employee, agent or representative of a non-US government, and any non-US political party, party official or candidate. This can include royalty, non-US legislators, representatives of non-US state-owned enterprises and sovereign wealth funds, trade delegations, and employees of public international organizations (including but not limited to the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and many other international agencies), regardless of rank or position, and any individuals acting on behalf of a Non-U.S. Government Official.

This may involve activities done on a paid or unpaid basis.


Exhibit XI E

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

AND

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

REQUIRED ANNUAL ATTESTATIONS AND DISCLOSURES

DATE:

 

TO: CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

FROM:                                                                                                   

Please read this form carefully. Answer all questions completely, sign, date and return this form to the Chief Compliance Officer.

REQUIREMENT TO KEEP THIS INFORMATION CURRENT : You are required to promptly provide updated information, in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer in the event any of the information that you report below changes or becomes inaccurate in any way.

 

  1. I have received or have access to the DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”) DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DOC”) and DoubleLine Funds Trust (the “Trust”) (collectively the “Companies”) Code of Ethics (the “Code”).

 

  2. I am aware that the policies and procedures set forth in the Code are designed to assist me, the Companies and the Companies’ employees in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Companies’ own internal standards, and to maintaining the trust and confidence of those individual with whom the Companies conducts business and to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics.


  3. I have read and understand the Code and I agree to comply with it fully.

 

  4. I understand that any failure on my part to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, or requirements and the policies and procedures set forth in the Code may have serious adverse consequences for both me and the Companies and can lead to disciplinary actions by the Companies against me up to and including termination.

 

  5. If at any time I have any doubt, whatsoever, as to the correct policy or procedure to follow in relation to any matter covered by the Code, or if I am unclear as to the meaning or effect of anything contained in the Code, I agree to consult with legal or compliance personnel.

 

  6. If I am a new hire or otherwise new as an Access Person, I will provide records showing any and all political contributions made during the two year period prior to my becoming an Access Person. If this is my annual attestation, I have made all political contributions pursuant to requirements of the Code of Ethics and have made all such reports as are required by the Code of Ethics. If I have made no political contributions during the two year period prior to my becoming an employee or in the year since my last annual attestation, I have indicated “None” on the following line.

 

 

 

  7. Since my date of employment with the either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on directorships of public or private companies and, except as otherwise disclosed below, I do not currently serve as a director of any public or private companies. (If none, please indicate “None”)

 

 

 

  8. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on outside business activities and, except as otherwise disclosed below, I am not currently engaged in any other business activities, or employed or compensated by any other person or serve as an officer, partner or employee of any business organization. (If none, please indicate “None”)

 

 

 

  9.

Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on the reporting of accounts and transactions involving securities and other financial products. Without limiting the foregoing, I have notified the Companies with respect to all outside accounts opened for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial products that are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic


  partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; and (iv) any account as to which I have discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which I act as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for a client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf thereof. I have also notified the Companies with respect to accounts beneficially owned by any Immediate Family Member , as hereinafter defined, that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account. For purposes of the foregoing, the term “Immediate Family Member shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law. In addition, in connection with each account, I have requested that duplicate copies of confirmations and account statements be provided to the Companies and have notified the Companies of all changes thereto.

 

  10. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies policies on the filing of Holdings Report Notification forms with respect to transactions in financial products are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; (iv) an Immediate Family Member that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such transaction.

 

  11. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have not received any third party compensation, except as indicated below. (If none, please indicate “None”)

 

 

 

  12. I acknowledge the confidential nature of nonpublic information regarding our clients. Consistent with applicable policies and guidelines, I will respect and safeguard the privacy of our clients and the confidential nature of their information. Without limiting the general nature of this commitment, I will not access or seek to gain access to confidential information regarding any past or present client, except in the course of fulfilling my job responsibilities. I understand that in this context, confidential information is considered to be all nonpublic information that can be personally associated with an individual.

I will not use another person’s computer sign-on or computer access code or provide another the use of my sign-on code to gain access to confidential information without proper authorization. I will not disclose confidential information to those who are not authorized to receive it. In addition, I will not, without proper authorization, copy or preserve by paper writing, electronic, or any other means confidential information, nor will I disseminate any such information without proper authorization. If I am in doubt about whether the authorization provided is proper, I will consult the Companies’ Compliance or legal personnel for guidance.


I acknowledge the receipt of my ID’s and Passwords. I understand that passwords are the equivalent of my signature. I understand that I will only access information that is required for me to perform my assigned tasks. I acknowledge that If I disclose passwords to any other person, I will be fully accountable and responsible for any use or misuse by that individual to the same extent as if I had performed the act or omission. If I have any reason to believe that the confidentiality of my passwords has been violated, I will notify my supervisor immediately and ensure that the passwords are promptly changed.

 

  13. I have complied fully with the Companies’ insider-trading policy as set forth in the Code.

 

  14. Authorization is hereby granted to the Companies to open any and all mail and monitor all forms of communication addressed to my attention and delivered to the Companies.

 

  15. Nothing has changed in my disclosures regarding non-US Government Officials and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act since my last report. (Otherwise, I will complete a new form regarding non-US Government Officials and submit it with this attestation.)

 

  16. I understand that a willful misstatement or omission of information requested on this form, or a violation of any applicable federal or state law, regulatory or self-regulatory organization requirement, or any of the Adviser’s, DOC’s or the Trust’s policy or procedures, as set forth in the Code, or otherwise, may be considered grounds for termination of my employment and other disciplinary action by the Companies.

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

                    

DATE

Ex. (r)(2)

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

SUPPLEMENTAL CODE OF ETHICS

FOR

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE, FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICERS

AUGUST 2011

This Supplemental Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by the applicable Board of Trustees (each a “Board”) of the DoubleLine Funds Trust (the “Trust”) and the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DOC”) so that each principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and any persons performing similar functions on behalf of the Trust or DOC (collectively, the “Officers”), regardless of whether such persons are employed by, the Trust or DOC or a third party, will be guided and reminded of their responsibilities to DOC, the Trust, other officers, shareholders of DOC or of the various series of the Trust (each a “Fund” and collectively with DOC, the “Funds”), and governmental authorities. Officers are required to act in accordance with the guidance and standards set forth in this Code.

This Code is intended to serve as the code of ethics described in Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Form N-CSR. To the extent that an Officer is subject to the Trust’s and DOC’s code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule 17j-1 Code”), this Code is intended to supplement and be interpreted in the context of the Rule 17j-1 Code. This Code also should be interpreted in the context of all applicable laws, regulations, the Trust’s or DOC’s governing instruments and by-laws, as amended, and all other governance and disclosure policies and documents adopted by the Board. All Officers must become familiar and fully comply with this Code. Because this Code cannot and does not cover every applicable law or provide answers to all questions that might arise, all Officers are expected to use their best judgment about any particular course of action and to seek guidance as needed.

The purpose of this Code is to set standards for the Officers that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and that promote:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Trust or DOC files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications by the Trust or DOC;


   

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to the appropriate persons as set forth in the Code; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

1. HONEST AND ETHICAL CONDUCT

 

  a. Honesty, Diligence and Professional Responsibility

Officers are expected to observe both the form and the spirit of the ethical principles contained in this Code. Officers must perform their duties and responsibilities for the Trust or DOC as applicable:

 

   

with honesty, diligence, and a commitment to professional and ethical responsibility;

 

   

carefully, thoroughly and in a timely manner; and

 

   

in conformity with applicable professional and technical standards.

Officers who are certified public accountants are expected carry out their duties and responsibilities in a manner consistent with the principles governing the accounting profession, including any guidelines or principles issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants from time to time.

 

  b. Objectivity / Avoidance of Undisclosed Conflicts of Interest

In the performance of their duties and responsibilities for the Trust or DOC, Officers must not subordinate their judgment to personal gain and advantage, or be unduly influenced by their own interests or by the interests of persons other than the Trust or DOC.

Officers should be sensitive to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, and are required to disclose any actual or apparent conflicts of interest that reasonably could be expected to give rise to any violation of this Code or call into question the Officer’s objectivity. While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, a conflict should be considered to exist whenever an Officer participates, directly or indirectly, in any material investment, interest, association, activity or relationship that a reasonable observer would view as likely to impair the Officer’s objectivity. Disclosure of conflicts should be made to the Chief Compliance Officer or other appropriate senior executive or to a member of the Board of Trustees. Officers that are unsure whether a particular fact pattern gives rise to a conflict of interest or whether a particular transaction or relationship is “material” should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

-2-


  c. Preparation of Financial Statements

Officers must not knowingly make any misrepresentations regarding a Fund’s financial statements or any facts in the preparation of a Fund’s financial statements, and must comply with all applicable laws, standards, principles, guidelines, rules and regulations in the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements. This section is intended to prohibit an officer from knowingly:

 

   

making, or permitting or directing another to make, materially false or misleading entries in a Fund’s financial statements or records;

 

   

failing to correct a Fund’s financial statements or records that are materially false or misleading when he or she has the authority to record an entry; and

 

   

signing, or permitting or directing another to sign, a document containing materially false or misleading financial information.

No Officer may (i) express an opinion or state affirmatively that the financial statements or other financial data of the Trust or DOC are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, or (ii) state that he or she is not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such statements or data in order for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, if such Officer knows that such statements or data contain any departure from generally accepted accounting principles then in effect in the United States.

Officers must follow the laws, standards, principles, guidelines, rules and regulations established by all applicable governmental bodies, commissions or other regulatory agencies in the preparation of financial statements, records and related information. If an Officer prepares financial statements, records or related information for purposes of reporting to such bodies, commissions or regulatory agencies, the Officer must follow the requirements of such organizations in addition to generally accepted accounting principles.

If an Officer and his or her supervisor have a disagreement or dispute relating to the preparation of financial statements or the recording of transactions, the Officer should take the following steps to ensure that the situation does not constitute an impermissible subordination of judgment:

 

   

The Officer should consider whether (i) the entry or the failure to record a transaction in the records, or (ii) the financial statement presentation or the nature or omission of disclosure in the financial statements, as proposed by the supervisor, represents the use of an acceptable alternative or does not materially misrepresent the facts or result in an omission of a material fact. If, after appropriate research or consultation, the Officer concludes that the matter has authoritative support and/or does not result in a material misrepresentation, the Officer need do nothing further.

 

-3-


   

If the Officer concludes that (i) the entry or the failure to record a transaction in the records, or (ii) the financial statement presentation or the nature or omission of disclosure in the financial statements, as proposed by the supervisor, does not represent the use of an acceptable alternative or that it materially misrepresents the facts or result in an omission of a material fact, the Officer should follow the reporting procedures set forth in Section 4 of this Code.

 

  d. Obligations to the Independent Auditor of a Fund

In dealing with a Fund’s independent auditor, Officers must be candid and not knowingly misrepresent facts or knowingly fail to disclose material facts, and must respond fully to specific inquiries and requests by the Fund’s independent auditor.

Officers must not take any action, or direct any person to take any action, to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead a Fund’s independent auditor in the performance of an audit of the Fund’s financial statements for the purpose of rendering such financial statements materially misleading.

 

2. FULL, FAIR, ACCURATE, TIMELY AND UNDERSTANDABLE DISCLOSURE

It is the Trust’s and DOC’s policy to provide full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Trust or DOC files with, or submits to, the SEC and in any other public communications by the Trust or DOC. The Trust and DOC have designed and implemented disclosure controls and procedures to carry out this policy.

Officers are expected to use their best efforts to promote, facilitate, and prepare full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in all reports and documents that the Trust or DOC files with, or submits to, the SEC and in any other public communications by the Trust or DOC.

Officers must review the Trust’s and DOC’s disclosure controls and procedures to ensure they are aware of and carry out their duties and responsibilities in accordance therewith. Officers are responsible for monitoring the integrity and effectiveness of the Trust’s and DOC’s disclosure controls and procedures.

 

3. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS

Officers are expected to know, respect and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the conduct of the Trust’s and DOC’s business. If an Officer is in doubt about the legality or propriety of an action, business practice or policy, the Officer should seek advice from the Officer’s supervisor or the Trust’s or DOC’s legal counsel.

In the performance of their work, Officers must not knowingly be a party to any illegal activity or engage in acts that would serve to discredit the Trust or DOC.

Officers are expected to promote the Trust’s or DOC’s compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. To promote such compliance, Officers may establish and

 

-4-


maintain mechanisms to educate employees carrying out the finance and compliance functions of the Trust or DOC about any applicable laws, rules or regulations that affect the operation of the finance and compliance functions and the Trust or DOC generally.

 

4. REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE

Officers should promptly report any conduct or actions by themselves or another Officer that do not comply or otherwise violate this Code. Officers and the Trust or DOC shall adhere to the following reporting procedures:

 

   

Any Officer who questions whether a situation, activity or practice violates this Code, or is otherwise required to be reported hereunder, must immediately report the same to the Principal Executive Officer of the Trust or DOC (as applicable) (or to an Officer who is the functional equivalent of this position) or to the Trust’s or DOC’s legal counsel. The person receiving the report shall consider the matter and respond to the Officer within a reasonable time. The Principal Executive Officer (or equivalent) shall summarize all such reports for the Board each quarter, including indicating that no such reports were made during the quarter.

 

   

If the reporting Officer is not satisfied with the response of the Principal Executive Officer or counsel, the Officer must report the matter to the Chair of the applicable Audit Committee. If the Chair is unavailable, the Officer may report the matter to any other member of the Audit Committee. The member of the Audit Committee receiving the report shall consider the matter, refer it to the full Audit Committee if he or she deems appropriate, and respond to the Officer within a reasonable time.

 

   

If, after receiving a response, the reporting Officer concludes that appropriate action was not taken, he or she should consider any responsibility that may exist to communicate to third parties, such as regulatory authorities or the Fund’s independent auditor. In this matter, the Officer may wish to consult with his or her own legal counsel.

 

   

The Audit Committee and the Trust or DOC will not be responsible for monitoring or enforcing this reporting of violations policy, but rather each Officer is responsible for self-compliance with this reporting of violations policy.

 

   

If the Audit Committee determines that an Officer violated this Code, failed to report a known or suspected violation of this Code, or provided intentionally false or malicious information in connection with an alleged violation of this Code, the Trust or DOC may take disciplinary action against any such Officer to the extent the Audit Committee deems appropriate.

 

-5-


   

The identity of any Officer who reports violations or suspected violations in good faith will be maintained in confidence, to the extent reasonable and subject to legal and regulatory requirements, and no retaliation shall be made against the individual making such report and, indeed, any retaliation for the reporting of a violation of this Code shall itself constitute a violation of this Code.

 

   

The Trust or DOC and the Audit Committee may report violations to the appropriate authorities.

 

5. ACCOUNTABILITY AND APPLICABILITY

All Officers will be held accountable for adherence to this Code and are required to sign the Acknowledgment Form (Appendix A to this Code) and return the same to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days of their receipt of this Code or any amendments thereto.

On an annual basis, within 30 days following the beginning of each calendar year, each Officer must affirm that they have complied with the requirements of this Code by signing the Affirmation Form (Appendix B to this Code).

This Code is applicable to all Officers, regardless of whether such persons are employed by the Trust or DOC or a third party. If an Officer is aware of a person (“Potential Officer”) who may be considered an Officer as defined by this Code, the Officer should inform legal counsel to the Trust or DOC of such Potential Officer so that a determination can be made regarding whether such Potential Officer has completed or should complete an Acknowledgment Form. However, the absence of such a determination will not be deemed to relieve any person of his or her duties under this Code.

 

6. DISCLOSURE OF THIS CODE

This Code must be disclosed by the Trust or DOC in the manner prescribed by the SEC, which currently requires disclosure by at least one of the following methods:

 

   

by filing a copy of the Code with the SEC;

 

   

by posting the text of the Code on the Trust’s or DOC’s website; or

 

   

by providing, without charge, a copy of the Code to any person upon request.

 

7. WAIVERS

Any waiver from a provision of this Code, including an implicit waiver, may be made only by the Board or a committee of the Board to which such responsibility has been delegated. The Trust or DOC must disclose any grant of a waiver that constitutes a material departure from a provision of the Code. Such disclosure is currently required to be made in the manner set forth above in Section 6 (Disclosure of this Code).

 

-6-


8. AMENDMENTS

This Code may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any amendment must be disclosed by the Trust or DOC in the manner prescribed by the SEC. Currently, disclosure of amendments is required to be made in the manner set forth above in Section 6 (Disclosure of this Code), provided that the Trust or DOC is not required to disclose any amendment that is purely technical, administrative, or otherwise non-substantive in nature. Any amendments to this Code will be provided to the Officers.

Approved by the DLF Board of Trustees: March 25, 2010

Approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: August 24, 2011

 

-7-


Appendix A

DoubleLine Funds Trust

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Certification and Acknowledgment of Receipt of Supplemental Code of Ethics for

Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting Officers

I acknowledge and certify that I have received a copy of the DoubleLine Funds Trust’s (or DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund’s, as applicable) Supplemental Code of Ethics for Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting Officers (the “Code”) dated as of the date set forth at the bottom of this page and have read and familiarized myself with the policies and procedures contained therein. By signing below, I agree to abide by those policies and procedures and to promptly report any violation of the Code or suspected violations in accordance with the Code. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions of the Code may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions.

 

 

   

 

Officer Name (Please Print)     Officer Signature
   

 

    Date


Appendix B

DoubleLine Funds Trust

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit FundAffirmation of Compliance with the Supplemental Code of Ethics for

Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting Officers

I acknowledge and certify that since my date of association with the DoubleLine Funds Trust or DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (as applicable) or the date of execution of my last Affirmation, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the requirements of the DoubleLine Funds Trust’s Supplemental Code of Ethics for Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting Officers (the “Code”) and with any predecessor code applicable during the period covered by this Affirmation.

I further acknowledge and certify that I have read and familiarized myself with the policies and procedures contained in the Code and, by signing below, I agree to abide by those policies and procedures and to promptly report any violation of the Code or suspected violations in accordance with the Code. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions of the Code may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions.

 

 

   

 

Officer Name (Please Print)     Officer Signature
   

 

    Date

 

-2-